[RSArchive Icon] Rudolf Steiner Archive Home  Version 2.5.4
 [ [Table of Contents] | Search ]


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures by Date
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or context
   


   Query type: 
    Query was: feeling
  

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • and feeling and acknowledging them as truth within certain limits, and
    • event, a sorrow or some mishap. You do need a mood, a certain feeling
    • feelings within himself in order to nurture these soul eyes. The
  • Title: Lecture: Woman and Society (Die Frauenfrage)
    Matching lines:
    • such a reproach without feeling uneasy, and can remember other
    • her emotional character is the feeling of submissiveness, the feeling
    • view of the relation between intellect, feelings and passion in men
    • the intellect belongs primarily to Woman, and feelings and passion to
    • last century. It was necessary that old religious feelings and
    • the human soul. For this reason tremendously powerful feelings and
  • Title: Lecture: Problems of Nutrition
    Matching lines:
    • Through it are expressed the instinctive feelings and in certain
    • The astral body is the carrier of feelings, instincts,
  • Title: Lecture: The Etherisation of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • life of feeling. Feelings fall into two categories: those of pleasure
    • into our breast, as feelings of sympathy or antipathy for what is
    • beautiful or ugly, for what is good or evil. So that in our feelings
    • moral impulses and feelings which are active within us and lead to the
    • impulses. Man will transform the earth by feeling with ever-increasing
    • arouse in us the wish to become Anthroposophists, then our feeling is
    • cannot live. Only then are our feelings what they ought to be, only
  • Title: Lecture: Overcoming Nervousness
    Matching lines:
    • The astral body is the carrier of feelings, instincts, etc.,
  • Title: Jesus and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • through feeling, then this experience of Christ that we have gained
    • I, but Christ in me.” We then have the mystical experience of feeling
  • Title: Lecture: Newborn Might and Strength Everlasting
    Matching lines:
    • spontaneous warmth of this elementary feeling. Let me repeat that it is
    • images of such a play proceed from a knowledge based on feeling.
    • feelings, which could also give rise to something as simple as this play.
    • some people preserved a childlike innocence in their feelings and
    • All our knowledge has always lived deeply in the feelings of men. We see
    • He who observes his inner life of thinking, feeling and willing, and the
    • disorderly way in which these impulses of thought, feeling and will arise,
    • can feel that the changing capriciousness of his thinking, feeling and
    • atmospheric changes of the weather. Indeed, our thinking, feeling and
    • deeply you are related to my own inner being," is the feeling that lived in
    • Child on Christmas Eve. Although we must acquire other feelings than those
    • necessary that we connect such knowledge with our most sacred feelings and
    • experience as Christmas feeling arising from our anthroposophical world
    • Awake the feelings to His presence
  • Title: Lecture: Pre-Earthly Deeds of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • glimmerings of a feeling for Christ. Nor during the first few years
    • feelings. Such a feeling as can live in our souls when we see a little
    • acquired a feeling for our environment which we could not possess
    • interjections and words to express the feelings of his inner being; in
    • epoch. Through Spiritual Science we can enrich anew our inner feelings
    • chaotic and confused, but filled, permeated with inner feeling, if
    • feelings and perceptions. Our life of feeling and perception can be
    • to have the right understanding, the right feeling and perception for
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Sacrifices of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge of it with all our feeling, we may acquire again, with our
    • and religious feeling when he is confronted with the beauty of nature,
    • not feel that we have stomach, lungs, etc., but have them without feeling
    • confronting something that gave a burnt out feeling to one of his organs.
    • understanding of the spiritual world, a feeling of gratitude toward the
    • Thinking, feeling and willing were threatened with disorder through the
    • a different direction, and his feeling in still another. It was necessary for
    • human evolution that thinking, feeling and willing should become
    • Ahriman they could not have done this. Thought, feeling and will,
    • thinking, feeling and willing. Truly, as the rays of the physical sun must
    • brought thinking, feeling and willing into disorder. All who turn their
    • of man's thinking, feeling and willing. “Thou Sun Spirit,” so
    • archangels today; “Thou has brought thinking, feeling and willing,
    • then thought, feeling and will would rage madly within him. The Greeks
    • Atlantean era the soul organs, the organs that underlie thinking, feeling
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • Another exercise we need to do is to intensify our feeling of devotion
    • feeling and will, just as in sleep he shuts out all awareness of
    • deepening and enhancing our religious feeling to an unusual degree.
    • due to a feeling that is religious and deeply scientific at the same
    • and enkindling our human souls. Only a person whose religious feeling
    • discovery. But a person strong in his genuine feeling for the Christ
    • thinking and feeling cannot be endangered by research of any kind, but
  • Title: Lecture: Christ in Relation to Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • This feeling dominates so essentially as to break this upper beings
    • feeling for the fact that the external preception must take into
    • accompanied by a feeling of sensual pleasure, which is also present as
    • also perverts man's logic and dulls his feelings. We in Central Europe
    • to say a few words to you that are merely an expression of my feeling
    • With such feelings in our hearts we forever want to imbue ourselves
    • proper way as the motto for our doing, weaving and feeling. Not the
  • Title: Lecture: Preparing for the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • are, accuse Western and Central Europe of having lost all feeling for
    • the instinctive feeling that the spirit self can only manifest in a
    • science, feeling the good spirit of brotherhood hovering over and
  • Title: Lecture: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • paralyzing effect on us. And the continual spread of this feeling of partial
    • The feeling thus expressed by Herman Grimm, in an age when it was not
    • human feeling which urgently demands a solution of the great problems of
    • winter because of seeing the snow and feeling the cold does not know that
    • faintest degree human religious feelings or religious life. On the
    • considering such cases the right kind of feeling and attitude is aroused in
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • immaturity of human facilities: the right powers of feeling for such
    • decades reveals very clearly, to anyone who has true feeling, that Art
    • approach him with the underlying feeling that everything outer
    • This underlying feeling must be gradually developed; this must be
    • stranger feelings in the man of to-day, who has indeed no inclination
    • Anyone who discovers word-for-word agreements without feeling how the
    • speech, there will come over man a wonderful feeling of colour, and
    • through this feeling of colour in speech men will learn to understand
    • will call forth the same feeling as the sight of a blue colour, and
    • another sound the same feeling as the sight of a red colour. Thus,
    • themselves the expressions of and configurations of feeling in other
    • the state of feeling of the other in himself, in his own breathing. As
    • now refer, our breathing will attune itself to the life of feeling of
    • of feeling, they will have to breathe one another. In the sphere of
  • Title: Lecture: Social and Anti-Social Forces in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • apply to the conditions and activities of these times those feelings
    • indifference, not even in mere thoughts and feelings, even though we
    • ideas or feelings), certain words have certain values. The word
    • should be permeated with this feeling. If we do not get rid of the
    • way of feeling. It is exactly this which we must try to combat. We
    • thoughts and feelings of many working men. Karl Marx was able to
    • religious orientation toward initiation, a feeling of one's own
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • or feeling for it? Men such as Troxler, and
    • which may well up as a feeling of tragedy from contemplation of this
    • influence of human thinking and feeling, to take the form that is
    • that they were capable of feeling and experiencing in regard to the
    • deep feeling and perception when in my Mystery Play,
    • your feeling, from your hearing, the earth shines out into the cosmos.
  • Title: Lecture: Soul and Spirit in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • The astral body of man contains within it the forces of feeling. The
    • astral body brings these forces of feeling into physical operation in
    • he acts in the world as a being of will. The feelings experienced in
    • The astral body which comes to expression in feeling operates through
    • of feeling, is especially active in the air organism, and is in
    • asleep. It is different in the case of the astral body and feeling.
    • body is outside the human organism; the astral body and feeling do not
    • body and feeling, goes out of the body and passes into a world with
    • Astral body — Feeling — Air organism — Light Ether.
  • Title: Lecture: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • perceptions with our intellect; we also have feelings in connection
  • Title: Lecture: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Events
    Matching lines:
    • feelings he lives within both these spheres. With his feeling he
    • the other side, feeling enters into his actions, his deeds. We need
    • accompanied by impulses of feeling, and we shall see that feeling
    • with the heart. This means of union is the life of feeling, which is
    • circulating blood), he is the bearer of the life of feeling; as
    • the feeling of love — devotion to something to which we are not
  • Title: Lecture: Search for the New Isis, the Divine Sophia: The Quest for the Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • a feeling that his solar and planetary system was repeating, of course in a
    • If in this our community, we could acquire the right feelings for
    • feelings could enable us to find the impulses needed for the renewals that
    • souls feeling and sensing the true significance of the event. Are we really
    • worthiest feelings to pass through our souls. Such a festival celebration
    • Ask yourselves whether the feelings in your hearts and souls when you stand
    • whether feelings are living in you that can raise humankind to an
    • new content must [be]come content which can give us entirely new feelings that
    • Oh, the soul will attain to altogether new feelings if it feels committed
  • Title: Lecture: The Two Christmas Annunciations
    Matching lines:
    • our feeling.
    • appeals more to the feeling and in a certain sense is the most popular
    • feeling-life, and because it is the most readily approachable for the
    • consciousness in profane feeling.
    • content of feeling and the human fullness of which Novalis still
    • to such grasping of the world, permeated as it was with feeling, but
    • In the shepherds' wisdom we learn to know the earth by feeling our way
    • The forces of knowledge, faith and feeling that live in man to-day can
    • with idle talk about the Christmas festival and our own feelings, but
  • Title: Lecture: The Threshold In Nature and In Man
    Matching lines:
    • contemplate without on the one hand feeling an intense longing awaken
    • his search. We have at the same time the feeling that whatever in the
    • feeling of standing on firm ground; he sees himself being hurled
    • the feeling of freedom, that sense of freedom which is in reality a
    • with our word “freedom,” the feeling we associate with the word
    • feeling of life and vitality within him. Although in our age we have
    • immediately has a feeling of uncertainty. If he has been sufficiently
    • thought and the feeling of freedom and a stronger selfconsciousness,
    • Out of an instinctive feeling that was conscious and yet at the same
    • receive a certain colouring from the life of feeling; and there is
    • darkness; our feelings vanish and our will is inactive. The ordinary
    • We discover that our feeling life is by no means so illumined with the
    • the life of feeling is undoubtedly every bit as real as — even
    • always something undefined about the life of feeling. Indeed, if we
    • which pulsates in feeling may be compared with dream life. Study the
    • feeling the same quality and character?
    • Feelings are, of course, something altogether different from dream
    • find it to be very much the same. The life of feeling is a kind of
    • in the feeling life we dream even while we are awake.
    • man. We dream in our life of feeling, and we are asleep in our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • to expression in the form of feeling, surge upwards. We know that
    • feeling is a dimly apprehended experience, that so far as actual
    • being. Feeling brings a certain light into, intensifies,
    • Thus we distinguish two kinds of feeling, as we did in the case of the
    • state. One kind of feeling surges upwards from the will that is
    • connected with man's sleeping condition. This kind of feeling lives
    • — unfolded by the human being. This is feeling which tends towards
    • experiences of feeling which have in them the quality of sympathy. The
    • dreamlike experience of feeling which comes to expression in
    • activity, feeling in activity of the soul.
    • unfolds the element of antipathy in his life of feeling so strongly
    • give rise to persecution mania in all its forms. When feelings of
    • life, the mental life. The sleeping will lights up in feeling, and
    • the same time denuded qualitatively — it becomes abstract. In feeling
    • this element of antipathetic feeling surges into the conceptual life,
    • antipathetic feeling, or of the inner will, into the conceptual life.
    • And when sympathetic feeling — which has its origin in the will of
    • you see, lives in us as abstraction only. In feeling, inasmuch as we
    • called spiritual activity. But will, feeling and conceptual activity
    • the sphere lying between judgment and feeling. At that time they did
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • the inner experience, the inner feeling, the inner formation of
    • constellations of the Zodiac. You can follow them by feeling the
    • feeling and willing, and in the perception of the echo of the Zodiac.
    • the feeling that the geometrical, thought concretely, was the music of
    • development of his consciousness for then we can gain a feeling that
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • even in the forming of our thoughts and feelings, which the child
  • Title: Lecture: Truth Beauty and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • exercise the students' faculties of thinking, feeling and willing.
    • is to exercise the students' faculties of thinking, feeling
    • that a feeling for truth is connected with our consciousness of the
    • truth, he is in harmony with the feeling he has of his physical body,
    • the nervous system. The feeling he has of his physical body gives him
    • feeling for truth and truthfulness. To feel himself in duty bound
    • instead of feeling the reality of the etheric body, he is nowadays apt
    • An intense feeling for beauty — as it was then conceived — existed
    • In the presence of ugliness the Greek's feeling was quite different
    • abstract feelings in regard to ugliness by his features-he makes a
    • unconscious depths of his soul at any rate — a feeling for
    • pre-earthly existence. An epoch of civilization in which this feeling
    • A genuine feeling for beauty forges a link that binds us here, in
    • a man can quicken his etheric body into life through his feeling for beauty.
  • Title: Lecture: Self Knowledge and the Christ Experience
    Matching lines:
    • to a particular grade of knowledge, of feeling, and willing. Then, when they
    • have advanced in knowledge, in higher feeling, and higher willing, they
    • should realize how, in his passions, emotions, feelings and sensibilities, he
    • age. This we must learn in these days to join our feeling to our
  • Title: Lecture: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • an understanding to arise in wider circles, a common feeling for how
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • Michael Thoughts, of which today men have no more than a dim feeling, has
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • entangled in death, and out of man's feelings arose the question:
    • feeling. Men on earth had to come to this feeling, for it was
    • face the feeling that through death, i.e. through the intellect, we
    • a particular feeling in connection with esoteric Christianity:
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • unfolds its thoughts and feelings.
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • and feelings in the presentation of an individual
  • Title: The Dead Are With Us
    Matching lines:
    • namely, as realms devoid of feeling. The first kingdom of those we
    • with them consists in feeling at one with them, being within them. To
    • delicate, sensitive feelings for these moments of waking and going to
    • that we unite the life of feeling with our thoughts and ideas.
    • feeling and with will. Your relationship with the dead must be one of
    • something to him — if you develop the feeling in purity and let
    • to a feeling of reverence and piety towards the spiritual world in
    • child feels in us. It is good when a child can share his feeling with
    • and the feeling he has is therefore different from the feeling present
    • share his feeling as we do in the case of children, we feel the pain
    • nevertheless. Our thoughts, our feelings, our impulses of will are
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • feelings.
    • activities of the blood and the air, our feelings come about. Now we
    • imitating out of their feelings the way other people move their lips.
  • Title: Lecture: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • become so personal and really want to let personal feelings cloud
    • feeling, an activity, a deed which would have been appropriate on the
    • feeling and willing; again three. But they are different; not
    • thinking, feeling and willing as they normally are on earth, but
    • occurrences in human life by which feelings of fear and compassion
    • are aroused; but through the arousing of these feelings, and the
    • before the feelings that lead us to love or not to love something; so
    • needs to be cultivated. If there is no feeling of responsibility
    • present world, with its stamp of materialism, what feeling is there
  • Title: Lecture: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • one cannot help feeling oppressed if one remembers a saying by Herman
    • feeling for the culture of middle Europe. Herman Grimm once said that
    • feeling of oppression. For one must admit: Luther does not live on
    • In a short time the whole way of feeling about this has turned round.
    • when such things were founded, from an atavistic feeling originating
  • Title: Lecture: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • sphere of feeling; and finally the sphere of the will, which
    • Similarly, the life of ideas, the life of feeling and the life of will
    • thinking and ideas. Everything connected with the life of feeling
    • is a dream-life. Even in daytime the life of feeling pervades our
    • feeling we know indirectly through ideas, but we can never know it
    • directly through the feelings themselves. The life of will is in still
    • lie beneath the life of feeling; and still more deeply unconscious
    • contains within it thinking, feeling and willing. In the head system
    • or the system of thought, a life of feeling and a life of will are
    • ideas. Similarly, thoughts are present in the sphere of feeling, more
    • feeling, are by no means our own individual property. They take place
    • behind our life of feeling.
    • life of feeling. Suppose the event happens between the change of teeth
    • made upon your feeling is there, and then gradually the vibrations of
    • in upon our feeling life and are the reaction of the world to an
    • experience we had in the sphere of feeling during the previous
    • seven-year period. An event that stirs and moves our feelings resounds
    • stimulation of the feelings. When we understand these things rightly,
    • destiny. There they attain to a feeling of themselves: there they work
    • feeling. For these always come back to us in a changed form. They
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • deeper feeling for Nature. The experience is not nearly as vivid as it
  • Title: Lecture: The Ear
    Matching lines:
    • himself unless he were able, in turn, to extinguish this feeling of
    • presents to us. Anyone who has a feeling for it will feel the one
    • feeling of wonder or astonishment. Likewise in the O there is
    • whose life of feeling would not be stirred by this, who would not feel
    • of the Heavenly spheres. And yet the heart, the life of feeling is
    • will certainly not be kindled in you — the feeling of
    • discover this, your science is accompanied by a feeling of
    • Will. Not only our life of Feeling but our life of Will is called into
    • of Feeling and into the man of Will. Anthroposophical science speaks
    • to the head, it leaves the Feeling cold and does not in any way call
    • are most rich in feeling; and in outer earthly life it must be so. But
    • truly that is a religious feeling. Only we afterwards transfer it to
    • feeling of inner freedom. They have now entered once more upon the
    • feeling, a feeling that it is above all important to put into effect
    • this thought, with all its influence on will and feeling, into a
    • man has the living feeling: ‘If I am not good, I am not a whole
  • Title: Education for Adolescents
    Matching lines:
    • feelings are concerned, pain only becomes greater the more we think
    • The feeling for the teacher's authority will flag perhaps for a while,
    • satisfy the feeling that then arises in the students when the question
    • be avoided if the feeling is not aroused in the students: “Now
    • that occur when the children have the feeling: “The teacher just
    • detrimental feelings out into the country and are really permeated by
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World
    Matching lines:
    • real experience, to have the feeling that one belongs in very truth to the
    • feeling of survival but to impart a clear, fully conscious knowledge of
    • comforting feeling. Charity very often springs from selfish motives. If a
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • feelings of anxiety, of joy, of compulsion. The meaning of the
    • or the like. He may then wake up in this feeling of terror, for
    • place of an impulse — how this passed over into feelings
    • consciousness they can distinguish between thinking, feeling
    • consciousness. A person is awake when thinking or feeling or
    • feeling that they have died down. Then they rise up again, and
    • feeling is the second element of waking consciousness. Thus
    • familiar with this feeling in the morning, where one knows that
    • feeling and willing, so during sleep we either flow with the
    • while feeling is darker and really a kind of dreaming, and
    • this feeling was there, and it was very definitely there with
  • Title: The Cosmic Word and Individual Man
    Matching lines:
    • previous evening, one may wake up with the feeling that the soul has
    • feeling: Yes, there are such realities, everything else is not real
    • take hold of Thinking, Feeling, and Willing in the astral body, as
    • In our human speech, which springs from Feeling, there lives for man
    • human being in Willing, Feeling, and Thinking — these must be
    • speech — the Cherubim bring the human life of Feeling into
    • into accord with Thinking and Feeling by the Cherubim.
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • the like, in the light of those habits of thought, feeling and
    • feelings that have arisen among men towards this loving Saviour,
    • the feeling of the Jew: ‘When I, as an individual member of the
    • rings forth the word of Christianity: All such feeling of the Divine,
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • blindly among the secrets of Nature with vague feelings, and Mysticism
    • the sun. And when people speak of obscure feelings and premonitions
    • into this kind of dramatic art. Again, when human feeling would fain
    • direction, and out of this feeling was born his idea of a
    • intervening period but the feeling remained in him and out of it he
    • sublimated to feeling, the figure who having suffered for others,
    • feeling and let the ideas in their totality stand before our souls.
    • full of mystical feeling was his realisation of his mission that he
    • feeling which though mystical in essence is yet clear as daylight and
  • Title: Lecture: The Crossing of the Threshold and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • themselves; the forces of thought, feeling and of the will become
    • activity of thought, feeling and will within man, will in future take
    • spheres of thought, feeling and will become separated. This imposes
    • upon which feeling can develop independently, and also a
    • anthroposophical feelings and from a knowledge of the events which
    • this feeling, will he be able to make the right decisions and
    • curiosity. Man should instead be pervaded with the feeling that
    • beings been pervaded by the feeling: “Whatever you do, is in
    • feeling: “Whatever you do, from morning, to night, has been
    • should turn to these kinds of feelings, which are far more real in
    • the face of the spiritual world than the more abstract feelings of
    • to-day pertaining to religious beliefs; they should turn to feelings
    • Feelings of this kind can give rise to the connection which we need
    • beings. Man's attitude and feelings towards the spiritual world
    • that the human beings may rise in their feelings from their
  • Title: Lecture: The Weaving and Living Activity of the Human Etheric Bodies
    Matching lines:
    • man’s feelings in regard to his relationship with the
    • certain feelings, that may, indeed, endanger souls filled with pride
    • foster the feeling showing us how little of all that wisdom which
    • feeling that such beliefs are not based upon truth. For this
    • strive to build up feelings in the way in which we endeavour to do
    • it, will have an uncomfortable feeling when they read the frequently
    • the right kind of feeling, the right kind of idea in regard to what
    • different feelings than those of a soul that has never passed through
    • feelings with what has arisen spiritually through the
  • Title: Lecture: And The Temple Becomes Man
    Matching lines:
    • arch arose, of course, from a deep feeling for the dynamic
    • feeling that we have wronged it, fundamentally wronged it. There is
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • Now in this feeling two experiences were joined together
    • Such was the deep-seated feeling in human souls before
    • that time, who had a certain feeling for what was taking place,
    • dies. Why is it, he asks himself, that he has a feeling comparable
    • not uttered out of any sentimental feeling: on the contrary, it
    • feeling which exclaims: Out of God I am born. And it is tragic
  • Title: Lecture: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • feeling is present in him that he belongs to a spiritual world and
    • object. In our day however there is hardly any feeling left for this;
    • parts of Europe. The feeling a man had when he was ploughing was
    • similar to the feeling he had when he heard the word which in those
    • experience as his feeling.
    • was not yet so interested in the feelings aroused in him at the
    • weather. These feelings interested him, it is true, in another
    • and antipathy, of every shade of human feeling. Instead of a language
    • of will, as in former times, we have now a language of feeling. We
    • have come to a stage where this feeling, which is called forth in man
    • gives rise to the language of feeling.
    • speech or language, then we find that the language of feeling
    • the language of will to the language of feeling and thence to the
    • of thought, through the language of feeling, to the
  • Title: Lecture: The Influence of the Dead on the Life of Man on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • ourselves. Not only does our feeling, our condition, depend on the
    • borrowed from the surrounding world, into our feelings and
    • meets us just in ordinary life. His feeling and condition as a whole
    • threshold of consciousness. There comes a man, feeling in a depressed
    • psychoanalysts — if feelings of love were there, while the
    • I have tried to call forth in you a feeling for the way in which the
    • but world perception, or even world feeling. Then will Spiritual
    • period between death and a new birth man must have the inner Feeling
    • the most appalling arrogance, which would live as a dim feeling in
    • which words are endowed with real spiritual feeling when we say ‘Out
    • If we learn this in all its depths, through the feeling which can
    • feeling: ‘Into Christ we die’, and gazing in from the
    • have this feeling after we have passed through the gate of death is
    • of infinite importance. Only if we can have this feeling towards our
    • incarnation. And there is no other way of having this feeling; we can
    • the passing through the gate of death with the inner feeling: ‘we
    • transformed into inner feeling. Even if all the ideas developed in
    • fundamental feeling remains, which I have sought to gather up in
    • We remain together in such feelings, recognising that they have power
    • Anthroposophy, holding together through such inner feelings born out
  • Title: Lecture II: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • puberty that which in the case of boys merely emerged in the feeling
    • different when they had the feeling: it is the sexual essences which
    • puberty. Afterwards he had the feeling that they had entered into
    • feeling to nationality, the clinging to the national, the
    • longing? When man develops to excess this national feeling, this
  • Title: Lecture III: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling of the old Egyptians she was not only a mysterious deity,
    • with the sensations and feelings which were in the soul, in the
    • But, a feeling should
  • Title: Lecture IV: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • we wish to give the right colouring, the right nuance of feeling to
    • feeling of relationship between the word and the object,
  • Title: Lecture V: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • observed, the religious life to the feelings. Both are to be nicely
    • feelings. On the one hand, one says: From what lofty standpoints,
    • with mixed feelings that one leaves off reading. For in the first
    • with sorrowful feelings can one now behold such a motto: ‘For
    • Europe? One can admit that he had a feeling for the greatness, the
    • significance of the Christ-Impulse. And hence he also had the feeling
    • grasped it. That he knows; a feeling of that is present in him. But,
    • nevertheless, with this feeling he finds support in the already
    • friends, the customary thought and feeling of today are not aiming at
    • things. One only needs to transpose oneself in feeling into those
    • one's whole feeling, and to grow up under this impression. It is of
    • soul. We must absorb in another way, we must really have the feeling
  • Title: Lecture VI: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • thinking and feeling flow into such currents as are necessary
    • of soul. One must only develop a feeling that this human form is a
    • reach everyone, is not fitted to call forth a feeling of what a
    • man can produce by way of human thoughts, human feelings. The head,
    • feelings, that the head as apparatus can supply, we should never be
    • has but a slight feeling for what is taking place at the present
    • linked with feeling, what we can pour into the hearts of the youngest
    • is concerned, it comes to expression in feelings of sympathy and
    • powerful feelings of hatred. It will no longer be possible to
  • Title: Lecture VII: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • can show a likeness to the ancestors. If one has a feeling for such
    • feeling and experience — with the conception: ‘I stand here on
    • really fruitful with feeling and warmth, instead of all the stupid
    • brought to youth! Then think what a feeling towards the universe
    • frame of mind of modern men. The feelings of modern men lie along
    • fact that there is no feeling for this relation of head-life and
  • Title: Lecture: The Souls Progress through Repeated Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • acquires a strong feeling of responsibility, because he is compelled
    • means of his intellectual life, his feeling life, his will, that is,
    • through the ego's feeling itself linked with the earth, feeling
    • will from the earth. Between the two lies feeling, which is given to
    • system, stands our feeling life, which can develop on the foundation
    • what is ours from the earth. Between the two stands our feeling life
    • American Indians had, for instance, remarkable pantheistic feelings.
    • feeling-life of these people, these souls were predestined to go
    • feeling, once experienced for the Great Spirit, reacted with that
    • lineal descent, and which we take up with the first feelings of love
    • inherited as feelings, they had not in their former lives in America,
    • materialistic feeling, out of materialistic impulses. Humanity will
  • Title: Lecture: The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • the nuances of feeling in the spoken word — these it is above
    • This means that in a previous life feelings of strong antipathy or
    • woven out of feelings of hatred for our fellowmen. Love and hatred —
    • The whole feeling and attitude of soul that must emerge from a true
    • physical world we can make our thought free. Feeling
    • more than “feeling,” for it includes also the perception
    • freedom — the power that leads to freedom in feeling and in
    • of free or unfree thoughts; karma weaves at feeling and will. Karma
    • feeling and the ‘sleeping’ will. Into this we can pour,
    • mere comprehension of theories is the feeling, the attitude of soul
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • feeling of other sentient beings. There is every justification for
    • among the Greeks. He shares in the life of feeling of other beings
    • that from which feeling itself arises. When we thus begin to realise
    • of feeling in other beings, through the age of sharing in the
  • Title: Lecture: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • Men of deep feeling, who try to justify their needs of soul and
    • in other circumstances, thoughts, ideas, feelings, impulses of will,
    • speculation or nebulous, mystical feeling, but through a strictly
    • within the life of thought, of feeling, of will. In laying hold of
    • super-sensible assumes the form of indefinite, inchoate feelings and
    • involved, including his feeling and willing, this pain is an
    • manhood to quickening in the soul all his faculties of good feeling,
    • feelings arising in the human heart, with the religious life that
    • Anthroposophy is a means whereby the religious feelings, the
  • Title: Lecture: The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and the Development of Knowledge in Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • gives us, as such, a feeling of well-being, in comparison with what
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • life of thoughts, the rhythmical part, with the life of feeling, and
    • beliefs in regard to the feelings connected with a world-conception.
    • impulses of feeling throughout the civilised international world.
    • might say: These impulses of feeling appear in the most
    • life of feeling. The life of feeling is inwardly equivalent to the
    • life of feelings, in feelings. But the inner substantial side is that
    • which experiences feelings within the human life of feeling. Thus we
    • feelings. What we experience in the form of feelings, is permeated by
    • of feelings for a world-conception. Human life is constantly
    • within man's entire soul-life, so the world of feelings, and
    • occurs within the dreaming, feeling part of the human being, within
    • dreaming life of feeling, nor our sleeping life of the will. These
    • also have within them the feeling part of man; it reckons with
    • demands; he is not led to social instincts, to social feelings, and
    • unsocial feelings in the human beings. Just as those who speak a
    • human life is a process of death, that human feeling is an incessant
    • was undoubtedly the feeling of the doctors of ancient times, since
    • see, we should again acquire such feelings for a conception of the
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Body as a Reflexion of the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • the midst of events that arouse every feeling of the human soul in
    • connected with feelings that come to the surface in these stormy and
    • know the feelings voiced in the first dialogue of my second Mystery
    • culture, knowledge and forces of the will and of feeling, is all
    • everything in spiritual science that tends towards human feeling
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • spectre the faculties of thinking, feeling and willing also come into
    • Giordano Bruno there was a feeling that man must learn to understand
    • feeling and willing they would have felt rather like frogs in a
    • of people when they speak of thinking, feeling and willing, consider
  • Title: Lecture: It is a Necessity of Our Earnest Times to Find Again the Path Leading to the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • himself a real feeling of freedom. This feeling of freedom is
    • Anthroposophy must enable us to take in fully the feeling of freedom,
    • now existing mature ego-feeling, mature ego-consciousness —
    • time a feeling that he was drawing in something etheric, that the
    • whole way of identifying ourselves feelingly with the whole of Nature
    • Father. Harnack's theology was intended to do away with our feelings
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • acquire any real self-knowledge or feeling of his own being without
    • personal feeling. It must at all times be realised that the
    • respect our whole life of perception and feeling must change if
    • feelings and impulses of will, is mirrored by the body. Behind this
    • This is a reversal of the usual feeling, and to this reversal we must
    • reversal of feeling has been experienced. Then, when thinking is
    • feeling and with the earnestness that is their due. Especially to the
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • of the world, not merely in thought, nor merely in feeling as happens
    • through art, but in such a way that thoughts, feelings and also the
    • that in the souls of those who came to me there was the feeling that
    • thinking, feeling, and will. I remarked first of all to those who
    • isolated striving; rather was it the case that they were feeling in
    • countless human beings of the present day are also feeling; and I
  • Title: Lecture: The Ego-consciousness of the So-called Dead
    Matching lines:
    • remains empty to such an extent that a fundamental feeling rises up
    • contemplate this emptiness, a feeling rises up in us, a feeling that
    • beyond. It is the feeling, that there is something in the world
    • the feeling: “I exist in the world for a definite purpose,
    • overcome by a feeling telling us that we stand within the world as
    • feelings, that are connected with our vascular system, experience: we
    • and feelings rise up in our experiences, the whole world of the
    • that they can weave into the world. We form ideas, we have feeling
    • and have feelings, whom does this belong to, after our death? Whom
    • the feelings that prompted us to say those evil words: This is the
    • extent aware of their existence through our feelings. As a rule, we
    • only have a more general feeling of our physical body, and this
    • feeling increases when anything is out of order. But when we only
    • have this general feeling, we know very little concerning the
    • life, we acquire an ever stronger feeling in regard to the body's
    • say, as an insignificant feeling. Its real significance could be
    • grown fragile. This would enable us to experience that feeling more
    • into the feeling experience of our physical part, while we grow
    • weary; we do not notice this feeling simply because it develops so
    • let us say, a dim feeling of our body's inner structure), during this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning the Origin and Nature of the Finnish Nation
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and temperament. This nation is a Slav nation, influenced by
  • Title: Lecture: Awakening to Community - I
    Matching lines:
    • to feel what millions and millions of others will be feeling keenly
    • (clarity of feeling, not of thought) with which people seek belonging
    • soul's feeling of alienation from conditions existing in the world
    • thus, in its will and feeling aspects at least, an ethical-moral
    • will and — to some extent at least — his life of feeling
    • real feeling for the fact of our humanness. The term
    • feeling life. Many a difficulty stems from the fact that the
    • wrinkled and bald-headed, losing all feeling for recalling one's
    • Otherwise, the right heart and feeling are missing in one's relation
    • Anthroposophical Society with its thought and feeling. So the man of
    • will ends up in one place, the man of thought and feeling in another.
    • consisted exclusively of thoughts and feelings. Each individual split
    • thinking and feeling people were moved to apply their wills to the
    • thinking and feeling person one finds satisfaction there because one
    • progresses from thoughts and feelings to will, and one does achieve
  • Title: Lecture: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • a man's developing within him the feeling that it is not possible for a
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 1: Forgetting
    Matching lines:
    • present day people have such different thoughts and feelings? It is
    • bearer of all the instincts, desires, passions, feelings, sensations
    • future being gives the feeling of bliss which he has throughout
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 3: Original Sin
    Matching lines:
    • that is connected with the particular kind of passions and feelings
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 4: Rhythm in the Bodies of Man
    Matching lines:
    • aware of it. Then man felt his own innate astral feelings that he had
    • feelings at another time. At one time he felt more alive in the world
    • feelings. You could perceive quite different shades of feeling in the
    • feelings. This is hardly noticed today, though in earlier times it
    • feelings when phenacetin was tested. This kind of testing, without
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 5: Rhythms in the Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • of order in his life of thought and feeling. Regularity still holds
    • chaos in their inner life of thought, feeling and will those
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 6: Illness and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • immediately after death have also been mentioned; man's feeling of
    • sake of simplicity, let us keep to the example of feeling the urge to
    • direction, and it takes this feeling along with it. When this is
    • feeling of release that the blockage has really gone and the organ
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 7: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • the organism, that is, if it is not individual, the feeling of
    • relationship to the environment. And this feeling of disharmony is
    • case of a certain display of feeling the ego makes the astral body
    • tears. A certain feeling of satisfaction — whether it is
    • at yourself or at someone else your ego is always feeling superior to
    • something. And out of this feeling of superiority it expands the
    • be very healthy when it strengthens man's feeling of selfhood,
    • absurd, a feeling of being above such absurdity is sparked off and
    • feeling forsaken, a withdrawal into itself. Sadness in life is so
    • must pay good attention to these feelings that can come over us when
    • feelings of weakness and of being forsaken. It is the God in man
    • instead of living and feeling with the environment, the pleasure of
    • being within ones own ego is too great. But bitter feelings also
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 8: The Manifestation of the Ego in the Different Races of Men
    Matching lines:
    • an extent, nor had they developed their ego-feeling solely on a lower
    • level. With them, devotion to the outer world and ego-feeling
    • tremendously strong ego-feeling, much too soon, of course; for human
    • bodies an instrument for a strongly developed ego-feeling. This made
    • who had not reached anything like a normal ego-feeling because they
    • people whose ego-feeling was too little developed migrated to the
    • brown. And an overpowering feeling of ego arising from offended
    • developed their ego-feeling in a normal way. The human beings who had
    • Europe who had developed their ego-feeling to a marked degree, but
    • the sun, just because they had so little ego-feeling. But other
    • had a strong ego-feeling. These were peoples who had preferred as it
    • people who had a strong ego-feeling which nevertheless kept a balance
    • lecture that their strong feeling of personality was from the
    • ego-feeling. So fundamentally we have two groups of people
    • feeling of personality, but who did not migrate to where the feeling
    • of personality permeated the whole body, but to where the ego-feeling
    • people with a strong inner ego-feeling, but who on the whole were not
    • physical bodies. They turned their feeling of personality inward. And
    • how this feeling of personality has been preserved right into later
    • Christ is, among those people who already bore the feeling of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 9: Evolution, Involution and Creation out of Nothingness
    Matching lines:
    • develops a feeling of joy over the two men in front of him standing
    • together. This feeling is not caused by anything to do with
    • see something else. This looking at the sky creates in him a feeling
    • the feeling of tragedy you have about it is something new.
    • payment. The one will develop kindness of heart, the other's feelings
    • thought, without pleasure or displeasure, nor any feeling for duty
    • experiences in the surrounding world, and feeling more than what is
    • the thoughts, wealth of feeling and virtues he develops through the
    • of wisdom and the masters of harmony and feeling. For thus do they
    • inner warmth of feeling. If man had to admit his incapacity to do
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • divert men from the natural feeling for truth that is present in
    • abstract speculations. And if, in spite of it all, a feeling of a
    • only be this to our feelings and perceptions when we have within our
    • throws upon the human soul. Thereby sound social feelings, also those
    • feelings of love which ought to prevail between human beings, will
    • religious feelings are condemned in this sphere to complete spiritual
    • penetrate into our souls and become perception and feelings, and as
    • feelings they form the basis for a new conception of life. A monistic
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and other experiences rise up into consciousness from its
    • all related in some way to immortality; thus they had a feeling that
    • knowledge, feeling and perceptiveness of the life between death and
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • connection been lost. The Christ Impulse imparts feeling of kinship
    • feeling of depression, dissatisfaction with oneself. After death, the
    • raised. During the period of Kamaloka a feeling for language is
    • in his thoughts but only in his feelings. He may realise that he
    • When Anthroposophy wakens in men a feeling for
    • do so, and when the soul abides firmly by this feeling, experiences
    • people are for the most part disinclined to give rein to feelings of
    • feelings. If he develops such feelings he is preparing himself to
    • recognise in Christ the power that imparts feeling of kinship with
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • trends of judgement and feeling force themselves into our life! These
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • but without sadness. For the feelings we might have in our waking
    • feelings and ideas are different; consciousness during sleep has
    • militating against the withering of the souls of men. The feeling can
    • is the right feeling to have in regard to Spiritual Science.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • is hovering around them. But this is an experience, a feeling, of
    • these souls to experience in depth the feelings that arise in a human
    • the Earth's future. This feeling can never be experienced too deeply,
    • feelings we bear with us from these meetings and then move through
    • acquired here — these feelings are the really important element
    • is not enough; knowledge and feeling must be combined. We must
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • similar feeling — to enter into the psychic disposition of man at that
    • feeling: Yes, that was the time when thought underwent an
    • feeling of the isolation of thought comes over one; a feeling that
    • comes a feeling which at first knows nothing of the historical
    • Above all we can say that the Gnostics had a feeling for
    • separated through being filled with Achamod. This feeling of being
    • this feeling is actually experienced, according to the Gnostic, as
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • one has a feeling about Paul that I would like to sum up in a few
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • intense feeling. At the sight of one colour it would have positively
    • thinking, feeling and willing. If nothing further had happened, these
    • have been continually disturbed by thinking, feeling would have
    • feeling, or there would have been people plagued with fleeting ideas
    • Now these three soul-powers, thinking, feeling and
    • working together of thinking, feeling and willing has to be kept in
    • thinking, feeling and willing were on the way to becoming; and he
    • angelic Being. And the effect was that human thinking, feeling and
    • if thinking, feeling and willing were to be harmonised. And so there
    • drive out from thinking, feeling and willing the element which would
    • of song and string-music he brings thinking, feeling and willing into
    • thinking, feeling and willing into harmony. They did not say so
    • thereby brought harmony into thinking, feeling and willing. The art
    • expression of harmony in thinking, feeling and willing. The Healer,
    • feeling and willing, and the harmonisation in the Ego, this last
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • had formerly been done for the harmonising of thinking, feeling and
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • Remorseful feelings give no rest.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • those who had a heart and feeling for it. He was a man in the
    • who, one might say, was justified in feeling himself permeated with
    • words into feeling, by becoming able to feel in the Grail the sum of
    • all that is holy, by feeling the confluence of that which came over
    • feeling the confluence of that which works down from the stars, and
    • And then let us be filled with a feeling of how it was
    • further towards a feeling, a perception, of the celestial aspect of
    • your feeling, the aim of this cycle of lectures will have been
  • Title: Perception of the Nature of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • Archangel Feeling (Venus)
    • Morgenstern. And by feeling this, feeling it in the deepest part of
    • Morgenstern we have a wonderful example of this. The feeling of this
    • the feeling in this poem leads you to reflect how alive something can
    • abyss of existence, if you take this poem, stimulated by feelings I
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • the progressive stream of evolution, so the feelings arising from our
    • day by day. All the impressions and feelings which we experience in
    • feelings die out. Seeing that during the course of evolution man has
    • world through his feelings, through an atavistic clairvoyance and
    • With our feelings and with the impulses of our will it
  • Title: Lecture: On the Connection of the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • vague undefined feelings, slight inclinations or disinclinations.
    • and feeling and outlook — our outlook on the world itself, or
    • clear on this. Every thought, every idea, every feeling we develop
    • through the Gate of Death, all our thoughts and feelings pass with
    • thoughts we make our own, into the feelings we experience, so are the
    • dead person. Interests of heart and feeling must always be the
    • shall speak presently.) Some interest of heart and feeling must be
    • into the feelings of the physical survivors, partaking in their grief
    • entering with sympathy into these real and living feelings, which
    • another district your general feeling of health may be changed by the
    • estimate of our fellow human beings by these subjective feelings
    • toning-down, so to speak, of the sharply differentiated feelings
    • dead unless he truly frees himself from feelings of personal sympathy
    • dependent, in his soul, on personal feelings of sympathy or
    • ideas of life. To modern feeling, full of prejudice as it is, this
    • tendency of feeling, should not begin to work until thirty or forty
    • spiritual science. It is the feelings that matter — the
    • feelings towards the world in its entirety, and all the other beings
    • enrichment, the quickening of man's whole feeling for the world, and
  • Title: Lecture: The Elemental World and the Future of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • vitality. One gets the feeling that the activity of the intellect has
    • consciousness of the ‘I’ the feeling of selfhood. This
    • of feeling and sensitivity. In this respect we humans are really
    • share feelingly in the world processes. We remain outside of things
    • being's inner thoughts and feelings simply through normal
  • Title: Lecture: The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter
    Matching lines:
    • that a fundamental feeling rises up in connection with it. Namely,
    • feeling rises up in us, a feeling that accompanies us throughout our
    • what we generally designate as our life beyond. It is the feeling
    • filled out by us. And then we acquire the feeling: ‘I exist in
    • we gaze at it, we are overcome by a feeling telling us that we stand
    • sense-experiences, what our feelings, that are connected with
    • experience things, while we form concepts and feelings rise up in
    • form ideas, we have feeling experiences; the Gods take them up and
    • through the fact that we can think and have feelings, whom does this
    • part which concerns us personally; we only experience the feelings
    • our feelings. As a rule, we only have a more general feeling of our
    • physical body, and this feeling increases when anything is out of
    • order. But when we only have this general feeling, we know very
    • acquire an ever stronger feeling in regard to the body's interior,
    • slowly we regard it, I might say, as an insignificant feeling.
    • that feeling more strongly, simply because it develops so slowly.
    • us, let us say, a dim feeling of our body's inner structure), during
    • dim, insignificant feeling of growing weary accompanies us
    • knowledge we take up in our feelings the better it will be for us.
    • be filled with feelings of gratitude and thankfulness towards the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Relationships Between the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • here to-day resound out of the many feelings which have passed
    • It is an experience, if you have some new sensation, or feeling which
    • “I see growing within me, out of this event, the feeling
    • soul. For it signifies that man can always have the feeling of the
    • colour-impressions with a fine feeling — that we can penetrate
    • indicated the corresponding feeling to be experienced through each
    • of facing a being or an object, and then feeling, as it were, as if,
    • we must acquire the feeling that it is our duty to enrich our world,
    • outside. What reveals itself here through feeling and will, remains
    • experiences we have had in common, about the feelings we have shared
    • always be found. But when these scientists approach feeling and the
    • the brain. But they do not speak of shades of feeling or will. At the
    • most, they speak of shades of feeling — in other words, a
    • feeling and will.
    • not extend as far as feeling and will. You can read for yourselves
    • goes as far as certain shades of feeling; but he does not reach to
    • actual feeling and will. Thus he disavows feeling and will. They do
    • feeling and will, and yet so far removed from the body that the
    • boast that feeling and will do not exist: because they cannot be
    • as we see, that proves to us today that feeling and will are not
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • human thought, feeling and perception.
    • feelings belonging to this or the other home-land playing any part.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • us as national feeling, national temperament, and its language, as
    • normal Archangels also, who govern the national feeling and
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • through in his feelings, that too, does not concern the Archangels.
    • we were only able to have feelings, to feel joy and sorrow and to
    • by the intellectual-soul or mind-soul feelings. Then, however, you
    • as centers within him, the Archangel has the feeling that what comes
    • old age. Man experiences his youth in feeling the members of his body
    • something foreign to him, as something about which he has the feeling
    • that in the feelings of the people should arise that which
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • peninsulas, then we shall realize what feelings must fill us, if we
    • reasoning, feeling and willing. The folk or nation lies between the
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • necessary for one to rise above all the feelings that may easily come
    • about the character of this or that people, and however our feelings
    • being, his soul, you have there, willing, feeling, thinking; and
    • feeling and thinking.
    • to it you connect feeling. You have already been told that the
    • feeling. Finally if we glance at the Moon condition we see that the
    • physical body, etheric body and astral body, willing, feeling and
    • feeling; and finally the mission of the Moon had to be fulfilled,
    • viz., Feeling.
    • so that the etheric body and the element of Feeling, the element of
    • Feeling, and the Moon-mission chiefly with the imprinting of the
    • order that he may bring about this balance between thought, feeling,
    • fabric of thought, feeling, and will. Everyone who possesses a little
    • thought, feeling and will within himself, by means of which he can
    • equilibrium between thought, feeling and will signifies.
    • This co-operation of the elements of thought, feeling
    • then in the first place characterized will, feeling and thought, and
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • also acquire a feeling of the infinite wisdom contained in the whole
    • You will also to a certain extent have the feeling that knowledge
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • into the soul of Thor and so on. I wanted to call forth a feeling of
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • first post-Atlantean age of civilization there came the feeling, that
    • become visible, — brought about the feeling that the time spent
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • of the Higher Feelings, and worked in that. He himself was only able
    • to work upon this Intellectual Soul or Soul of the Higher Feelings
    • Intellectual Soul or Soul of the Higher Feelings and from the
    • Higher Feelings, and the Spiritual Soul on the physical plane. That
    • of the Higher Feelings, with the ‘ I ’.
    • or Soul of the Higher Feelings. But it had not merely to give the
    • feeling steals over one, if one compares the Wall of China with
    • Intellectual Soul or Soul of the Higher Feelings in the Græco-Latin,
    • all-embracing feeling, the concept of the Heavenly Father. In
    • That is not an individual being, not a feeling in the soul, but
    • in a differently developed form of conception and feeling, —
    • must think of in quite a different shade of feeling, connected more
    • which dawns more or less in the feelings of the peoples of the East.
    • does signify is that the feelings are colored and shaded, that the
    • to be found in the world of the East. By means of these feelings this
    • within His three bodies the capacities of feeling, thought and will.
    • There you have a human feeling, thinking and willing into which the
    • divine Feeling, Thinking and Willing has immersed itself. The
    • feeling of the people up to its philosophy, comes to us as something
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • has been implanted, inoculated into the thoughts and feelings of this
    • which was a spiritual feeling — he could recognize what was the
    • as to whether a spiritual, vital feeling really fills the spiritual
    • the Scandinavian North. Many have expressed that feeling. It is a
    • anthroposophical thought and feeling and of anthroposophical ideals.
    • For finally the knowledge we gather must really work in our feelings
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • Behind it all there may be an instinctive feeling — true in itself though often
    • region where the creative fantasy and feeling of the artist who understands the
    • can be understood only through artistic feeling, no healing will come into our
    • feeling and consciousness of freedom, the self-completeness of individuality
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science and of Its Building at Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • intention to propagandise or arouse feeling either for Spiritual
    • of course, there is no feeling left of the surprising effect produced
    • only be aware of what we are thinking and feeling for him in our souls
    • not wish to proselytise or arouse feeling for our cause, but only to
    • reverence when, out of the feelings which his knowledge arouses in him,
    • Far from it. And finally, if from certain deeply-seated feelings which
    • certain conception or feeling about Christ, about Jesus, and we say to
    • him, “Certainly, we recognise these feelings as wholly justified;
    • feelings when we have received into our souls the living essence of
    • would not be able to understand the subject out of his own feelings.
    • be abused, which arises out of a new way of feeling.
    • feeling of space being shut off by the form, but one has the feeling
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • to a very definite feeling and attitude towards the wisdom-filled
    • Beings, as it were through his feelings. And this was done in the
    • of his deepest feelings to make a sacrificial offering to the Gods
    • Upper Gods were now offered up to them in upward-streaming feelings.
    • The words of the prayer inscribed into the rising smoke the feelings
    • — This feeling that the thoughts of men are earthly in origin
    • himself in thought and feeling with the Mystery of Golgotha.
    • Midsummer, when conditions were the most favorable for feeling their
    • feeling, with new life.
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • not in abstract theory but appealing to the feelings — is to
    • themselves an inner feeling-knowledge of the way in which the human
    • Zeus feeling. He then knew what inner tensions this feeling could
    • the present day we should have no feeling for the very different mode
    • receive from the form of the hard stone the feeling that what lies
    • still have some immediate feeling of what Goethe called the spirit of
    • was merely the first expression of his ideas, his feelings; as he
    • might meet. His feeling for space, his ability to transfer his
    • feeling that it enters only once into earthly evolution and cannot carry
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • tumult more with our life of thought and feeling; in day-sleep, more
    • with our life of will and feeling.
    • feeling of pleasure experienced by the elemental spirits within
    • men slip from the materialistic frame of mind into a feeling of the
    • through his inner feeling, men can depart from the role played by
    • must be prompted by some kind of feeling. But what does he exactly
    • spirituality, of this belief in spirituality. And a feeling
    • If this is not perceived, there can be no true feeling
  • Title: Lecture: Past Incarnations of the Peoples of Today
    Matching lines:
    • the deepest and most fundamental feelings of the people. And
    • certain warmth of feeling which pours out in all his utterances and
    • deeds. This warmth of feeling is always there, but on the other hand
  • Title: Lecture: Morality and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • falsehood. This feeling may be found in great men and in
    • feeling of envy. Consequently the souls of the simplest people and
    • against the feeling of compassion. Compassion does not only imply
    • good qualities without any feeling of bitterness.
    • course, if anyone is conscious of this feeling, he tries to get rid
    • know that feelings, passions, etc. should be looked for in the astral
    • between a feeling of shyness in later life and hypocrisy at some
    • Another example: A person may be filled with the feeling of envy.
    • certain result: a certain feeling of isolation will take hold of
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • feeling of the successive impulses in the evolution of humanity,
    • very remote times. And if we acquire a feeling for such things, we
    • things to come, live in our soul, we are filled by a new feeling,
    • which can transcend egoism in human destiny; it is a feeling which
    • In order to acquire a feeling for the requirements in this sphere, we
    • These truths enable us to gain a feeling for the requirements of
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Being in the Physical Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • poetical natures, by people with a deeper capacity of feeling.
    • born out of the feeling that man stands within the life of
    • away religious feeling; on the contrary, it deepens it.
    • we come to feeling, and still further to the will. When we look
    • memory, thinking, feeling and will.
    • them; feeling is older, thinking still older, and the activity
    • with feeling; he was endowed with thinking during the Sun
    • man's feeling life, we only have to go back as far as the Moon
    • chiefly with the etheric body, and man's feeling life with the
    • Through feeling, we may learn to know the things which lie
    • reveals itself to us. This will push our feeling in the right
    • to deepen our soul and immerse it in spiritual feelings, in
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • is no general feeling for it. Properly conducted elementary
    • education will bring such a feeling to life. If education up to
    • will already have the feeling: “We have a science which is born
    • lively feeling for it is worth a great deal; it is something
    • feeling has actually given way to another. More and more man is
    • weighed down, half unconsciously, by the feeling of his inherited
    • more this emerges, not merely as a theory but as a feeling, a feeling
    • this feeling will increase very fast. In the decades ahead, it will
    • become unbearable, for it is associated with another feeling, a
    • certain feeling of the worthlessness of human existence. We shall see
    • I have so far described simply as a feeling that is surging up.
    • what man really is.” And this feeling will be the
    • civilisation that the feeling I have just described from another
    • lauded to the skies — a twofold feeling will develop. On the
    • feelings will ripen, and when they are no longer mere theory, but are
    • trivial feelings of today — when humanity comes to feel disgust
    • which may happen or any other feelings men may have. And from the
    • expectation, the feeling that there must be some solution to this
    • feeling as an earthly being and his knowledge that he is a
    • stated, by sensing the incongruity I have described, by feeling the
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Knowledge: A Way of Life
    Matching lines:
    • means of nourishment man has a feeling of well-being. Conditions,
    • approach the world, feeling our way towards it by means of our
    • As a matter of fact, many of the feelings and impulses
    • Man's own natural feeling for reality will enable him to take hold of
    • feeling at home in the spiritual world that is so important, for
  • Title: Lecture: How Can the Destitution of Soul in Modern Times Be Overcome?
    Matching lines:
    • mankind had reached, the faculties of intellect and of feeling were
    • And so it was with heart-and-feeling. Appropriately to
    • the fourth post-Atlantean period heart-and-feeling developed. And
    • need to exchange feelings and thoughts. Acquaintance was quickly
    • Heart-and-feeling in the one could still reach out more spiritually
    • and make immediate contact with heart-and-feeling in the other. Up to
    • feeling-and-heart connection was well adapted to that age, but a very
    • different network of feelings and sensations spans the world of
    • possessed of a ready-made heart-and-feeling with its spontaneous
    • in a feeling, instinctive way, of what they formerly lived through
    • opposing forces set snares in our way. And accordingly feelings of
    • consciously combating these superficial feelings that we shall bring
    • nationalistic feelings and emotions, which only assumed their present
    • advance towards clear consciousness, yet feeling this at first to be
    • only in vague talk, however warm the feelings which underlie it;
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • this feeling of being at one with nature is lost. In its place man has
    • acquired a strong feeling of his independence, of his individual
    • feeling of his own ‘I’, an intensified feeling of self. He felt
    • there arose in him an enhanced feeling of selfhood. But in this experience
    • through them. The soul, with enhanced feeling of selfhood, is transported
    • part of a weaving cosmic life and this feeling expressed itself in certain
    • developed a strong feeling of his ‘I’ (red). This enabled him to
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • in these days for man to unite a right feeling with Easter is for him to
    • experiences in thought and feeling that partake of a true Easter
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling of thanks is not only justified on the part of those who
    • with our feelings — in the necessary atmosphere. And for our
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • district of the Earth. If so, it has a sympathetic feeling. If there
    • is too little water, it has a feeling of antipathy. It has a
    • sympathetic feeling if the right plants are there for the given soil.
    • nitrogen everywhere, moving about like flowing, fluctuating feelings.
    • feeling or receptivity for these things, we can observe the process
    • Limestone sucks us out. We have the distinct feeling: wherever the
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • our inner feeling, to a Large extent. This inner feeling will develop
    • very pleasant feeling to discover how there arises after all, from what
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • underlying feeling: the experimenters themselves are not quite happy
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • true feeling in the old time of instinctive clairvoyance. (I should
    • though they were not so clever, they were far wiser; out of their feeling
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of the Mass
    Matching lines:
    • following feeling: “Thou must again become like the
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • through feeling into your form, insofar as it is enclosed
    • touching himself, feeling himself. The right and left side
    • being by touching or feeling himself.
  • Title: Lecture: The Templars
    Matching lines:
    • worked on in broad streams which flow even into the feelings and perceptions
    • in their I, but also in all their feeling and thinking, in their very being
    • feelings and impulses of will connected with that Mystery. What had thus
    • materialistic thoughts and feelings of men and in all the materialistic
    • have brought it about that Man's thoughts and feelings run their course
  • Title: Paths to Knowledge of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • scientific conscientiousness, from inner scientific feeling. It is
    • whole way of thinking, its whole life of representation and feeling,
    • memory, more sharply outlined feelings, and they will know that these
    • courage is generally connected with the life of feeling and resembles
    • human being in the direction of thinking, feeling and will, which
    • The whole human being, with his feeling and his will, flows into the
  • Title: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • ease of thinking, the love of ease of feeling. Fear is closely akin
    • of himself. He has become free of himself, however, only by feeling
    • feelings and sensations. Many presentations of such mystics appear
    • genuine feeling for truthfulness. All fanaticism, all inaccuracy,
    • feeling, he has no choice but to acknowledge repeated lives on earth.
    • what today's lecture was to offer on the level of feeling, I
  • Title: The Supersensible Being of Man and the Evolution of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • individual has the feeling that part of his being is super-sensible,
    • something it wants to say about this feeling becoming an inner
    • speaking out of subjective feelings but out of the very kind of
    • thinking, sense perception, feeling and willing comprise the
    • feeling and willing we have in ordinary consciousness, on the other,
    • nurtured feeling (Gemüt) and intelligence.
    • the power of feeling and
    • feeling was still a part of nature. Not until the eighth century did
    • feeling independently within himself. By and large the whole of
    • of the qualities of feeling and intelligence from out of man's inner
    • development of the forces of feeling and intelligence, however, still
    • intelligence and feeling still working in an instinctive way.
    • feeling took on a fully conscious quality. Men felt more strongly
    • instinctive feelings of sympathy and antipathy consciously, they had
    • instinctive life of thought and feeling was being developed, from the
    • and feeling, something was still present that had existed in
    • those times this feeling arose out of the subconscious depths
    • with a way of thinking and feeling that was still of an instinctive
    • unconscious instinctive forces of intelligence and feeling.
    • conscious development of intelligence and feeling, although the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Year as a Symbol of the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • now passing, and which fills us with a deep feeling of holy awe in
    • of initiation, we evoke the proper feelings and the perceptions for
  • Title: On the Duty of Clear, Sound Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • for New Year's Eve must ever be associated with our feelings; whereas
  • Title: Lecture: The Peoples of the Earth in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • last few years have shown what intense feelings of hatred and antipathy
    • his life of feeling, at any rate, no one can blind himself to the
    • Knowledge and feeling, of course, are two very
    • ideas, feelings and impulses of will in human beings. Inner strength
    • feelings of sympathy and mutual love.
    • understand his whole being. It is true that if one has a feeling for
    • (feeling) is bound up with the rhythmic processes in the human
    • organism. The feeling-life of man is connected directly with the
    • a threefold being. The spiritual will, the feeling-life of the
    • life of the oriental. Into the feeling and thinking life of the
    • accordance with their whole being, they have less feeling for the
    • more in order that their feelings may be warmed by the way in which
    • where they can become feelings and pass over into
    • between the peoples. They will take this knowledge into their feeling
    • unification, for unifying love is not merely a vague feeling. To
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Mystery, Novalis, the Seer
    Matching lines:
    • realised through Feeling by thousands upon thousands of souls
    • This Christ-Festival and all the feelings and experiences it
    • force of the Sun's light, Feeling that in it you are
    • physical structure itself. The same feeling can arise when
    • souls could not share the Feeling which made a man of
    • awaken; no wonder that these feelings streamed to the being
    • in the supremely gifted Novalis, feelings free of all denominational
  • Title: Lecture: Some Characteristics of To-day
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, views and deeds, is experiencing on the earth
    • thinking and, indeed, of feeling and willing too. Men have persuaded
    • — gradually develops a thinking, a feeling and a willing that
    • their deeply unconscious feelings. Men are dominated by an
    • feeling, through those inner impulses of will which can be trained by
    • permeated with all kinds of spiritual forces; the spiritual feelings
    • fundamental feeling will then make it possible for me throughout the
    • thinking and our whole feeling must become different, so that we
    • thinking, feeling and willing; he will not come out of it —
    • give the single individual an inner feeling of comfort but can bear
    • feeling and willing, and for a new sense of responsibility, the
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy's Contribution to the Most Urgent Needs of Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • man's feeling life to some extent. Yet its answer can only be found
    • separation gives a certain comfort, a feeling of security in life.
    • also through experience. And a man who has a feeling for such
    • discrepant feelings, disorder, producing a framework for what
    • so powerful in Spirit, with the human feeling and rhythmic system. In
    • the feeling life is psychically connected, as is the thinking life
    • process of breathing and feeling. When the soul-feeling events unite
    • recognise the whole connection between the feeling and the rhythmic
    • feeling life of man and see what can only be there through the fact
    • feeling for human dignity, willing in love for humanity: These are the
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • characteristic of the sixth epoch will be that very definite feelings
    • souls of men. Delicate feelings of sympathy will be aroused by
    • compassionate, kindly deeds and feelings of antipathy by malicious
    • conception of the intensity of these feelings.
    • predispositions leading to feelings of sympathy or antipathy aroused
    • aesthetic feeling and insight, to morality. And the greatest Teacher
  • Title: Lecture: The Position of Anthroposophy among the Sciences
    Matching lines:
    • this feeling of himself. (As I have said, the history of language can
    • continuous feeling in the waking state. When he looked with his eyes,
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and the Visual Arts
    Matching lines:
    • then that feelings (Empfindungen), developed by the
    • art. One must re-acquire cosmic feelings; one must be again able to
    • mode of feeling, in cognition and artistic expression, must be able
    • from fundamentally artistic feelings. If, as sculptors, we were striving
    • forces and inner forces. One must have such a feeling towards all
    • needs a feeling for one's material and should know for what this or that
    • artistic feeling only if, in this way, one can place oneself with all
    • the inner feeling of one's soul — with one's inner “total
    • into his thinking, feeling and willing — into all that can find
  • Title: Lecture: Evil and the Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • transformed by impulses of feeling and of will, together with
    • transformed by feeling and will. One finds only the
    • impressions are transformed by feeling and will, man is still unable
    • to tell how feeling and will are actually working. For this reason he
    • They became thoroughly acquainted with the feeling that a penetration
    • sense, but for humanity at large they live in feelings and moods,
    • permeating human existence. And through such feelings they bring
    • another. Their fear was masked under all sorts of other feelings. But
  • Title: Lecture: The Seeds of Future Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • subdued philosophical feeling of Solovieff. He does not bring it to
    • Christianity. Real Christianity must have a perceptive feeling for
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • feeling arose in these men that they were only being
    • it was more like a feeling, a perceptive experience — an
    • why I have tried rather to awaken a feeling for these things, by
  • Title: Lecture: Realism and Nominalism
    Matching lines:
    • significance for mankind in the age when spiritual feelings were
    • civilization, for narrow-minded people have no real feeling for
    • thinking and of feeling in respect to most things. In Anthroposophy,
    • change our ways of thinking and of feeling — otherwise we
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science, a Necessity for the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • increase the soul's life of feeling, so that we become emancipated
    • increase, as it were, the tension of our feelings, then the forces
    • easily have a feeling for such things because we are living in the
    • deepest and most intense feeling of responsibility, and we should
    • forces based merely upon feeling, but with all the forces of the
    • reason or to an understanding based on feeling, but it is a real
    • kind of government for us.” This, tale, born out of feeling and
    • transform into feeling what I have indicated in words fraught with
    • heavy feelings. I have shown you what spiritual science may become if
    • we intensify feeling and penetrate with it into spiritual science, in
  • Title: Lecture: Cosmogony, Freedom, Altruism
    Matching lines:
    • anything that can give fresh fire to religious feeling and
    • the inner sentiment, the inner feeling for freedom. In
    • thought and feeling requisite for knowing what freedom is,
    • temperament which, properly realised, leads to social feeling
    • fundamental ideas which must inspire the thought and feeling
    • there was no question of any national feeling of hostility
  • Title: Lecture: Brunetto Latini
    Matching lines:
    • like this feeling, any more than the worthy professor did
    • to permeate ourselves with the living feeling, that in all
    • intellect but with their faculty of feeling — wrangling
    • forces that worked into the feeling of man at a time when
    • 6 January 1412, the villagers ran hither and thither, feeling
  • Title: Lecture: The Shaping of the Human Form out of Cosmic and Earthly Forces
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and perceiving. Out of this wisdom there arises a
    • feeling for the divine. It is only a knowledge that keeps to
  • Title: Lecture: Yuletide and the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • remains of the warmth and profound depth of feeling which in
    • warmth of feeling that pervaded the human soul at the times
    • feelings connected with the Christmas Festival has existed
    • but only to the feelings and experiences which men living in
    • agricultural workers, while their feelings and inclinations
    • the feeling of sinking down into the outer physical darkness,
    • the deep, persistent feeling that in sinking down into the
    • any fully developed feeling that if a human being is to find
    • in Europe the warmest, most intimate feelings for the Christ
    • truly a step forward when feelings connected with the
    • describing — all these feelings were awakened by the
    • feeling for such things in our day but something of the kind
    • icicles forming on the trees — such feelings were
    • the last indications of such feelings were still to be
    • the year and these feelings abounded everywhere during the
    • experiences, translated into actual feelings, were that human
    • be found by a soul inwardly unsanctified, whose feelings are
    • although by then the old feelings associated with them had
    • thinking. Those who have a right feeling of the mysteries of
    • conceptions, anthroposophical feeling, thinking and willing.
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • lives. “Is not all Eternity mine?” he exclaims, feeling
    • of primeval wisdom, but also to primeval feelings and perceptions in
    • the world of the senses. This feeling gradually extended into a
    • image of destruction, of corruption, and within his soul the feeling
    • humanity. No longer feeling himself united with a Buddha who urges
    • impulses, perceptions and feelings as give meaning to human
    • feeling that we exist, and we know as we look towards the future that
  • Title: Lecture: Hygiene - a Social Problem
    Matching lines:
    • has become abstract, so seldom grasping the social feelings and
    • the point is not whether we conceive any thought, feeling or activity
  • Title: Lecture: Speech and Song
    Matching lines:
    • speech, there must always be something in our feeling reminiscent of
    • feeling that in every vowel there is something of the soul, immediate
  • Title: Lecture: Three Epochs in the Religious Education of Man
    Matching lines:
    • will, feeling and by his earthly education, each of these three
    • exists subconsciously in the feeling life of man and he yearns for
    • cosmos, this feeling of oneness with the Christ Who descended to
    • to a deepening of religious feeling, a divine consciousness —
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning Electricity
    Matching lines:
    • have been wrong, their feelings were not altogether wrong. For, when
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Jesus and Christ in Earlier Times
    Matching lines:
    • of what the ether body had become as a result of thinking, feeling,
    • feeling, we see in the child a being free of Lucifer. And if we are
    • able to do this — to look at a child with the right feeling,
    • would be the feeling experienced by those seeing Jesus thus portrayed
    • that can keep alive the inner feeling for celebrating Christmas in
    • our hearts through this new spiritual direction; this feeling will
    • seeking, we must truly have the feeling that we cannot reach our goal
    • both outer and within the human life of feeling. There, a spiritual
  • Title: Lecture: On the Dimensions of Space
    Matching lines:
    • of thought, feeling and will. All that we know is
    • Let us pass from the Will to the world of Feeling. To begin with, we
    • consciousness he can, therefore, be of opinion that his Feeling
    • is spread out over his whole body. He will then speak of Feeling as
    • feeling or sensation to be brought about, the left half of the
    • the left the mutual feeling
    • sensation would never come about. In all the surging waves of feeling
    • does Feeling come about. Feeling never comes about in space, but only
    • in the plane. Thus the world of Feeling is in reality spread out,
    • of Feeling is really like a painting on a canvas — but we are
    • with our world of Feeling. It is two-dimensional, not
    • of feeling which meet him in the world of space. In his life of
    • feeling, man lives in a picture drawn two-dimensionally through his
    • we would seek the transition from Will to Feeling in ourselves —
    • soul-quality which is expressed in feeling, than if you merely
    • three-dimensional space. Feeling does not enter into the three
    • dimensions of space. Feeling is two-dimensional. Nevertheless it has
    • perceive the peculiar nature of his world of Feeling.
    • is that the world of Feeling is always permeated by the Will.
    • just now, you do not immediately sever the Feeling from the Will. You
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: What Has Geology to Say About the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • life today from morning till night, through thinking, feeling and
    • able to form thoughts and produce feelings which, as it were, repeat
  • Title: Lecture: Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • between these two the element of feeling, that which in
    • ordinary life we call feeling, qualities of the heart, and so on.
    • that which is to come, by what lies in the future. Feeling stands mid-way
    • between the two. Our thoughts are accompanied by feelings. Thoughts
    • delight us, repel us. Feeling imbues our will impulses with life, and
    • feeling for the relation of spirit to matter. You may remember that
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 1: Introductory Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • and the thought, the deepening of feeling and the expansion of
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 2: The Inner Aspects of the Saturn-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • our own world. Neither of these feelings is much cultivated by people
    • feelings, and this was in the Day-Book of Karl Rosenkrantz, the
    • writer on Hegel, in which he sometimes describes intimate feelings
    • necessary to call up an impression of the feeling aroused by
    • the infinite emptiness of the ancient Saturn existence. A feeling of
    • by-acquiring a feeling that may be compared to the giddiness
    • these apprehensive feelings. Next he loses not only the ground
    • is a feeling of courage, of protection through being united with that
    • immersed as a spiritual being, feeling one with the Christ-being,
    • all the possibilities and diversities of what we call a feeling of
    • after another. This again can only be described by a feeling that
    • time ceases. This feeling is certainly not pleasant. Imagine that
    • he is!’ and as he talks on further, this feeling increases and
    • experience, to say such wise things’ ... Besides this feeling,
    • vanished again; everything is simultaneous. Now, however, the feeling
    • the Cherubim. The feeling comes to us that they have established a
    • proceed from a feeling of littleness but from a consciousness that
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 3: The Inner Aspect of the Sun-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • heat on ancient Sun. Now we can only obtain a feeling of this
    • living in our souls? If the feelings of this man are vivid, if the
    • profound feeling of bliss at the vision of the sacrifice; he will
    • sensations and feelings. We can deceive ourselves greatly as to this.
    • feeling of being endowed with grace through the gifts that come to
    • the feeling of one enraptured by what we call
    • feeling we may ourselves have if through the above-described mode of
    • Independently of what we have heard. Anyone feeling even a little of
    • the whole feeling that we are thus able to acquire — which gives
    • beginning — this feeling is something that can call up inns a
    • a feeling, with the sacrifice proceeding from it.
    • following feeling. The entire Sun with the sacrificial Beings the
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 5: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • their sacrifice there arose a feeling, though very faint, which was
    • feeling is represented in an accentuated form. Hence we do not find
    • that feeling which was developed in the Individualities whose
    • depths of Soul-life. This feeling with which we are all acquainted
    • often go about with these feelings without being aware of them in our
    • compare with the present feelings of longing. We can in a certain
    • should continually arise to assuage the feeling of desolation, we
    • of feeling. The citizens of earth of our time who feel this longing
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 6: The Inner Aspect of the Earth-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, does not spring from the soul of man in real earnest. All
    • caused by their feeling within them what they had wished to send up
    • all his feelings in motion. This was gone into more minutely in the
    • feelings of such Beings, you will have an idea of what may be called:
    • thoughts with your feeling — not with your reason, for that
    • feeling, we are reminded of something in which an alien character is
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 1: The Driving Force Behind Europe's War
    Matching lines:
    • realities in this sphere, we must acquire a feeling for what
    • real feeling for what it means when a miserable individual of
    • is to get an idea, a feeling, an inner impulse for the need
    • feeling for all the terrible, hopelessly commonplace and
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 2: Humanity's Struggle for Morality
    Matching lines:
    • feeling develop. This is what our time demands. I think it
    • then speak about social life out of their feeling, out of
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 3: The Search for a Perfect World
    Matching lines:
    • evil-minded. One can understand people feeling this way. Yet
    • but hot air. In their innermost hearts, in their feelings and
    • feeling of responsibility, and above all they must relate not
    • interested in the content, but more in the feeling of
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 4: The Elemental Spirits of Birth and Death
    Matching lines:
    • more or less normal feelings, even today, will be shaken to
    • an instinctive feeling that it is so. Hence her remarkable
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 5: Changes in Humanity's Spiritual Make-up
    Matching lines:
    • to the world. It also created an intense feeling of being
    • The Greeks still had an inner feeling for the etheric in the
    • one does have the feeling that one is in a way writing
    • instinctive feeling for this in the twilight of the fourth,
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 7: Working from Spiritual Reality
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, and this meant that he did not really understand
    • of no concern to him, because his feelings were those of the
    • profundity of feeling which would come if, in the field of
    • mood, such a feeling, is brought to the task, rather than
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 8: Abstraction and Reality
    Matching lines:
    • see the living reality in anything and lose all feeling for
    • — effort of thought, effort of feeling, effort of will
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 10: The Influence of the Backward Angels
    Matching lines:
    • occupy your thoughts and feelings with them — you will
    • kinds of feelings and inner responses of which you are
    • into these things. But if you get a feeling of what lies behind
    • those ideas and feelings enter into you! You will then be
    • rooted in falsehood, and their inner feelings would come from
    • feelings of which we have spoken today and let them see what
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 11: Recognizing the Inner Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • and help the children to develop a feeling for what human
    • still more than a mere upsurge of feeling. Divine and human
    • may become part of our inner feelings and will, and can set
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 12: The Spirits of Light and the Spirits of Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • but also into our inner feelings, our will impulses and even
    • on direct observation of reality. One always has the feeling
    • beings to develop independent ideas, feelings and impulses
    • rebellious feeling of independence in human beings at the
    • feeling for life on the upward and life on the downward
    • feeling of belonging to the spiritual world must develop in
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 13: The Fallen Spirits' Influence in the World
    Matching lines:
    • been active in the feeling, will and mind impulses of human
    • With their feeling for those blood bonds people then also had
    • a feeling for missions which went a very long way back in the
    • twentieth century without feeling embarrassed. A moment of
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 14: Into the Future
    Matching lines:
    • way that the individual concerned gets a feeling for events
    • ordinary life, too, a feeling must awaken for the real
  • Title: Lecture: Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, and that ultimately expresses itself in the will. I
    • penetrate into a feeling of responsibility for every single
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • those who still possessed some feeling for the true nature of man were
    • feeling. But modern man has not the slightest notion of what, for
  • Title: Lecture: Calendar of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and through thinking; fatigue is evidence that we have worn
    • he is capable of feeling it: spring — and summer — forces
    • to betoken man's feeling of union with what is intimately related to
    • expression of the feeling man has of the inter-working of
    • again in a certain way in our own thinking, feeling and impulses of
  • Title: Lecture: The Spirit in the Realm of Plants
    Matching lines:
    • discovery had a powerful influence on all thinking and feeling in
    • diminishing, we find that all thoughts and feelings that enter our
    • the sun with its being lures out the thoughts and feelings. The
    • thinking and feeling can be in the realm of the sun activity. Just as
    • its thoughts and feelings. Just as we can see our nerves emanating
    • from the brain, developing our feeling and conceptual life through
    • thoughts, feelings, and sensations. The spiritual investigator finds
    • thoughts and feelings. For spiritual research the earth is a
    • spiritual being whose thoughts and feelings awaken every spring, and
    • not think of how all feelings, sensations, and mental images are
    • feelings of the earth, which recede when winter approaches so that
    • earth's world of sensations and feelings — was shown
    • aesthetic feeling in relation to the plant world deepens especially
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • this: if you have a sound feeling of such matters, you cannot
    • had healthy human feeling of this fact was Goethe. Goethe
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • at least for human feeling — that something real will
    • clarity has grown befogged by all manner of feelings which
    • healthy feeling of the truth can only be sought and found
  • Title: Lecture: The World Development in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • ordinary life, man's true inner being, woven out of feeling and
    • instance, how different are the inner feelings with which we
    • our feeling and our will must be drawn in through special
    • circumstances; we must include the feeling and the will which
    • feelings and of everything which constitutes our inner being,
    • that in life itself feeling and will must first be drawn into the
    • warmth, through the awakening of feeling and of a subjective
    • worlds with inner feelings, far stronger than those which usually
    • always experience it unconsciously) is therefore the feeling of
    • consciousness we never have the feeling that by dwelling only
    • The feeling of
    • as a reflection of the real feeling, though it is painful enough
    • We grow aware, on the one hand, of a complete feeling of
    • if loneliness would not give us this Ego-feeling in the spiritual
    • gives us our Ego feeling here on earth. To this loneliness we owe
    • know as our physical world, through our feeling and will, the
    • accustomed to a certain feeling of certainty through the gradual
    • sciences of earlier times, based more on feeling. This
    • experiments. This gave them a feeling of certainty. And by
    • acquiring this certainty, they acquired a certain feeling in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Supersensible in the Human Being and in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • indeed, in a certain respect, an aesthetic feeling of reverence
    • feelings towards powers that cannot speak to us out of the laws
    • moral feelings, his religious feelings of reverence. The human
    • ideals and religious feelings gradually seem to be hanging, as it
    • vibration, our soul's feelings through the words, so the Oriental
    • certain religious feelings. Consequently, our moral life and our
    • religious feelings can, in a certain way, be deduced from a
    • men still face these questions unconsciously and more feelingly.
    • which he acquired a feeling of Ego consciousness and the
    • feelings of well being! This is the result of meditation. But in
    • will be essentially vivified if a feeling of trust and confidence
    • once more enters the social life of men, a feeling of trust that
    • of feelings, rather than in the form of a clear knowledge —
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • so he inquired the next day how the patient was feeling and he
    • it is possible to observe the soul, living in thoughts, feelings,
    • in you a feeling for the conscientiousness and for the critical
    • appear in the forces of cognition, of the will and of feeling.
    • reverence, for I have a deep feeling for all the beauty
    • then notice that we abandoned our body only with our feeling and
    • these bodies with our will and with our feeling. In ordinary life
    • the body as mere feeling and will, we ordinarily become
    • and that he can really experience the organism of feeling and of
    • feeling, which left the body when we fell asleep. Even as the
    • soul now perceives through feeling something which is outside;
    • the moment of waking up is a perception through feeling; we take
    • the body every night with its feeling and with its will, and the
    • but that we can at will draw out of the body our feeling and our
    • with the feeling is above all the physical body. Tomorrow we
    • abandon the body with the feeling and willing part of our soul.
    • organism with his feeling and with his will and how he returns
  • Title: Lecture: East and West in the Light of the Christmas Idea
    Matching lines:
    • feeling of sorrow upon that part of mankind which is still led by
    • world with a certain feeling of longing and of sorrow, as if the
    • gods had withdrawn from them. This feeling was voiced by many
    • life. This is nothing but the echo of that Oriental feeling,
    • The festive feeling which we have at Christmas will then ray out
    • cosmic feeling, and this is needed today, if we are to experience
    • the true value and dignity of man. The feelings which we have in
  • Title: Lecture: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • weakened down to feelings.
    • cannot perceive it, for it is dulled down to a life feeling, an
    • inner vital feeling, which cannot even be interpreted, less still
    • general feelings that live in the human being. You may therefore
    • — above all, of metals — and they are met by feeling,
    • impressions they only derive a general life-feeling.
    • and that he has a life of feeling corresponding to these
    • perceptions. Our feelings exist in contrast to everything coming
    • sensory perceptions and thoughts. Our feeling life, on the other
    • whereas our feeling life is the general soul constitution
    • determined by life; that is to say, feeling. But at the
    • foundation of feeling lie the metal influences coming from the
    • feelings and we sleep in our will. But the will which sleeps in
    • dream in our feelings is the counter-activity which meets the
    • that of feeling, then one cannot use the expressions which
  • Title: Lecture: Human Freedom and Its Connection with the Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, continued to exist even in more recent epochs; the
    • experienced in feeling. The Christianity which Anthroposophy will
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge Pervaded with the Experience of Love
    Matching lines:
    • feeling soul into the characteristic of the ancient Greeks,
    • Man's feeling attitude towards the universe was quite different
    • centuries, this feeling towards the universe underwent an
    • the feeling that when single phenomena had to be drawn out of the
    • describe to you this change of human feeling in connection with
    • I wish to describe how this change of feeling in human souls
    • truly feeling manner, the state of consciousness of the ancient
    • something divine. But this Greek feeling was of such a kind that
    • this truth. This explains the fundamental feeling of that epoch
    • was not a clearly outlined idea, but a fundamental feeling of the
    • this fundamental soul feeling in Greek art, which sets forth the
    • feeling. The Greek therefore took back, as it were into the
    • chastity of feeling, his relationship to the Divine.
    • into life natural science based upon this fundamental feeling,
    • who have a real feeling and an open heart for such things, it is
    • more or less the following: It gives one a chilly feeling, as if
    • feeling, the same state of mind, which also lives in love. If
  • Title: Lecture: The Golden Legend and a German Christmas Play
    Matching lines:
    • ourselves: ‘What are the feelings that unite us with this
    • and feeling around us is interwoven with infinite sorrow. Hate and
    • enmity, aversion and hatred, one and the same feeling may everywhere
    • thought of immeasurable depth of feeling, a thought of infinite
    • through deeper feeling, or through a deeper knowledge, were to grasp
    • feelings at Christmas: the knowledge of how man, through what remains
    • called a holy life. And thus a feeling prevailed that a certain moral
    • living feeling of the significance of the occurrence.
    • of this quite profane feeling there gradually evolved that holy awe
    • it that thus overcame the feelings, the soul of man? It was the sight
    • prophetic feeling, with the prophetic premonition, that such a birth
    • give themselves over to feelings of happiness, or when they must feel
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Thought and the Secret of the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • year as Christmas approaches, we must think of the kind of feelings
    • feeling. Hate and antipathy race through spiritual space and can
    • feeling can impress itself into all human souls everywhere in these
    • greatness, a thought of infinite depth of feeling, this thought of
    • deeper feelings, a deeper knowledge received from their teachers who
    • lived in the feeling. No indeed! In many areas it began by simply
    • spoken in those regions. And finally the people awoke to a feeling
    • conquered human feelings, the human soul? It was the tow of the
    • backward, feeling ourselves back at the child's standpoint?
    • ourselves with the prophetic feeling, the prophetic intimation,
    • surrender themselves to feelings of joy but also in times in which
    • people have to surrender themselves to the feelings of pain that
  • Title: Lecture: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • man's thought, feeling and will, have undergone great changes in the
    • so deepen our feelings, ideas, and impulses that the powers of soul
    • universe from mere doctrine into real feeling, real vision. And so he
    • in the feeling it called forth in
    • man — a feeling which taught him of his
    • time have a certain feeling for the Spiritual behind the physical
    • our thoughts and feelings and so unpleasantly accentuate the chief
  • Title: Lecture: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • Egyptian thought and feeling.
    • materialistic consciousness of to-day, but with a true feeling for
    • thought and feeling. And again — what a curious impression is
    • ask ourselves: of what nature was the life of feeling and ideas among
    • be used as a means whereby we are led into the whole world of feeling
    • must we go back to the feelings living in the ancient Egyptians and
    • male, active — filling the soul with thoughts and feelings. The
    • Such were the feelings in regard to this
    • higher world, feelings which had been handed down to the Egyptians by
    • one dominating feeling in the soul of the old Egyptian; it filled his
    • nature without feeling any need to concern himself at the same time
    • with problems of destiny. Now the feeling of kinship with Osiris and
    • instrument for the soul-activities of Feeling, Willing and Thinking
    • Being to whom the old Egyptians looked up with feelings of deepest
    • Egyptians, but their souls were filled with a deep moral feeling, a
    • feeling of reverence and gratitude. All external evidence shows that
    • feeling. All human knowledge was bound up with feelings of holy awe,
    • different animal forms. Such were the feelings of the old Egyptian
    • the feelings, the consciousness of
  • Title: Lecture: On the Nature of Butterflies
    Matching lines:
    • know that he had not spoken with true inner feeling. But when he
    • pronounced the word with right inner feeling he saw actual butterflies.
    • impulse works upon us when with the right inner feeling we say
    • scientist has little feeling for the butterfly fluttering in the light.
  • Title: Memory and Love
    Matching lines:
    • like an experience of our self. But feeling lonely — well, this
    • feeling lonely has its echo here on earth as our capacity for
    • were it not an echo of what we have described as a feeling of
    • have a growing feeling that faintness may overcome us in the spiritual
    • us, the feeling of self, to be supported by something outside, namely
    • body. The feeling of loneliness finds a refuge in the body and becomes
    • the faculty of remembering, and we have to win through to a new feeling
    • be quite outside himself. If a man is a loveless being, a feeling arises
    • feeling — particularly if he is artistically inclined — that
  • Title: Lecture: The Experiences of Sleep and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • manner of manifestations — thoughts, feelings, impulses of will,
    • of the soul any further than that during waking life, ideas, feelings,
    • knowledge, that all thinking, feeling and willing, as they are present
    • or feelings or acts of will to flow forth from it. When such a statement
    • experience a strong sense of time is present, but all feeling of space
    • and live merely in a general, universal feeling of time, to feel himself
    • in which one is swimming, one has, as it were, lost that feeling of
    • described; nor would he ever in the waking state come to a feeling of
    • experience other feelings in addition to those aroused by contact with
    • feelings in the souls of men by giving them ideas and conceptions of God
    • relate themselves in their feelings to what they already had in their
    • and of feeling and thought during day-waking life, is an after-effect of
    • cosmos. And there are perhaps other feelings, very dull and dim, wherein
    • of being within the cosmos. All such feelings, however, that are given
  • Title: Lecture: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • feeling lives in those words. And all those who feel like
    • knowledge were to be a light on his path. The feeling of
    • feeling of responsibility in himself then he denies, in the
  • Title: Lecture: Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • to a certain age, but only showed itself later as a feeling
    • of power, as a feeling of life, as a content of life which
    • in progress consists in feeling on awaking, enriched through
    • will often come near to developing certain feelings. The
    • nature or these feelings will also show the nature of the
    • conception, but must make it part of our innermost feeling.
    • into the Ego this absolute balance as regards feeling and
    • knowledge of the inner kernel of man's being, on the feelings
    • experience the future in our feelings and sensations and are
    • regards feelings and sensations towards the future life, but
  • Title: Lecture: The Elementary Kingdoms
    Matching lines:
    • a feeling of pleasure upon the Devachanic plane — it is
    • flower, the earth will have a feeling of well-being, as a cow
    • has a feeling of well-being when her calf sucks her milk. It
    • gives us pictures which we should unite with our feelings.
    • feelings for the profundity of the world around us. All the
  • Title: Lecture: 'Goethe's Faust' from the Point of View of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • facts shall have been named and described, a feeling, quite
    • pious feelings to the great God of nature Who speaks through
    • that filled his longing and feeling soul; and as aged man, in
    • towards which we gaze with uncertain feelings and which shuts
    • or feeling; something within me becomes active, compelling me to
    • personal, egotistical feelings; he is repelled like Faust. He
    • hour of really feeling her relationship to the spiritual
    • and not from the anxiety itself; from the feeling awakened and
  • Title: Lecture: Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling that we may have on this Christmas night?
    • fundamental human feeling of love — the fundamental
    • feeling that says: compared with all other forces and powers
    • the feeling that wisdom is a great thing — that love is
    • yet greater. And this feeling of the power and force and
    • feelings during the rest of the year, so that we may
    • we need not be ashamed of them in the light of the feeling that
    • such can be our feeling, then we are feeling together with all
    • prevents men from feeling the full greatness and power of this
    • more and more have a feeling for such a figure as Faust. We
    • And he has a right feeling for the Christ-Impulse, who
    • And now you may realise the feeling that can pass through the
    • of the feeling of love is rightly awakened in us, if we
    • evolution the feeling that something can be found in human
    • had become of this feeling in Rome, at the time when the
    • spiritual. Thus did the feeling of equality from man to man
    • may have a kind of excellence of feeling. Though they may not
    • feeling that can come over us when we feel why it is that we
  • Title: Lecture: Galileo, Giordano Bruno, and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • survey of the lines of thought and feeling of the men of that
    • himself a child of his age. The feelings which possessed
  • Title: Lecture: On the Occasion of Goethe's Birthday
    Matching lines:
    • theories have been relinquished in their turn; a feeling of
    • it lives itself out in our feelings and sensations, in our
    • and of the Harmony of Feelings. And we have grasped the true
    • only in your thoughts, but also in your feelings, your
  • Title: Lecture: The Errors of Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • soul, feeling herself capable of letting Imaginations arise
    • that the usual life of thought and feeling ceases. A
    • uncomfortable feeling of weariness and disgust with himself.
    • feelings are so gradually intensified, and experienced in
    • spiritual investigation, such feelings must appear very
    • of feeling THAT outside of one, which formerly was
    • the qualities and prejudices of his feeling. He will not
    • feeling, by which one can recognise the conscientious
  • Title: Lecture: Factors of Karma, Deficiencies in Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • daily thoughts and feelings it is long forgotten. But the
  • Title: Lecture: Hereditary Impulses and Impulses from Previous Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • feeling for the things which are emerging, but are unable
    • Herzen only confirms it with a more tragic feeling:
    • says, out of deep tragical feeling: The time will come in
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of Man to the Hierarchies
    Matching lines:
    • inclinations of the feeling life. In the nineteenth century
    • their sentiment and feeling, inasmuch as they declare their
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of Christ in the Human Soul
    Matching lines:
    • the Christian cosmic feeling within the course of the year,
    • judgments, through the content of feeling and will. But this
    • feeling undertakes to symbolize it in the festival of
    • since the modern age began, Christian feeling — adapting
    • can certainly say that a sensitive feeling will find in the way
    • to reveal to one's feeling the after effects of
    • Christian cosmic feeling. This thought, as a Christmas thought,
    • by the new Christian feeling. Most particularly will it be
    • guided by Anthroposophy, or to lack all feeling for mere
    • feeling should be such that the power and the light of this
    • own way. This has been the feeling of human beings
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries (Die Geheimnisse)
    Matching lines:
    • imbue his feeling, thinking and his will-impulses in gazing
    • penetrated and convinced by the feelings and ideas that I have
    • these ideas live, transformed into feeling. It is not easy to
    • thoughts and conceptions are transformed into feelings and
    • feeling are in accord with our earlier incarnations.
    • transformed this knowledge into feeling and experience and is
    • which has transformed into direct feeling and experience much
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 1. Angels, Folk Spirits, Time Spirits: their part in the Evolution of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • which are really somewhat remote from the thinking, feeling and
    • of human evolution without allowing the particular shades of feeling
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 3. The inner Life of the Folk Spirits. Formation of the Races.
    Matching lines:
    • locality ordained for him, so that the feelings of the people should
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 4. The Evolution of Races and Civilization.
    Matching lines:
    • specific human attributes of thinking, feeling and willing. The
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 5. Manifestation of the Hierarchies in the Elements of Nature.
    Matching lines:
    • life consists of thinking, feeling and willing; his outer vehicles
    • outer envelope — thinking, feeling and willing.
    • inner life of feeling. Finally, we find that the Old Moon condition
    • body, etheric body and astral body; thinking, feeling and willing —
    • Feeling, the inner element of Wisdom. The mission of Old Moon is
    • endow us with the etheric body and the element of Feeling, the inner
    • with the endowment of the element of Feeling, and the Moon mission
    • between thinking, feeling and willing, first of all in his own inner
    • patchwork of thought, feeling and will. Everyone who possesses a
    • thought, feeling and will within himself by means of which he himself
    • correspondence between the elements of thinking, feeling and willing
    • feeling and willing and the working of Love outside our Earth planet
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 8. The Five Post-Atlantean Civilizations.
    Matching lines:
    • retained this feeling, this understanding of how the forces of the
    • immediate feeling that Thor is related to the individual human ego is
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 9. Loki - Hodur and Baldur - Twilight of the Gods.
    Matching lines:
    • that the whole of this post-Atlantean age was pervaded by the feeling
    • received as a gift from Odin, whilst feeling that he himself has
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 10. The Mission of Individual Peoples and Cultures in the Past, Present and Future.
    Matching lines:
    • occult, poetic feeling steals over one if one compares the Wall of
    • all-embracing feeling. Just as we think of the Devachanic world as
    • being, not an emotional feeling, but something that is the creation
    • different, of course, in conception and feeling — which we have
    • gradations of feelings of the Slavonic peoples and that the concepts
    • in His three bodies the capacities of feeling, thinking and willing.
    • It is a human feeling, thinking and willing into which the Divine
    • feeling, thinking and willing descends. The European man will only
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 11. Nerthus, Freyja and Gerda.
    Matching lines:
    • recognize intuitively — which was a kind of spiritual feeling
    • feeling or whether they are only a disguised form of materialism. It
    • united under the banner of Anthroposophical thought and feeling and
    • feelings and our thinking and in the Anthroposophical goal we set
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • in feeling to the very first beginnings of European cultural
    • kinship with her mother. No religious feeling in our own day has the
    • knowledge. When feeling became more intense, became filled with
    • the soul, fired by feeling, strengthened by the best in our will,
    • feeling, which simply must enliven us if the truths of Spiritual
    • according as their sentiments and feelings incline them this way or
    • form their opinions out of feelings and personal motives, but
    • personal feeling as the standard of measurement. As persons we are
    • personal feelings about the ideal, and no longer ask what we
    • may be allowed to say something which is as much a matter of feeling
    • away. It is only because mankind retained the feeling that it should
    • is only partly a matter of feeling. From another aspect it is a
    • human feeling, the whole marvel of human nature is immediately
    • before you the feelings which prompted us to give pride of place, at
    • out for us. Those who understand this will share the grateful feeling
    • souls who are capable of pure unprejudiced feeling as regards what is
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • the finest feelings and sentiments of which the human soul is
    • in the astral body. We cannot help feeling that the way in which this
    • can become for us living feeling if we permeate ourselves with the
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • the immediate future. To evoke a feeling that we must change our very
    • lightning. And out of this feeling, which, as I said before, had not
    • become intellectual knowledge, but was elemental feeling, there arose
    • as Zeus, if one does not approach this experience and this feeling by
    • the feeling that the forces which cause thought to light up in us are
    • idea, as feeling, we have our enduring life of soul, with its
    • emotions and passions, with its fluctuating life of feeling,
    • feeling of breathlessness. When the etheric and physical bodies are
    • there comes a feeling of oppression rather like breathlessness. Hence
    • occult sign and acquire a certain feeling for the proportional
    • the weakest impression. If you can acquire a feeling of the relative
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • feeling associated with the name Zeus. Similarly, if we think of the
    • lived in their sensations and feelings. When a Greek turned to the
    • stars. All these sensations and feelings which the Greeks derived
    • feelings, the impulses of soul which awoke in the informed Greek when
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • to their feeling that an old clairvoyant consciousness had preceded
    • was entirely a matter of feeling. This old clairvoyant consciousness
    • had a peculiar feeling towards what the elder Dionysos could give
    • feeling is to be in accordance with the truth, it will have to think
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • the thought and feeling of ancient Greece was really like, we find
    • progress in Spiritual Science we must acquire a feeling that it is
    • another example of the unerring wisdom of Greek feeling for the true
    • moved by unutterable depth of feeling — even put to himself the
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • soul.’ When the ancient Greek was directing his feeling upon
    • If an undefined feeling challenges us to know ourselves, we have to
    • developed into feeling, and then the soul is faced with a hard task
    • Masters of Wisdom and of the Harmony of Feelings’ people would
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, a man is only allowing Spiritual or Occult Science to work
    • itself. Something like that is what Capesius is depicted as feeling
    • his duty not to stick fast in doubt, not to persist in the feeling
    • not surrender to the feeling which overtakes you when you think how
    • are like this. From this fear, this feeling of impotence, we at first
    • him, is absolutely shattering. Contrast this crushing feeling in the
    • shock us that we probably shrink back in terror, feeling completely
    • of feeling and activity, steeped in occult forces.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • the heart to the brain, only ideas, concepts, feelings connected with
    • into you and is reflected, is your thought, your conscious feeling,
    • all the ideas and feelings which our soul has acquired about them,
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • concepts, by acquiring definite sentiments and feelings about what
    • was expressed by dwelling upon the feeling which men have in face of
    • that the human being starts out from a feeling of wonder about things
    • and Beings and that from this feeling of wonder all philosophy, all
    • its way out of this feeling of wonder to something which reduces it.
    • Beings of Greek mythology, his feeling of wonder transformed itself
    • fashion. Today when we deem it necessary to reduce the feeling of
    • abstractions will not succeed in feeling this great impoverishment as
    • there comes over him the feeling: ‘How hopelessly cut off from
    • philosophy it may sound incomprehensible; whereas the feeling I have
    • involve a feeling of being spread out, with a set of weak ideas,
    • experience and any other feeling is but a variation of this
  • Title: Lecture: The Mission of Raphael in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • Himself. Feelings arise which, when we permeate them with the soul,
    • but in order to characterize as fully as may be the feelings that arise
    • natural feeling may arise before the world-famous picture in Dresden.
    • into the kind of feelings and perceptions which Raphael himself must
    • the feelings of a soul able to create like this? We cannot compare them
    • to the feelings of a Savonarola, who when he uttered his words of scorn
    • different Christian feeling must have flowed into the soul. And yet
    • of the feeling living in the soul of a man of our own time, — I mean
    • bestowed. They rather give birth to a feeling of hope, because they
    • humanity. A feeling of security and hope arises when we allow Raphael
    • of Raphael imparted to his feeling and perception. He says: “A
    • of Spiritual Science a feeling which permeated Hermann Grimm when he
  • Title: Lecture: The National Epics With Especial Attention to the Kalevala
    Matching lines:
    • how strange it is, that when we focus all our human feelings in the
    • reasoning sense-perception, the ordinary feelings; something which was
    • stands before our eyes, so that in nowise have we any feeling that the
    • monstrosity is grotesque, or a paradox; everywhere we have the feeling
    • soul-forces, the forces of intellect feeling and will, which we have
    • — has the same forces, the forces of feeling, intellect and will,
    • the present-day feelings and thoughts does not actually reach back further
    • and feeling. Those soul-forces which we have to describe as clairvoyant
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture I: The Michael Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • and they will bring mind and feeling and will to meet the autumn in
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture II: The Christmas Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • art only when it expresses human feeling in such a way that through
    • the feeling that all our thoughts wished to take a rounded shape. In
    • old Germanic belief. For these people had an instinctive feeling that
    • form, so that here one has a feeling of inward enclosure. Here the
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture III: The Easter Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • feeling — an inner contentment in the whole neighbourhood of
    • feeling only what material substance thinks and feels in
    • could be born at any season, this brought a feeling of freedom into
    • etheric. You will find that because these wings are actually feeling
    • that rays out from the Christ. But a living feeling for all this will
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture IV: The St. John Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • feeling for it, he becomes one with all that is growing and
    • with Nature, but, if he has the right feeling and perception for it,
    • the feeling of standing upon cosmic Will.
    • one the feeling that cosmic Intelligence is alive everywhere —
    • illumined, permeated, with a feeling of intelligence.
    • feeling comes: You clouds of summer, radiant with Intelligence, in
    • immediate feeling that the gleaming silver, streaming up from
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture V: The Working Together of the Four Archangels
    Matching lines:
    • feelings. For what Goethe has evidently drawn from his reading
    • of old traditions and his feeling for them — all this stands in
    • feeling a spirit such as Goethe's takes hold of something handed down
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Christ with feelings of immeasurably greater fervour than is to
    • West. In earlier times these feelings of devotion were
    • the impression that enthusiasm and warmth of feeling for the
    • Christ. On the other scale let us lay all the deep feelings,
    • the scale upon which have been laid all the deep feelings and
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • awakened, feeling at the moment of waking that they had been
    • Frankly, it is with a feeling altogether unparalleled
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • — as very life, as vivid experience, as feeling, as power
    • within them as power of soul and of feeling — all this
    • then associate with it the feeling of what came to pass through
    • feeling of what Christ's sacrifice really signified. It was the
    • also contained in this book. All healthy feeling must —
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • twenty-second, twenty-fourth years. It was always with feelings
    • none had been capable of such infinite depth of feeling when
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, tenderness, an angelic quality of being. Then, in his
    • these feelings led to a memorable conversation between Jesus of
    • feelings in her heart the mother listened to what Jesus was
    • — followed Him because of the feeling and conviction I
    • also in our feeling, what the communication of this Fifth
  • Title: Lecture: The (Four) Great Virtues
    Matching lines:
    • wonderfully clear feeling about the need for our spiritual movement.
    • thought, in feeling and perception to live in accordance with wisdom,
    • connected with a healthy life of feeling, which develops bravery at
    • feeling has had a wonderful inkling of such things. It is because of
    • this that it is so much concerned with the feeling of the heart-beat,
    • condition, in a condition in which the life of her feeling was not
    • of the stream, where they are active, feeling ourselves united with
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 1: Natural Science
    Matching lines:
    • true; but they flow down into the feelings. Anyone who is able
    • Whether the doubt is driven down into our feelings or not
    • the feeling of self.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 2: Psychology
    Matching lines:
    • characteristics of thinking and feeling (volition is
    • will as of thinking and feeling) — anyone who looks at
    • thinking and feeling with the tools of psychology finds them
    • feeling. But the disputes of philosophers and the changing
    • from the soul those powers of thinking, feeling and volition
    • here on this earth as thinking, feeling, willing beings, but in
    • such a way that thinking, feeling and willing now densify and
    • willing and in what lies between, feeling. In an imaginally
    • true psychology culminates in this religious feeling and
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 3: East and West in History
    Matching lines:
    • thoughts, together with his feelings and impulses of will; and
    • together. And the feeling when we do look at them
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 4: Spiritual Geography
    Matching lines:
    • that expresses many unconscious feelings, unconscious
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 5: Cosmic Memory
    Matching lines:
    • subconscious depths, is permeated by feeling and will and
    • with this feeling of something like confinement, there is
    • us when we visualize our thinking, feeling and volition, and we
    • our memory is well ordered, we shall not, in feeling some
    • with our thinking, feeling and volition, are moral
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 6: Individual and Society
    Matching lines:
    • really mean something different; they mean man's feeling that
    • life, but are instincts, unconscious feelings. And if we were
    • of feeling. To perceive something as clearly as is possible
    • take up a position in social life in line with our feelings,
    • certain dryness of feeling and yet call forth, for all its
    • gifted; we can say this without hurting anyone's feelings. But
    • feeling and experience, simply by continuing the old
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 7: The Individual Spirit and the Social Structure
    Matching lines:
    • feelings.
    • man with his whole thinking and feeling is bound up in the
    • religious feelings appropriate to this relationship were more
    • linked at the same time, however, to a particular feeling that
    • permeates religious feeling with a legal element —
    • he later absorbed from juridical thinking and feeling. Even so,
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 8: The Problem (Asia-Europe)
    Matching lines:
    • civilization was dominated by a feeling of universal
    • human guilt. This feeling introduces something pathological
    • feeling that takes him out of himself; that he is
    • conclusion: We have certainly managed to develop the feeling of
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 9: Prospects of its Solution (Europe-America)
    Matching lines:
    • today a feeling that enlightenment — not in any party
    • atavistically, many of the feelings that developed under
    • the feelings that spring from this current in human
    • indefinite in man's feelings and expressions of will. People
    • you have a feeling for society, you will rejoice over
    • is still the feeling: Your machines do not impress us! With
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 10: From Monolithic to Threefold Unity
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and a social will, I gave as an example the way the
    • democratic feeling that something is really valuable in the
    • alongside the prejudices, feelings and impulses of class
    • derive from certain dogmatic teachings and feelings about life.
    • powerlessness to reach a concept or feeling of law from within
    • into men's habits of thought and feeling a kind of abstraction.
    • You must have a feeling for these personalities. You will need
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • as regards our powers of desire, for instance and the feeling-impulses
    • the feelings attached to it, for example, you would see inwardly the
    • it has extinguished what was formerly a general feeling — the
    • feelings which are held to be an accompaniment of the phenomenon of
    • such imaginative clairvoyance. These feelings are no conquest of egoism,
    • within such societies. Nevertheless a certain bitter feeling is evoked
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • regards our powers of desire and the feeling impulses connected
    • activity of the blood and the feelings attached to it, for example,
    • extinguished what was formerly a general feeling — the passing of
    • or perhaps they do not attain to it, but merely to the feelings
    • Imaginative clairvoyance. These feelings are not a conquest of
    • within such societies. Nevertheless a certain bitter feeling is
  • Title: St. Augustine
    Matching lines:
    • experiences those ideas and feelings in his inner being. He
    • experiences in one's inner being, as one's ideas and feelings,
    • was a time in which all that they had as ideas, as feelings
  • Title: The Social Question and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • perceptions and feelings that we put out
    • feeling for the surrounding world, then the actual social is
  • Title: Architectural Forms
    Matching lines:
    • life. Three years ago we held this celebration, feeling that we
    • cannot think of Greek architecture without feeling that its
    • feelings. We see introduced into the pillars, into the element
    • perpetuate its whims and fancies, its everyday feelings and
    • completely foreign to their feeling and perception. Thus we
    • feelings, common in the times when the Host was elevated for
    • soul towards the feelings for a Madonna. People to-day cannot
    • beginning in our building shall we develop the right feeling,
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • the spirituality of feeling. To your feeling therefore, philosophy
    • rightly turns. The spirituality of your feeling is the normal
    • and if in plunging deep into Goethe we get the feeling that he
    • consider how far Goethe coincides with the deepest feelings of
    • shall choose a feeling many of you know, which can be described by
    • overboard old traditions, and create feelings, thoughts and ideas
    • indicate the feeling which many have towards this picture.
    • to get Goethe's world-conception, will get the feeling that Goethe
    • Youth is filled with the feeling of the soul, which expresses
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • capacities of the soul are our feeling and our will. Thus, even with
    • ideating, but also a feeling and willing being. Now those who
    • never human feeling, never what we know as will-impulses, for
    • It is correct enough that when a man introduces his feeling,
    • influences of the world of feeling and will.’ Perhaps some of
    • of thought, and because you have not the habit of thought and feeling
    • when the objection is raised that feeling and will are qualities
    • the microscope shows, but also what feeling and will dictate
    • given the average feeling and will in man to-day, they cannot be
    • this, the other that, according to the subjective needs of feeling
    • representation, feeling, will — the capacity to construct
    • most in what they say. Feeling and will have not had the chance
    • It is not only with regard to feeling and the will that people are
    • eliminate all the personal factor from feeling, so that the appeal of
    • things to the feelings has no longer any say, to the Personal, or to
    • our feelings, and which therefore lead to inner knowledge, and
    • personal element as well as thought, so that feeling can transmit the
    • feelings is called in all esoteric doctrine
    • feeling, and indeed only to purified feeling or to feeling which has
    • this cultivation of the feelings such a part of the essence, cannot
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • which he had poured the feelings, the degrees of knowledge and also
    • Frankfort he had the feeling, ‘Away from the mere striving
    • other, for feeling in the deepest way the sorrow attached to an
    • feeling of guilt! He felt guilty in respect of the simple country
    • these feelings there grew within him a poetic figure, which had its
    • own sorrow and his own feelings with this figure of Faust?
    • and then added to these words a description of feeling, a kind of
    • place the fact before our souls so that any feeling for such things
    • deeply into Goethe's life. We see the echo of his feeling in
    • these words, but a shade of that feeling already lived in his soul,
    • depth of feeling on perceiving other signs closely connected
    • with man's life. This feeling is expressed by Faust: — The
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • at the sun, and feeling the world full of spirit, spoke the great
    • facts — as well as with the perceptions and feeling which
    • — all that exists of this world of feeling when the seed for
    • already a feeling and an experience of the spiritual world, they
    • give him false feelings and sensations concerning what he
  • Title: World History: Lecture I: Evolution of the Soul and of Memory
    Matching lines:
    • Science, but according to a general feeling, — which is,
    • to this general feeling man localises such a memory-concept
    • have undergone, in external life.’ He had no such inner feeling
    • attain what corresponds to our life of feeling.
    • have the abstract life of feeling still. But who of us knows
    • feeling-experience of the world, that the man of olden times
    • heart. Just as we relate our feeling to the world in which we
    • incline towards this or that, just as we relate our feelings to
    • thinking, feeling and willing were present among the ancient
    • heart experience. Then they had a further experience, a feeling
    • Grasping hold of something, feeling and touching with the
  • Title: World History: Lecture II: Mysteries of 'Asia'
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, such as we have to-day was unknown. A thinking that
    • of the human head, was unknown. So too was the abstract feeling
    • a “happening” in the head, a feeling that was
    • thought and feeling. Thus these Eastern peoples had first their
    • And the experience remained in man's feeling when he awoke. He
    • someone had been able to write in the feeling and attitude of
    • over-strong life forces, and continually had the feeling: I
    • feeling: consider the man with his ordinary consciousness. He
  • Title: World History: Lecture III: Asiatic Mysteries of Ephesus, Gilgamesh and Eabani
    Matching lines:
    • of thought and feeling that has come about in the course of
    • still retained also that inward feeling that one must learn to
    • feeling was not then so single and united as it is to-day.
    • we think and feel to-day. His whole thinking and feeling was
    • intense capacity for feeling and experiencing all that belongs
  • Title: World History: Lecture IV: Atlantean Wisdom in the Mysteries of Hibernia, Gilgamish and Eabani at Ephesus, Logos Mysteries of Artemis at Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • it. And in the life of these pupils we find always the feeling:
    • overwhelming feelings that trouble the clear light of
    • human feeling. For unless one has learned what it means to live
    • he had the feeling: Forces are streaming forth from the
    • the pupil was exhorted to press. He had the feeling that the
    • received into him a feeling of inward numbness, of hard and
    • to himself: You have now a feeling and experience of what you
    • Ether. With the whole of his inner feeling and experience he
    • speech is accompanied by feelings. If the watery element in the
    • would not be able to permeate what he says with feeling. And
    • element. And as with us feelings arise in our body through the
    • that was permeated with the feeling and experience man could
    • Ephesus one could still have a feeling of the whole Reality in
    • were an after-feeling in Ephesus, in the place, that is, where
    • underlying feeling of these things was still widely present, as
    • South, but have no feeling for what streams into our being the
    • caressingly over some part of his body, feeling the difference
  • Title: World History: Lecture V: Mysteries of the East, West, and of Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • soul feelings and experiences that once lived in it. Those who
    • who had this great experience acquired a feeling that may be
    • the feeling: We have ourselves brought the plants on to the
    • feeling. He knew that he could not bring them with him to
    • The deep fellow-feeling, too, with animals that we find in Asia
    • that man had, feeling his relationship on the one hand with the
    • relation to the animal he had a feeling of emancipation. In
    • ancient Oriental culture. The Greek had the feeling: There are
    • That was the fundamental feeling that took rise in the Greek
    • may see placed before us in an artistic picture the feeling
    • accomplishing things by means of our will, we with our feelings
  • Title: World History: Lecture VI: Mysteries of the Ancient Near East Enter Europe
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, before we can comprehend the Land of the Spirits. And
    • our inner life of thought and feeling in just the same way when
    • and feeling, different even from what we have observed in
    • When a modern man reads Plato with true spiritual feeling and
    • the feeling that you are coming out of your body. When you read
  • Title: World History: Lecture VIII: The Burning of the Ephesian Temple and the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • understanding and feeling for them, they spoke of them somewhat
    • looked upon this Goetheanum with feeling and understanding
  • Title: World History: Lecture IX: World History in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • bitter feelings regarding the future destiny of humanity on
    • instinctive human race would people the Earth. Evil feelings
    • Into the feeling of thine own Soul-being.
  • Title: Purpose of the Goetheanum and Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • inner unrest and perplexity. With the concepts and feelings
    • no judgment whatever about the reality, except the feeling of
    • being in the sense-world, the feeling of union with this
    • feels as his own being, in his thinking and feeling, his
    • we can, of course, have a feeling about it, but exact
    • feeling and willing, otherwise in the soul, is silenced —
    • apprehension of the living, the feeling, the self-conscious,
    • feeling that the human being cannot be comprehended with the
  • Title: Goethe, Comte and Bentham
    Matching lines:
    • man's soul, or perhaps of half-dreamy feelings and willings. This
    • thought, gives us the certainty of feeling ourselves as personalities.
    • This feeling of inner freedom is what comes clearest of all to man's
    • In the feeling oneself as a human being as a
    • feeling, of belonging to the entire earthly humanity, for it
    • can alone give man the possibility of feeling himself an historical
    • Being, of feeling conscious: “I am now living as a
    • think, or experience as our thoughts or our feelings, is produced
    • People to-day have not the right feeling for these things, they do
  • Title: Whitsuntide in the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • grasped, and every conscious feeling that asserts itself, are
    • must accustom ourselves to have not merely a positive feeling
    • a process of growth, but we must rise to a feeling for the
    • express in a few words the feeling of this working and
    • life is the expression of the thinking, feeling and
    • into a living mutual experience and mutual feeling with the
    • take hold of one and carry the soul in feeling if not with
    • in knowledge, in art, in religious feeling, and in ethical
    • and feeling have to be thoroughly transformed in face of the
    • no longer the feeling Goethe expressed when he said:
    • of feeling and perceiving the inner truth of things gradually
  • Title: Meditation and Concentration
    Matching lines:
    • thought, feeling, and will-impulses, or in any other manner,
    • an imaginative character, tinged with feeling.
    • gained the feeling more and more of a more intense, though
    • case no religious feelings should be connected with these
    • ordinary, everyday life we must have the feeling
    • always have the feeling; it is we ourselves who stand behind
    • mind, and its feeling, to receive this spiritual world into
  • Title: Tree of Knowledge and the Christmas Tree
    Matching lines:
    • thought and feeling. Anthroposophists must understand how
    • or the soul of cultivated feeling. You know that it developed
    • will develop into feeling. It is exactly through the
    • will become feeling. Through the Mystery of Golgotha Christ
    • that there is still an instinctive feeling, which is a kind
    • teaching and feeling will have to contribute in order
    • anthroposophists; for the feeling and experience of the
    • particular thoughts, the particular feelings and impulses
    • gain it by developing a particular kind of feeling, that
    • sunk into the depths of the soul's life. This type of feeling
    • feeling of responsibility in life, a readiness to take upon
    • anthroposophical feeling develop ethics such as these. And it
    • this thought and these feelings let us close our studies today.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • feelings he met this personality, we must recall that, when he
    • truth in this feeling of the disharmony between the frequently
    • unconscious or vague feelings of the soul and what was afforded
    • Nowadays, after the event, people have the feeling that Goethe
    • all those feelings that lead man out of the sensory world into
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and sensations, which he can experience only in his
    • feeling. Such a person comes to the point of saying to himself
    • The word “Dumpfheit,” an inner feeling of numbness, comes into
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • fortune often only for subjective egoistic feeling. For the
    • his feelings and passions, in fact with all his emotions, than
    • respected. The time is yet to come when the feeling will
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • position in life. So far as her daily thinking and feeling are
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • people today have a thorough feeling for the things that are
    • have mentioned with only the deepest feeling of tragedy, which
    • feeling of tragedy, saying that a time will come in Europe when
    • feeling of fear and even horror which the strange news —
    • feelings or perhaps even a peculiar nationalistic fervor, in
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • our feelings and sentiments that may enable us to look upon
    • other feeling of us than that we should love Him, but I would
    • upon him, would never cause me any feeling of repugnance. On
    • things the first time, your feelings for the man were probably
    • you will also agree that your feelings the second time were
    • highest point — of materialistic thinking, feeling, and
    • in the life of feeling and of general culture. The book deals
    • feeling grew stronger in me. In this state of soul I sought out
    • evening I had become empty, void of feeling, and cruel, and I
    • than hells? You need only test your feelings after you have
    • world, and in the world of feeling, how does it flow into the
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • expressed confession but the inclination of the feeling nature
    • the archangels in their feelings and emotions is not in tune
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • your feelings. It is necessary to understand clearly that in
    • feeling nature; only then shall we attain to its full truth.
    • beings and only through our feeling related to everyone else do
    • from an unknown dark feeling, frequently thinks his deceased
    • in only the most elementary suggestions, then the feeling and
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • that in our present life of spirit very little feeling exists
    • herself suggests, to a living feeling, a living experience
    • feeling, as I have stated here during past years, in feeling
    • lies in the feeling, what man experiences only in his
    • feeling, or to put it differently, when man learns to look at
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • It is a question of having a feeling, a living experience for
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 1: Influence of the human will upon the course of economic life
    Matching lines:
    • habits of feeling, and the actual practices of feeling, will
    • social conditions; one can quite well have a feeling for
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 2: On Propaganda of the Threefold Social Order
    Matching lines:
    • understand to-day, it simply means that he has no feeling for
    • the feeling: It is a far worse superstition, than the kind of
    • transforming of human thoughts and feelings in their
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture I: Free Will, Immortality
    Matching lines:
    • through our normal way of perception, and also feelings
    • character from this continual movement of our feelings and
    • What we are concerned with is placing ideas, feelings and
    • And this is acquired by feeling the power that we experience in
    • transaudient, then doing away with them, just feeling ourselves
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture II: The Historical Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • human history that is important, but rather the feelings and
    • feeling bitter disappointment. This is because Lamprecht's
    • plans that can be realized anywhere without much feeling
    • instinctive feeling for this when he pointed out how closely
    • our feeling life and our passions are related to our dream
    • things discover that what we experience as our feelings are
    • the latter. Our feelings shine through out of the
    • not more strongly conscious of our feelings than we are of our
    • raise our feelings into the waking condition by having them
    • to be permeated by feelings, and we are asleep inasmuch as we
    • does not experience growing old as a reflex feeling in the
    • begins. — He had a feeling for the successive epochs,
    • just as Karl Lamprecht had. Lessing had a feeling for even more
    • reality with feeling, which otherwise is only dissipated in
    • impulses that penetrate into our feelings and our
    • into our feelings and enthusiasm. When reality draws toward us
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture III: The Supersensible Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge remains unsatisfied and we are left with the feeling
    • a standstill all our inner feelings and sensations, devoting
    • feeling this activity of the thinking, in strengthening this
    • longer feeling in possession of ourselves, is a shattering
    • cares and other feelings, in short, all those things that arise
    • what finally remains, an inner feeling of ourselves, a
    • with the activity in our thinking, in our feeling, and in
    • wisdom without having any deep feeling for the iron necessities
    • feeling the flowing stream of pain that moves over the mother
    • experience we are like a plant feeling how it gradually
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture IV: Nature of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • outer impression has been received by all kinds of feelings and
    • beings, lies the whole realm of our feelings. For
    • ordinary life, then the power of feeling, which is the
    • of thinking, feeling and willing, which we have to distinguish
    • intimate and important feelings and impulses of the human soul,
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture V: Mystery of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • and feeling.
    • natural science and in particular in feeling deep admiration
    • I look into myself, I find feelings, ideas, joy and sorrow, I
    • it reminds us of shadow. Blue rooms bestow a feeling of
    • be described here. We have a mood or feeling of expectancy; we
    • conscience. We develop quite definite feelings, a particular
    • also with others that an instinctive feeling has arisen that
    • longing exists in their hidden feelings. But it is there,
    • he has an instinctive feeling for the fact that these two
    • Hartmann has an inkling of this, a feeling for it, but he does
    • impulses and feelings, and which have then been applied to
  • Title: Differentation of Primeval Wisdom into East, Middle, West
    Matching lines:
    • as relics of oriental thought and feeling.
    • one time, lived in the feelings of men in the East. But one
    • human egoism far more than human feeling for truth. Therefore
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • feeling not for theorising about the spirit but they should
    • have a feeling for the real, living activity in the spiritual
    • with anything. It means that the man has no feeling for the
    • have a living feeling for the active working and weaving of
    • there arose, in man's subconscious, knowledge, feelings, will
    • need not immediately become lacking in human feeling if this
    • not even felt. And, actually having a feeling for this modern
    • Feeling must be
    • there for this, and this feeling will come only by the forces
    • nothing, the only thing to heal man is feeling, experiencing
    • feeling, and people are very far from such a feeling. Today
    • true feeling for them. In saying this today I am merely
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1 (alternate translation)
    Matching lines:
    • men must not have a feeling merely for theories about the
    • involves. But as a matter of fact it is only by feeling what
    • There must, I say, be feeling for these
    • things, and such feeling arises through the inflowing of the
    • feeling and perceiving of one's own Self in the Spirit.
    • acquire a feeling for this nowadays, and they have none at
    • humanity must acquire the faculty for feeling what the
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • develop feelings and conceptions of what our senses perceive,
    • we live an inner life. And willing is fashioned from feeling
    • law and judicial matters, but that feeling when it arises is
    • promptly squashed by the lawyers! Men have a kind of feeling
    • because of what is produced in men by their feelings; for the
    • in the realm of feeling is essential for the bringing about
  • Title: Man and Nature: Intellect in Man and Nature Bereft of the Gods
    Matching lines:
    • dim feeling. But ideas that arise from this region of man's
    • sense of being, the feeling of existence which there is in
  • Title: The Physical-Superphysical: Its Realisation Through Art
    Matching lines:
    • general but above all out of a deep feeling for art, that
    • perceptive feeling for art and the creations of art it is
    • feeling: Anyone wishing in art for the physical alone can
    • a state of barbarism in man's life of feeling Art itself,
    • feeling — from a lower boundary up to one that is higher,
    • feeling in life makes its appearance everywhere. Even if not
    • in the form of art itself this feeling arises when, in the
    • result of pure thought, what is feelingly perceived and
    • invited me there, I shall have the quite natural feeling that
    • feelings tend in this direction.
    • external things of the sense-world, has a feeling that they
    • feeling that any form, anything at all in nature lacks the
    • what feeling demands when not the head but the rest of the
    • intellectual and without artistic feeling, for any idea,
    • physical-superphysical. For a feeling is abroad that what is
    • feeling — if we are willing to attempt the interpretation
    • feeling that in this work of art we come to an understanding
    • this we may have the feeling (as I said, there is no occasion
    • artist of more recent times we get no such feeling, The
    • feeling for colour, yet in a deeper sense people are only
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Sources of Artistic Imagination and the Sources of Supersensible Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • absent, but feeling and willing are present — although in
    • super-sensible knowledge, although it buds forth from feeling
    • super-sensible knowledge, feeling and willing must fill the
    • of the rest of man's being is quiescent. Feeling and willing
    • direction when feeling and willing are functioning in the
    • When feeling
    • full of reality than ordinary thinking, is born from feeling
    • harmonies of proportion and form, willing and feeling are
    • As a new life of feeling — different from that of
    • nature of the seer's thinking and new life of feeling, by
    • spiritual intellectuality develops out of the feeling and
    • begins to develop a new and much deeper kind of feeling and
    • new kind of emotion and feeling. In the condition of
    • feeling identified with it, poetry — the poetic
    • feeling for what lives in speech and is revealed in the
    • conscious experience in the spiritual world has a feeling of
    • life of inner experience, his thoughts, feelings, impulses of
    • with our life of soul, feeling their ebb and flow.
    • says: A man who is willing only to have feelings about what
  • Title: Lecture: Human Knowledge and Its Significance for Man and the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge, but of receiving them in such a way that a fundamental feeling
    • that this feeling has not as yet developed in humanity to any great
    • remaining forces are accompanied by the right kind of feeling, they
    • whether this kind of feeling is developed.
    • this feeling was actually present. It was born from an atavistic instinct
    • in man. In our own day this feeling is something that we must acquire
    • with the feelings that it must be offered up to the Gods. In the future
  • Title: Anthroposophical Ethics ... St. Francis, Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • thought and feeling. Anthroposophists must understand how
    • or the soul of cultivated feeling. You know that it developed
    • will develop into feeling. It is exactly through the
    • will become feeling. Through the Mystery of Golgotha Christ
    • that there is still an instinctive feeling, which is a kind
    • teaching and feeling will have to contribute in order
    • anthroposophists; for the feeling and experience of the
    • particular thoughts, the particular feelings and impulses
    • gain it by developing a particular kind of feeling, that
    • sunk into the depths of the soul's life. This type of feeling
    • feeling of responsibility in life, a readiness to take upon
    • anthroposophical feeling develop ethics such as these. And it
    • this thought and these feelings let us close our studies today.
  • Title: Teachings of Christ the Resurrected
    Matching lines:
    • takes place at death. He must have had feelings somewhat
    • feeling had already become so vital that they felt the life
    • they looked on death with tragic feelings. But what they had
    • knowledge, human feeling, human will, will have to be employed
  • Title: Christianity in the Evolutionary Course of Modern Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • seemed grotesque; but the world of their moods and feelings, of
    • feelings and for all that he did, — that fact becomes
  • Title: Eternal Soul of Man in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • perception and feeling on the fingers. This is the familiar
    • space-person with his strong I-feeling. Now the time-person can
    • the I-feeling very strongly goes yet further, as I have
    • feeling of being a victim. One really has this feeling, that
    • When you compare the thinking, the feeling,
    • what it would awaken in souls again as feeling and sensation in
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture I: The Significance of Supersensible Knowledge Today
    Matching lines:
    • with different tasks. The feeling and attitude that was fully
    • fulfilling daily tasks, feeling calm and secure, and
    • always religious faith, that is, a sum of views, feelings and
    • uplifting effect; they fill a person's soul with feelings of
    • always been due to religious faith. Such feelings transform
    • feelings of exaltation, contentment and confidence in
    • feeling. To think that morality can exist without religion is
    • an illusion. Morality arises in the sphere of feeling. At
    • issues; second these will give rise to feelings of
    • retain the feelings engendered by faith. When at last even
    • inherited religious feelings have vanished, the morality that
    • knowledge will create feelings of security and impulses
    • but if I keep an open mind and pay attention to my feelings
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture II: Blood is a Very Special Fluid
    Matching lines:
    • blood, one gains power over the person. In short, the feeling
    • has nothing to do with sensation or feeling. When the latter
    • sensations and feelings, but at the animal level does so in a
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture III: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • strength. This indicates a consolatory feeling in the human
    • person's feeling; on the contrary, he must reject, must set
    • through his work far more about his feeling of superiority,
    • sensation and feeling. But what exactly is it? If we are to
    • an instinctive feeling that what I have just explained is the
    • produces is on a higher level, and gives rise to feelings of
    • soul forces in human beings: thinking, feeling and willing.
    • organization. Certain thoughts and feelings will call up
    • then there is no longer consistency between thinking, feeling
    • link thoughts and feelings correctly; this human cannot bring
    • his feelings into harmony with the thoughts behind them.
    • constituted human being of today, thinking, feeling and
    • feeling and willing must be severed from one another. The
    • organs connected with feeling and will must undergo division.
    • non-initiate. Because the contact between thinking, feeling
    • suffering without his feelings being roused; he can stand
    • of feeling, a person of will and a thinking person; above
    • have an instinctive feeling for that mysterious connection
    • This feeling inspires the tragic poet to let the suffering to
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IV: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • a feeling for what is good, we must also have a feeling for
    • higher; but without evil we would have no feeling of self, no
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VI: Education in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • feeling. But why the name “astral?”
    • feelings already mentioned, and also of the ability to
    • and produces in the child a feeling of well-being. Notice in
    • period feelings of respect and veneration are fostered. Such
    • feelings can be awakened in the following way: by means of
    • on everything that promotes feelings of health and vigor.
    • when gymnastic exercises induce feelings of growing strength
    • becomes independent. With the awakening feelings for the
    • thought, every feeling, every sentiment motivating those
    • maintain that one's thoughts and feelings do not matter as
    • cannot permit themselves ignoble thoughts or feelings. Words
    • feelings reach the protecting sheaths of the ether and astral
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture V: Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • animal kingdom, is the bearer of the life of feelings,
    • purified and transformed them into moral feelings and ethical
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VII: Education and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • the whole cosmos. A feeling for nature will awaken in the
    • thinking and memory; history the life of feeling. A sense for
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VIII: Insanity in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • becomes conscious of itself, and feelings of hopes, wishes
    • which a person cannot make his feelings agree with what goes
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture X: Stages in Man's Development in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • and enjoyment because it calls up in the child inner feelings
    • able at this age to look up to someone with feelings of
    • physical exercises produce a feeling in the child of growing
    • These feelings work plastically on the ether body, as the
    • feelings now set their stamp on the countenance. A child now
    • for later life than an absence of feelings of great hopes and
    • his life of thoughts and feelings of a spiritual nature comes
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XI: Who are the Rosicrucians?
    Matching lines:
    • reason, and imaginative knowledge the life of feelings,
    • seventh stage is within reach. Knowledge now becomes feeling;
    • feelings. A time begins when universal sympathy unites him
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XII: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and sentiments it aroused in the poet would be
    • of artistic creativity in religious feelings and perceptions.
    • basic feeling, an inner awareness, that guided him to the
    • the world. Deep feelings of religious piety were called up in
    • self-awareness, the whole universe, feeling it had reached
    • had a dim feeling that such harmony had once existed. He
    • person towards whom the thoughts and feelings are directed.
    • that his inner feelings have significance for others, or that
    • Wagner has an instinctive feeling for this fact, and portrays
    • ancient times, dance originated from a feeling for laws in
    • gamut of human feelings, particularly feelings that do not
    • feelings and sensations are the basis for what is portrayed
    • human feelings, but had no means of expressing impulses once
    • perception, his deep feelings for all mankind.
    • environment promoted individual consciousness and feelings of
    • Parsifal is born out of his mystical feeling for the Holy
    • as it was when there was still a feeling for the working of
    • festivals, then we would also have a feeling for how to
    • celebrate Good Friday. Richard Wagner did have that feeling,
    • what is the mystical feeling of mankind in these beautiful
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XIII: The Bible and Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • could better or more beautifully express the inner feeling
    • insight there dawns in the human soul a feeling, an attitude
  • Title: An Impulse for the Future
    Matching lines:
  • Title: Article/Lecture: West-East Aphorisms
    Matching lines:
    • his sense-nerve nature. For feeling, he is served by the rhythm living in
    • feeling lives and the waves of will pulsate.
    • rhythmic life of feeling than does the man of the present age. The Oriental
    • given him the feeling of the Self. which the Oriental had only in a
    • wisdom, warm with feeling and speaking of the beauty of the cosmos, the
    • will, then will the Eastern man in his feeling intuition no longer accuse
    • will no longer condemn the intuitively feeling Eastern man as an alien to
    • through the feeling; it streamed out into the will. The thought was not yet
  • Title: Contrasting World-conceptions of East and West
    Matching lines:
    • inspiration. He always had the feeling: “My thoughts are
    • epochs was not so severed from the life of feeling and from the
    • religious feeling was connected with every one of his
    • essentially speaking, they had the same thoughts, feelings and
    • the thoughts, feelings and impulses which he now possesses.
    • feelings remained. Man gradually withdrew from this
  • Title: Year's Course as a Symbol for the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • deep, sacred feeling of reverence for the secret of the
    • within us as a sacred Christmas feeling, we prepare ourselves
    • feeling, born out of a deeper comprehension of our
    • we develop such feelings and moods, we obtain the right
    • warm feelings which stream through our heart are a
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • It is the feeling of a certain inner sensation of happiness —
    • a certain feeling of happiness. This emerges and dominates the whole
    • inner feeling of bliss, which should not be irreligious, or perhaps
    • feeling of bliss, — a striving away from the dullness of the kidney.
    • this in an abstract manner, but one must also look at it with feeling
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture I: The Past Shows Us a Picture of Necessity
    Matching lines:
    • souls. If we look at world events and our own actions, feeling,
    • people lost the feeling that throughout the world order there
    • toward Lucifer. This feeling has been totally lost. After all,
    • if they called them by other names. The feeling for these
    • have been possible unless the feeling for this opposition
    • feeling left that there are two different powers at work. Here
    • way the story is constructed there is a sure feeling for the
    • tales; it grows out of this same sure feeling for Lucifer and
    • this feeling of the intervention of Ahriman and Lucifer in life
    • world. This feeling for perceiving the world spiritually had to
    • had the feeling that while this experience was taking
    • purified part of his will nature, or made his feelings more
    • their religious feelings just because world events are having
    • rediscovered their feeling for religion. I do not need to
    • a deepening of religious feeling, while the very same
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture II: The Legend of the Prague Clock
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling, and willing. I mentioned that as late as the
    • fifteenth century people had a feeling that just as positive
    • explained that a simple folk tale grew out of the feeling that
    • composition of this story that we see people's feeling
    • wonderful presentation of the feeling still existing at that
    • must bring a feeling for this element to life again in a
    • like it and develop more and more feelings of sympathy towards
    • have just heard. For I imagine some antipathetic feelings
    • It is not merely that human beings are brought to feelings of
    • but he brought the kind of feelings that made him see
    • Without hurting anyone's feelings, of course, let us consider
    • without hurting anyone's feelings it must be obvious that each
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture III: Three Teachers with Different Attitudes
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling that it had to happen as it did. When the
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture IV: The Roman World and the Teutonic Tribes
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling of regret, we would be removing a moral impulse of
    • feeling remorse for his deed? No, it does not! And why not? For
    • intended, and language has a subtle feeling for this. When an
    • thought, the feeling, that it would perhaps have turned out
    • Their effect on a person who is not filled with feeling about
    • view, can we acquire any feeling for this kind of
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture V: The "I" is Found on the Physical Plane in Acts of Will
    Matching lines:
    • inner feeling, the inner experience of the will.
    • feeling for how very different it was when the ancients spoke
    • of the will. They had much more of a feeling of how the will,
    • experience. As this feeling for what was going on in the astral
    • as much as possible to the feelings, drives, and instincts.
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • feeling of the link with the spiritual world still lingers,
    • materialistic thinking and feeling, on the earth became more
    • feeling for the picture expressed by the noun has been so
    • apprehended concretely, a contrast in feeling between the
    • awakened in your soul a feeling of the difference between
    • their pockets and then want to talk without any feeling. For,
    • eurhythmic expression of the strong feeling of self when
    • ahrimanic.” This living feeling of standing an man
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture II: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and willing: this is the task of the epoch of the
    • feelings and will impulses depending upon languages. Consider
    • will open out for an imaginative feeling and perception.
    • true poet, for example, is just a man who has a fine feeling
    • for the inwardness of language, a finer feeling than others.
    • need a mutual understanding; that deeper, inward feeling for
    • ourselves in the economic life, what feelings we unfold in
    • this is not possible. We have to acquire the feeling that in
    • nature. Certainly men still have a feeling for nature, they
    • Theosophist.” What is that? It is a man feeling the
    • divine ego with his own ego, feeling the macrocosm in the
    • This feeling,
    • light he was taking in: this feeling was an experience in
    • wire a certain feeling of responsibility and an understanding
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture I: The Difference Between Man and Animal
    Matching lines:
    • in feeling and ask yourself: where does it come from historically? If you
    • we might take one of Bergson's books that always promote the feeling
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture II: St. John of the Cross
    Matching lines:
    • in his acting, thinking, feeling, and that because the Holy Ghost is
    • of joy in the depths of the sea en feeling itself alone in its contemplation
    • to himself: Because we have entered upon the scientific age, the feeling
    • From various directions a certain feeling of fear towards truth holds
    • the truth back from flowing in. This feeling of fear, this anxious feeling,
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture III: Clairvoyant Vision Looks at Mineral, Plant, Animal, Man
    Matching lines:
    • to a high degree today, a feeling for this change, even if it does not
    • as if in a vivid feeling what is living in the mineral and plant kingdoms.
    • feeling of the solidity of world existence only because you stand with
    • ground gives you the feeling, akin to the will, but watered-down will,
    • not to have this feeling, should you only see, the world would appear
    • world one is dogged by the feeling that one misses certain beings which
    • world and the world of the plants, that we should have the feeling we
    • up to men the natural state, because he had the feeling that in his
    • I believe that out of right feeling for the very things which men find
    • feeling and willing, nevertheless do not bring all the necessary strength
    • an unsympathetic person! How utterly without feeling the man is and
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 4: Human Qualities Which Oppose Antroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • it so near complete disaster, that he is left with a feeling like someone
    • cannot endure, you have the feeling you are in sunlight as if you really
    • of feelings, that each of us must have if he does not want to investigate
    • each other with immediate feeling and it is recognised: When I look
    • sensations and feelings, man is confused with what he does in another
    • since resulted in quite definite trends of feeling and attitudes of
    • with—not with the fact itself but with the qualities of feeling
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 5: Paganism, Hebraism, and the Greek Spirit, Hellenism
    Matching lines:
    • in the human soul of the Book of Job with a feeling of isolation, from
    • “God is the Good”, where he has the feeling that the perception
    • men when we are not prosaic in our feeling, when what is holy sounds
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 6: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • anything expressible in language, but rather in the feelings, in the
    • This feeling of cultural isolation, this feeling of his that he was
    • spirit worthy of them one cannot help feeling that should Herman Grimm
    • feelings Had Herman Grimm got into conversation with Goethe, or Goethe
    • actual feeling between two of his contemporaries that he thus gave voice
    • these words in which Goethe had still a quite pagan feeling, with those
    • feeling that in this very incompletion there lies something that must
  • Title: Regarding Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • impressions, our feeling-world, a certain inclination, we could
    • world view comes ever closer, and the world of feeling makes it
    • and how this feeling lived in the soul. Then think how your
    • an awareness — not a feeling, as if it is beyond that- yet has
    • in the physical world we have naturally the feeling that all
    • evil feelings during the day, appear in quite another form
    • compared with someone who has lived with noble feelings during
    • hateful feelings shows a withered form while a person who died
    • with beautiful feelings, show a sympathetic form as an astral
    • towards noble feelings and impulses, after their death for a
    • through direct experience but, he or she has a distinct feeling
    • most diverse feelings. Thus it can happen that these inner
    • feelings tend towards an inclination, then towards reluctance,
    • the most varied feelings appear when you penetrate the being,
    • existing or contradictory feelings of a pure spiritual nature.
    • is none to be found within. The feeling of hardship in the
    • physical world is trivial compared to feelings in the soul when
    • of the world of feeling thus not enabling the passing by to
    • will recognise principally two nuances of feeling expressed in
    • feelings from life in the physical and you desire and long for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Relationship to his 'Faust'
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that already within this Monologue specific
    • feeling in this situation. Once a conceptual idea is taken up,
    • derived from feeling, willing, from passion, the remainder is
    • feelings, affectations, towards world riddles, yet they do not
    • extraordinary that Goethe had within his feelings this duality,
    • merger linking our wishes, feelings and desires within our
    • the feeling remained in him, prompting him to find a
  • Title: What is Self-knowledge?
    Matching lines:
    • in my imagination, my experiences and feelings if this
    • earlier in Moscow? What kind of experiences, feelings,
    • feelings. For the clairvoyant awareness it becomes gradually
    • become liberated in their feeling and will impulses from
    • heartfelt feeling for something which hardly interests us, for
    • life of feeling. Once and for all we must speak right into the
    • different. You experience quite different feelings,
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture I: The Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • a certain intellectual thinking, an intellectual feeling concerning
    • feeling that something will reveal itself here, something new in the
    • (1st. Picture) which could be in no other form. This is the feeling
    • do as yet — to turn his feelings away from all that is symbolical
    • and allows himself to be carried into a really organic-artistic, a feeling
    • the lobe of his ear; if you have the right intuitive thinking and feeling,
    • for willing and that both these are held together by the power of feeling;
    • whole form into your feeling, they will be to you,the expression of
    • to his balance. One ought to have that feeling here, for simply from
    • that feeling did the form arise. I might say that besides this, one
    • Now one cannot help feeling
    • out, but of feeling the heavy pressure of the overhanging weight of
    • feeling the form and in so doing, of arousing the mood that may come
    • columns or pillars. There is nothing in this but the feeling for form
    • only feeling one has. But here in every surface and line should he expressed
    • in the structures, the beginning of the feeling for life. If the things
    • shall be able to arouse a feeling for all that is being done not only
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture II: Bau Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • architecture, so that you have not the feeling that it has been added
    • here is a change” and one has the feeling that one can see in
    • has the feeling that this. line has to be completed in thought (dotted
    • that in the beginning the sectarian feelings of a great many people
    • themselves up so that we have the feeling the walls do not enclose us,
    • holding ourselves above cliques and personal feelings, and all these
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture III: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • artistic feeling certainly will only be admitted by him who has a presentiment
    • to soar up to the feeling, that from this mysterious world of colour
    • that we should have merely a feeling for the single colour; the single
    • colour; to look at red calls forth a feeling of being attacked, as if
    • pitiful to see how those who are possessed of artistic feeling truly
    • the feeling: Thou makest thyself indeed free, but in so doing thou comest
    • the feeling of death, death which always accompanies the most important
    • ideals in the search for knowledge. It would be unbearable to a feeling
    • some extent represents the contrast to the feeling of Death. Thus a
    • in it and which must necessarily be drawn out, if one has a living feeling
    • along the road of feeling, perception and will, he will discover the
    • you what you are capable of feeling, when, on receiving the information
    • centre-point of our considerations and of our feeling within our anthroposophical
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture I: The Problem of Faust
    Matching lines:
    • truth. If we look closely at the feelings and emotions to
    • Who hath that feeling,
    • feelings, nor merely of dogmatic imaginations. Whoever wished
    • must be approached with the same reverence, with a feeling
    • the feeling behind what is said about the veil.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture III: Goethe's Feeling for the Concrete.
    Matching lines:
    • Goethe's Feeling for the Concrete.
    • Goethe's Feeling for the Concrete.
    • to the feeling that can then be weakened to full life by the
    • however, by living feeling and experience. And for what
    • throughout this scent we see Goethe's wonderful feeling for
    • jest but a fact. And the cow has a feeling of exaltation when
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IV: Faust and the "Mothers"
    Matching lines:
    • has the feeling that an unknown kingdom is making its
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture V: Faust and the Problem of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • which proceed not only their ideas but their feelings, their
    • no longer has a true feeling of the deep way in which the
    • and from human feeling. Now the Graeco-Latin time,
    • thought, of feeling. The Witches' Kitchen Scene in
    • life of feeling and emotion. We cannot but admit that Goethe
    • Invocation Scene, the entire scale of emotions and feelings
    • experiences in his heart, in his life of feeling. That which
    • transformed into Imagination; it is Feeling that has become
    • Feeling that has become Imagination.
    • Faust's life of Will, no longer merely from his Feeling or
    • Feeling and Willing, translated into the Imaginative sphere
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VI: The Helena Saga and the Riddle of Freedom
    Matching lines:
    • discussion, how much thought and feeling has there not been
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VII: Some Spiritual-Scientific Observations
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, thinking and willing as men, but we really only know
    • impression, one's ideas acquire an added truth. This feeling
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Science Considered with the Classical Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • condition only as regards our ideas and part of our feelings,
    • while the greater part of our life of feeling, and above all
    • countless other human feelings and will-impulses. Diana is
    • feelings and impulses, prevailing in the human being, come
    • Greek world Goethe acquired the feeling that anyone organised
    • feeling was developed by Goethe. And he believed he might
    • with feeling for the beauty of the world. But just as one can
    • with feeling for the ugliness of the world. And that too
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IX: Goethe's Life of the Soul from the Standpoint of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • feelings of the kind that Goethe described in his chapter on
    • distinct feelings have been developed in be subconscious —
    • feeling again to have gained the day over the international,
    • we should not be eaten up by a false feeling towards
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture X: Faust's Knowledge and Understanding of Himself
    Matching lines:
    • sea-festival? To understand his feelings, we must take
    • the open sea. This feeling that the open sea has special
    • with the feeling.
    • out of his feeling for the cosmos, and when he speaks of all
    • a feeling how, in primeval times, these Kabiri were
    • a vague feeling existed that there were also a fifth, sixth
    • teaching is, in feeling, the exact opposite of this
    • there is very little real artistic feeling. In any case,
    • after it is fertilised, and so on. He has no feeling that
    • He has no feeling that what he thus examines in the smallest
    • Goethe wish to evoke a true feeling that there are two worlds
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XI: The Vision of Reality in the Greek Myths
    Matching lines:
    • his feeling he was removed at least form the superstition of
    • for Goethe had the feeling that there was a kind of knowledge
    • so. Goethe has the feeling that, should human understanding
    • us with red-hot tongs; our capacity for sensitive feeling
    • echoed in his own feeling. He expresses all this by making
    • the Homo. Only when we can with feeling experience the
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XII: Goetheanism In Place of Homunculism and Mephistophelianism
    Matching lines:
    • to evoke the feeling that, in the whole of his inner life,
    • of use. You see, there are two fundamental feelings at the
    • towards spiritual experience. One of these feelings comes
    • to think but also to will. And feeling lies midway between
    • purpose of our proposed study, we may ignore feeling, and
    • reaches it. And while he is feeling that he is still nowhere
    • feeling of being frustrated in thought is a profound human
    • against a boundary. But now it is a different feeling that
    • the second feeling which, when experienced by man, leads him
    • might say that it has created the feeling in man that Christ
    • did once exist. And even this feeling that Christ once
    • of cosmic feeling — a supersensible experience. This
    • basic feelings of which I have just spoken as arising from
    • these two feelings must find a crossing-point from a passive
    • belief in Christ, by a passive feeling of being united with
    • feelings of the boundaries to thinking and willing may also
    • develop these feelings correctly it is essential that other
    • feelings be added concerning life and reality.
    • feeling too, when he placed what is moral in such close
    • a feeling that is aesthetically offensive. There, shown in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy as a Demand of the Times
    Matching lines:
    • out of obscure feelings and such like. Particularly the
    • which lives in many human souls in vague feelings, in all sorts
    • itself onto our life of concepts, of feeling. We experience as
    • it were a thought picture and feeling picture of that which is
    • feeling man senses that he is present in these weaving
    • the dream to be reality, although his feeling for reality is
    • a general feeling of ego or self becomes a strongly felt inner
    • hold of oneself and a feeling of self can be connected. Because
    • feeling he can acknowledge as the only right human
  • Title: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • feeling. We can easily understand what now has to be said. What
  • Title: Way of Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • life of feeling and of experience is enriched, calmed and
    • thoughts are unimportant in our life of feeling. It's like
    • work into us, it becomes transformed in us as feelings, as soul
    • doubt that feelings, pleasure, joy and pain can be inherent in
    • of earth towards the heights, no feeling of pain penetrates the
    • definite feeling of pleasure. Thus we see into the wisdom of
    • things in our feelings by understanding them spiritually.
    • and human feelings influenced forces of nature. When we go even
    • however allow our feelings, our attitude of mind and our
  • Title: Haeckel, "The Riddle of the Universe," Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • for I know well those feelings and perceptions which, partly by
    • discovery, feelings and sensations play a great part in the
    • as separate storms and convulsions of the feelings which were
    • discovered new facts, but even then those feelings which for
    • question as to how sensations, feelings, and thoughts arise in
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • possessor of thoughts, feelings, and impulses of will which
    • was by no means yet accompanied by the same feeling with which
    • to their own person only their feeling and their willing. Out
    • feeling and an immediate experience: ‘I have not my own
    • after. An energy of feeling such as is contained in these
    • rather apathetic. We need such energy of feeling very badly,
    • a feeble feeling of the I would have evolved in the people of
    • Through their feeling of “It thinks in me,” the
    • time there was deep feeling, there was heart in all that
    • Coming into our own time, this living feeling with the
    • feelingly, in order that not only what is said but what is
    • awaken this feeling in you today; not so much to give a
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture I: Cosmic Forces in Man
    Matching lines:
    • indicated a certain feeling for the way in which affairs are shaping
    • — although that must never be belittled. Such a feeling does in
    • feeling for such things.
    • A feeling of sadness cannot but overtake us when we realise that the
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture II: The Soul Life of Man ...
    Matching lines:
    • On the other hand, consider the life of feeling. It is obvious,
    • even to superficial study, that feeling does not indicate a state of
    • what is transmitted by the senses. But when feelings rise up from the
    • same extent. Feelings link themselves with sense-perceptions. One
    • sense-impression pleases us, another displeases us. Feelings also
    • experience in dreams with what we experience in our feelings, then the
    • connection between dream-life and the life of feeling is clearly
    • be valued and understood aright. But feelings too must be observed, as
    • feelings we are, in reality, dreaming. When we dream, we dream
    • in pictures. When we are awake, we dream in our feelings. And in our
    • waking life too. In our will we are asleep and in our feelings we
    • consciousness. But in essence, the same is true of feeling and
    • feelings and thoughts which come with us, and the more we bring, the
    • through the Gate of Death. But the idealistic thoughts and feelings,
    • the pure human love, the religious feelings which have arisen in our
    • feelings, human love and piety we have brought to our Angel, the
    • very little in the way of idealistic thoughts and feelings, of human
    • thoughts or feelings, no human love or true piety, something of the
    • Feeling for internationalism or cosmopolitanism is never stultified by
    • Again, if we wish to understand thinking, feeling and willing, then we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture III: The Mission of the Scandanavian Peoples
    Matching lines:
    • certain respect also to the life of feeling. The faculty of thinking
    • feeling. Our thinking faculty per se comes with us at birth
    • the qualities inherent in feeling and in will, which for this reason
    • however, we are unable to work on the child's life of feeling and of
    • belonging to feeling and to will. We injure the child's eternal life
    • if we fail to cultivate in him the right kind of feeling and. will.
    • cultivate through feeling and will — which is nevertheless
    • in the life of feeling and of will; and on the other side they enhance
    • feeling would be one of having lived through events which would
    • with a kind of abstract feeling. Christianity makes its way from the
    • understanding — permeated with feeling — of the external
    • life of feeling is really only another form of dream life. In our
    • feelings we dream and in the operations of our will we are asleep.
    • and of feeling during contemplation of the outer world and in the
    • must deliberately and consciously prepare your life of feeling in such
    • transform their easy-going thoughts and feelings and experience
  • Title: Spirit of Fichte: Lecture I: The Spirit of Fichte Present in Our Midst
    Matching lines:
    • by his innermost feelings, the thought: “Have you done right?
    • peculiar feelings with which Frau Ott read this epistle. However, the
    • deep religious feeling and acute intellect with the new ideas of
    • meditation and feeling and with man's whole philosophy. Moreover, in
    • in particular felt deep satisfaction — a feeling which Goethe
    • right in the feeling he expressed in a letter to Goethe on 21st June,
    • spirituality of feeling at the point so far reached by human
    • progress. Philosophy rightly turns towards you, for your feeling is
    • of the pure spirituality of feeling with which he sought for a
    • himself, is typical of German national feeling. For when he delivered his
    • “As long as there beats in Germany a heart capable of feeling the shame
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival In The Changing Course Of Time
    Matching lines:
    • feel an intimation — in our circles this feeling should certainly
    • old, which differed essentially from the feelings and sentiments that
    • voices they would awaken all those feelings which the soul should feel
    • develop again a feeling for the real power which was thereby given for
    • pessimistic feelings. Nowadays you would have to go very far afield,
    • of Nature by merging with her through feeling. That was only possible
    • out of their sensing and feeling of the elements of Nature. If I may
    • grass. If you can enter into such a feeling, then, through a line such
    • feelings were naturally present, when they were a matter of course.
    • Night then we must say to ourselves: Such moods and feelings can awake
    • child of the most sacred feelings, when we feel in this context the
    • condensed on Christmas eve into very warm feelings, which glow like a
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 1 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • sentiments, feelings and ideas it contains had their origin in an age
    • different tongues, have felt the same. What a wonderful feeling it
    • inclined to approach it from the start with this feeling of holiness
    • completely new, and almost equally new were the feelings,
    • understanding — to our power of perception and to our feeling.
    • thoughts and feelings that, so to say, were thrown off by the old
    • but to his tribal or racial group. This group-soul feeling
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 2 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • all our forces, filling us with intense feeling. Emotions that are
    • feelings are concentrated in a single moment and storm through us
    • imagination, of feeling and will — these too must not be
    • must have the power to do this with the same intensity of feeling
    • Such is his feeling. It is as though the ground were about to sink
    • had received into his feeling something that the man of today no
    • feeling that Arjuna has absorbed, on which for him the whole
    • its thoughts. Above all we must enter deeply into its feelings
    • because it is in feeling that the soul is intimately bound up with
    • truth. They must have once passed through the feeling of the fleeting
    • their concepts and ideas. They must have had the feeling, “In
    • it must be in deepest loneliness. Then you have another feeling. On
    • feeling the infinite void spread around you like a dark abyss. Now
    • truth. To bear this feeling in your heart will prepare you to receive
    • instrument for thinking, feeling and willing in his waking
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 3 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • into a wonderful feeling of bliss and elation to realize that in the
    • it is a strange dream. It tells us that feelings live within us that
    • feeling is quite different in its quality from any recollection out
    • life. When a new, significant feeling thus arises, the horizon of
    • someone begins reading perhaps with the most beautiful feelings of
    • most holy feelings. That will only carry through for a little while,
    • however, for all sorts of inner feelings begin coming in and make us
    • But these feelings that
    • bitter feelings, let us try to understand how one actually comes to
    • this misfortune, even feeling the need of it for our development. Now
    • then is everyday judgment in creating a feeling of antipathy toward
    • necessary, to become ever more perfect. This feeling is stronger than
    • beyond we enter into that life and feeling of which we can say, “It
    • what it is in ordinary consciousness, a feeling arises in us, “I
    • do not want to enter.” This feeling is very deep. As a rule the
    • nearly strong enough to overcome the feeling of revulsion that says,
    • feelings connected with old traditions. Thus he would have to say to
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 4 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • moral sense, his moral feelings, that he must tear all earthly
    • moral feelings Lucifer takes the light-air away from him, so that he
    • distinctly have the feeling that when we gained them we were in an
    • definite feelings and ideas or perhaps views about the Christ —
    • feeling it in this way — of becoming, so to say, a twofold
    • sense impressions of this world of ours but even our feelings and
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 5 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • logical insight cannot help feeling the poverty and unfruitfulness of
    • their impulses of will and feeling enter their consciousness as they
    • ancestors, feeling that although they had died their spiritual part
    • thought, “I think,” with every feeling, “I
    • withdrew his understanding and feeling for the fires of sacrifice and
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 6 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • Arjuna’s thoughts and feelings as characteristic of that time,
    • of feeling that thus translates the super-sensible into sense terms.
    • to this increase of force and feeling. There are eighteen discourses,
    • increasing current of feeling and idea. First, immortality is the
    • through Yoga. All the time your feeling is being borne along by
    • definite, familiar feelings. Then comes a still greater climax. We
    • certainty of feeling — the feeling that can still gain
    • that do not belong to the individual alone. Imagine a person feeling
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 7 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • feeling for the real majesty, the greatness and wonder of these
    • more we have this feeling of wonder. Not only our intellect and
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 8 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that really lies at the basis of such a work. This is
    • belong to a certain nation should always have an immediate feeling
    • remote in sentiment and feeling from the
    • came precisely from the feeling that certain secrets must today be
    • the mood, the mode of feeling, the mental habit of ancient India from
    • combined with great fervor of feeling, but with this there was no
    • that produced it. So, in the deep sentiments and feelings of the
    • We will find enthusiasm, strong feeling and fervent belief
    • they are already far from understanding those feelings poured out in the
    • quality of feeling — between our three thinkers and the
    • ourselves into the living feelings of that time. Then we begin to
    • expression that belong to the feeling, the mood, the mental habit of
    • to show how different is the whole configuration of feeling and idea
    • right quality of feeling, particularly in its later sections. At a
    • academic way. In them lies the feeling of the whole period of the
    • feeling. It is easier to take them in the true sense of the life of
    • qualities of feeling in them are among the most illuminating things
    • feeling derived from the concepts sattwa, rajas, and tamas. About
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 9 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • is permeated by feelings and shades of meaning saturated with ideas of sattwa,
    • feeling must be attuned so as to understand what is said in the sense
    • our mode of feeling is different from what is contained there and we
    • are unable to make those very different feelings our own. If we tried
    • understand these feelings of sattwa, rajas and tamas, so fundamental
    • who receives the light of ideas, of feelings and sentiments streaming
    • ourselves with the feeling these ideas give we can apply them to
    • religious feeling also these three groups may be distinguished.
    • these concepts to religious feeling in our time we should say (but
    • and know that thou canst live without feeling thyself bound up with
    • world; who in their feelings and all their inner experiences are
    • This may penetrate our feelings with deep significance. It may also tell us
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • becomes actual experience. Thus, for example, the feeling, “to
    • One thing that ceases is every feeling for physical materiality.
    • Void — it is not there. The feeling of contacting something hard,
    • or even something soft like water or air — in short, the feeling
    • qualities of things, but with the feeling that one is growing only
    • definite feeling that all training in the Mysteries consisted
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • they were lacking in conscience, lacking in feelings of
    • physical world he is endowed with feelings and perceptions other than
    • ordinary life through the alteration of his perceptions and feelings.
    • This will have indicated how a person should not let feelings and
    • feelings and perceptions remain with him, once he has become a seer;
    • that this may do him no harm he must also apply these new feelings and
    • in the very least any part of his feeling for the plant-vesture of the
    • with Sun, Moon and Stars. In his feeling and perception the green
    • Through the birth of this feeling he is adapted for feeling something
    • person, then, too, comes the feeling that the sleeper has been
    • forsaken by something. This is very similar to the feeling one has
    • feelings towards nature now forsaken by Sun and Stars to the feelings
    • one with them. Hence we must direct our feeling from the plant to the
    • world of the Stars and Sun. This same direction of feeling applies to
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • certain secrets he longs to understand. That is the feeling he has.
    • the astral body and ego. Thus the feeling grows: What you are in your
    • the same bliss. But gradually he would pass on to the feeling which
    • pupils. And the feelings that I have just described (I might say with
    • feelings were the experiences of the so-called Egyptian Isis
    • soul the feeling described, he understood what has been described. as
    • worlds, his feelings were quite similar to those of a present-day man,
    • human soul in such a way that be was constrained to clothe his feeling
    • active there. And ever more and more did this feeling condense itself
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture I: The Birth of the Intellect and the Mission of Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • deeper feelings and intuitions. He lived more in the world beyond —
    • symbols reminded men of their faith, their inner feelings, their
    • an astral body in which feelings and sentiments, the power of
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture V: Yoga In East and West
    Matching lines:
    • control of feelings and their purification.
    • soul. Thought must be permeated with feeling; otherwise it will not
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VI: Yoga In East and West (conclusion)
    Matching lines:
    • and determined by his feelings — that is to say, by impulses from
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VIII: The Christian Mystery
    Matching lines:
    • you, for I have feeling, desires, the capacity for voluntary movement
    • There is an intensification of the life of feeling, a wider sense of
    • feeling of love for all beings and this gives him a sense of living in
    • in man, are united: the faculties of willing, feeling and thinking.
    • way to reach freedom. The dissociation of feeling, thinking and
    • shoulders, may be called a feeling of indentification with the whole
    • feeling of separateness.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture IX: The Astral World
    Matching lines:
    • world is that it teaches man to know himself. Feelings and passions
    • in the animal forms which hurl, themselves upon him. A feeling of
    • destroyed. In the astral world, every feeling, every idea is a visible
    • What on the Earth we call feeling comes back again to Earth in
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture X: The Astral World (continued)
    Matching lines:
    • of feelings, passions, emotions and impulses of the soul. To inner
    • ordinary life we feel from within. Feelings, desires and
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XI: The Devachanic World (Heaven)
    Matching lines:
    • is, on the one hand, to train and develop such feelings and thoughts
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XIII: The Logos and the Word
    Matching lines:
    • feelings of attraction or repulsion. He had no reasoning faculty and
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XIV: The Logos and Man
    Matching lines:
    • pictures, feeling at the same time as if we were part of them.
    • faculties of thinking and feeling, a man becomes as pure and free from
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XV: The Evolution of Planets and Earth
    Matching lines:
    • member that is chiefly dominated by the forces of feeling (the
    • and feeling, and the growth of plants. He simply sees their physical
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVI: Earthquakes, Volcanoes, and Human Will
    Matching lines:
    • substance, composed of vapors, is related to our feelings in the same
    • transformation of feelings in the third.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVII: Redemption and Liberation
    Matching lines:
    • to feeling and perception. That is why the Serpent in Genesis
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVIII: The Apocalypse
    Matching lines:
    • feelings were quite different from ours. Whereas modern astronomy is
    • feelings, will find expression in the outer world and become his
  • Title: First Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • person portraying his feelings, his intimate religious life
    • outer confirmation. There is a feeling that comes over one
  • Title: Second Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • the effort not to be swayed to and fro by every feeling, be
    • be.” One must completely fill oneself with this feeling
    • achieved this deep feeling that Lazarus had, he experiences
    • initiation. In his body, this is expressed by the feeling
    • become steeled after the feeling of humiliation, this
    • fellow men. One has to win the fortitude to bear the feeling
  • Title: Third Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • they will, becomes his own feeling and his own will. The
    • this, man's whole life of feeling must be directed towards
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture II: The Three Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • feeling.” Only one thing could be given to her, deprived as she
    • people say: “Oh, that is only a thought or a feeling; it exists
    • and every feeling is a reality, and if I let myself think that someone
    • would. I repeat: every thought and every feeling is a reality, and for
    • “Atmosphere”, we encounter feelings and emotions, pleasure
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture III: Life of the Soul in Kamaloka
    Matching lines:
    • peculiar tingling feeling we have when a limb “goes to sleep”.
    • our ears, absolute silence; and no feeling of heat or cold without the
    • instructive. Among the various feelings a man can have as part of his
    • loss, he takes refuge in death. And that is why his feeling of deprivation
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IV: Devachan
    Matching lines:
    • If today we were able to understand the powerful feelings and the exalted
    • Devachan, a man is surrounded by all the passions and feelings of his
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture V: Human Tasks in the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • Let us observe the feeling
    • this feeling to the spiritual level and you will have some conception
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VI: The Upbringing of Children. Karma.
    Matching lines:
    • and in feeling is the best means of education at this stage. It is not
    • immoral thoughts and feelings.
    • difficult after this age. It is at this time also that a feeling for
    • beings. A young person's feelings towards the world in general develop
    • in company with his feelings towards other people, and now he is at
    • Anyone who really takes this law into his thinking and feeling will
    • of years, the law will of its own accord become part of our feelings.
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VII: Workings of the Law of Karma in Human Life
    Matching lines:
    • ideas, experiences, feelings, and all this produces great changes in
    • The ideas, feelings and
    • you will realise that habits and feelings, which first belong to the
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VIII: Good and Evil. Individual Karmic Questions.
    Matching lines:
    • incarnation he brought a dim feeling that what he had been doing was not
    • quite right. This feeling became more and more definite in the course of
    • further incarnations; he also came to take heed of the feelings of others,
    • incarnations the feeling became still more definite and gradually the
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XI: The Post-Atlantean Culture-Epochs
    Matching lines:
    • feeling quite different from our own. The Atlantean, too, was still
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XII: Occult Develpment
    Matching lines:
    • from yesterday's study how important it is to develop a feeling
    • of your heart or a feeling of being hot may be represented in a dream
    • Jesus Himself, for everyone. The feeling of belonging to Christ Jesus,
    • Christian way is best suited to those whose feelings are most strongly
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIII: Oriental and Christian Training
    Matching lines:
    • any feeling of pleasure at doing good to someone; he must be moved to
    • help not by any such feeling but simply by the sight of suffering. And
    • this, a feeling of union with Him is impossible. Further, we must recognise
    • down in perfect humility. This is a feeling that everyone committed
    • feeling. He must learn to stand firm under the heavy strokes of life,
    • feeling: he learns to stand firm even when he is scorned and ridiculed
    • of the Crucifixion. A new and quite definite feeling must be developed.
    • his own body objectively, so now he has to develop the feeling that
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIV: Rosicrucian Training - The Interior of the Earth - Earthquakes and Volcanoes
    Matching lines:
    • a person has outgrown this idea, not only in theory but in feeling,
    • it, then draw forth the inner feeling of your soul and lay it as it
    • “Air-Earth”. This is a substance which annuls feelings:
    • converted into pleasure, and vice versa. The original form of a feeling
    • Its substance is essentially feeling and will. It is sensitive to pain
    • theosophical conception of the world must pass over into feeling
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling, and willing, have had specific medical training.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • body; therefore their feeling life is very much disturbed. They can
    • experiencing an especially strong feeling of sin, stronger than
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • have a clear feeling that the being was there with them. That is the
    • such a moving experience for them that they have the feeling: human
    • spiritual beings that were present. First they tell of the feeling of
    • the first to the second stage have only the vaguest feeling that
    • the same, but now it is enhanced into a feeling of joy, of bliss. The
    • have the feeling that spiritual beings come to them, but that they
    • expression is not quite exact — into a feeling of bliss. Then
    • second stage. First, these people have all kinds of feelings of being
    • it streams from within to the senses. That is how the feeling of
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • some of them talk endlessly — one sometimes has the feeling
    • progression in the case of the saint from feeling the presence of
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • dogs, only a feeling that he had to have them near him. It is clearly
    • not just a feeling in him: it becomes his life practice. In the
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • organism that wills. Thus thinking, feeling, and willing come
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that the stem strives to stream out as a line. The root wants
    • devoid of tone. They are a kind of vague feeling in which one's
    • feeling of self merges with one's feeling of the macrocosm. But if
    • activity of the moon. And we have the constant feeling that the moon
    • With the sun we had the feeling that it wants continually to give us
    • something. With the moon we have the feeling that it wants
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • out of their feelings. Spiritualism is just such a symptom. One comes
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • activity to be found in human thought and feeling. What really lies
    • times names were given from the feeling the astrologers and
    • We must have a feeling
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling, and willing, have had specific medical training.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • body; therefore their feeling life is very much disturbed. They can
    • experiencing an especially strong feeling of sin, stronger than
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • have a clear feeling that the being was there with them. That is the
    • such a moving experience for them that they have the feeling: human
    • spiritual beings that were present. First they tell of the feeling of
    • the first to the second stage have only the vaguest feeling that
    • the same, but now it is enhanced into a feeling of joy, of bliss. The
    • have the feeling that spiritual beings come to them, but that they
    • expression is not quite exact — into a feeling of bliss. Then
    • second stage. First, these people have all kinds of feelings of being
    • it streams from within to the senses. That is how the feeling of
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • some of them talk endlessly — one sometimes has the feeling
    • progression in the case of the saint from feeling the presence of
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • dogs, only a feeling that he had to have them near him. It is clearly
    • not just a feeling in him: it becomes his life practice. In the
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • organism that wills. Thus thinking, feeling, and willing come
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that the stem strives to stream out as a line. The root wants
    • devoid of tone. They are a kind of vague feeling in which one's
    • feeling of self merges with one's feeling of the macrocosm. But if
    • activity of the moon. And we have the constant feeling that the moon
    • With the sun we had the feeling that it wants continually to give us
    • something. With the moon we have the feeling that it wants
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • out of their feelings. Spiritualism is just such a symptom. One comes
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • activity to be found in human thought and feeling. What really lies
    • times names were given from the feeling the astrologers and
    • We must have a feeling
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • unacquainted with the kind of feeling that prevails in our circles,
    • feeling we have acquired as a result of the usual modern renderings.
    • Resch (R) stimulated a feeling such as one has when one
    • time the seer is to discover anew. That is the feeling which the
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Elohim spoke.” There we have the feeling that we are dealing
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • — and this feeling of your own warmth, experience of your own
    • able to transport themselves in feeling, in attitude of soul, into
    • ancient times needed quite a different kind of feeling from what we
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and ideas of such a kind as regards these tremendous
    • that we develop in our thinking and feeling, all the ebb and flow of
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • itself. It helps us to acquire the proper feeling, the right attitude
    • at night. His world of thought and feeling sinks into oblivion, he
    • feeling can fully respond.
    • try to bring sensitive and perceptive feeling into all this, you will
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • is true, a wonderful feeling comes over him — a feeling such as
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • the link which is to be found between the feelings and perceptions of
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • and with them the feeling of the great responsibility incurred in
    • Whether we become better men in the intellectual, feeling and moral
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture I: Easter: The Festival of Warning
    Matching lines:
    • feeling with Easter is for him to direct his thought in this
    • thought and feeling that partake of a true Easter character.
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture II: The Blood-relationship and The Christ-relationship
    Matching lines:
    • Even in their feelings men could promote the right attitude by
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture III: The Death of A God and Its Fruits In Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • that this would wound the deepest, most intimate feelings of the
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture IV: Spirit Triumphant
    Matching lines:
    • feeling. The crucifix is the expression of the transition to Christian
    • Wallowing in pain, steeping the soul voluptuously in pain, feeling
    • shall certainly look with wonder, but at the same time with a feeling
    • Man of Sorrows on the Cross. Casual thoughts and feelings about what
    • vogue, obscuring men's feeling of the stupendous Christmas Mystery of
    • be no evil but something that had no real existence. But this feeling,
    • We must grasp with the whole range of our feelings — not with
    • we shall realise what power this direction of human feeling has
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture V: The Teachings of The Risen Christ
    Matching lines:
    • disposal of human knowledge, human feelings, and human will, must be
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VI: Easter: The Mystery of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • kindle the feeling of what Christianity can be for mankind in times to
    • These are the feelings that should inspire us in the days when we
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VII: Spiritual Bells of Easter, I
    Matching lines:
    • everywhere the feeling — indeed the conviction — that life
    • and tomorrow to an endeavour to show how this feeling, this inner
    • adequate, sufficiently mature perceptions and feelings, in order,
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Bells of Easter, II
    Matching lines:
    • by the miraculous fire from heaven? With true Easter feelings we shall
    • human feelings and desires are so purified and sublimated through the
  • Title: Faith, Love, Hope: The Third Revelation
    Matching lines:
    • feeling.
    • into human feelings and perceptions, and into the soul-forces arising
    • and feeling in the Mystery of Golgotha. But now consider the simple
  • Title: Faith, Love, Hope: Towards the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • feeling which depends for its satisfaction on a physical body. The
    • therefore understand how strong was the feeling in this young man,
    • they are feeling and seeing, what they now actually are. This holds
    • what was lost by the reverent feeling they brought to their religious
    • coffins. Thus it was with a feeling for mortal remains of this kind
    • gradual change in men's whole outlook, and feeling and understanding
    • way was a man able to acquire a feeling of the ego within him; to
    • had no ego-feeling such as is characteristic of them to-day. And as
    • the ego-feeling is intimately connected with memory, we need not be
    • this feeling for his ego during early childhood, a man does not even
    • a feeling for his ego, and the forces are unfolding which will make it
    • which arouses the feeling: It can only be that I am looking back on
    • as by feeling that what is able to kindle love in the soul is prepared
    • feeling of satisfaction but leaving those who have not developed the
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 1: Spiritual Life in the Physical World and Life Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • everyone, in the feeling of us all, is connected with these events,
    • kind of homeland which he forsook at birth. He has the direct feeling
    • feelings which spiritual science can arouse in us, let us regard the
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 2: On the forming of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that this personality was one of our very best workers. It is
    • also renew our warm feelings and sensations for the actual things and
    • manner of psychic sensing and feeling which above all makes it
    • but he who has a feeling for such facts as I pointed out last time,
    • feeling. This will produce something like a natural elemental feeling
    • feeling of the Ego, but often a feeling of separation. That is because
    • another through a word, you experience the feeling you caused him.
    • may penetrate deeply into our forces of feeling and willing — we
    • must be clear that the whole mode of feeling common to the dead is
    • living feelings and are easily urged to impulses of will. They are
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 3: The Subconscious Strata of the Soul-Life and the Life of the Spirit After Premature Death
    Matching lines:
    • instance, produced a much stronger inner feeling in the Greek than in
    • feeling of the form of the arm, of the physiognomy, etc., and this to
    • with our feeling, then may things become comprehensible. Certainly our
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 4: The Connection Between the Spiritual and the Physical Worlds, and How They Are Experienced After Death
    Matching lines:
    • the conceptions needed for our acting, thinking, feeling, etc. We must
    • profound feeling. We shall start from the fact of which we have often
    • with feelings of sympathy, or antipathy, etc. We feel either
    • us the memory of this man, that is, a number of feelings and thoughts
    • of death these thoughts and feelings which united us with him, now
    • the man changed, we had to expect that the feelings we formerly had
    • it again and again. Let it live in the soul with all the feelings
    • body, were able to evolve thoughts full of feeling and sentiment for
    • and united in feeling for the memory of their great forefathers. It
    • been a feeling in human consciousness that certain connections,
    • they believe in a ruling wisdom. They are permeated with a feeling
    • our feeling ourselves cared for by this ruling wisdom, without thereby
    • feeling to act as immediate necessity demands and to set about the
    • some later epoch. And we may express the following feeling: ‘I
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 5: Concerning the Subconscious Soul Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • may create a feeling of security.
    • bewildering sophistry of Markus Freund — although public feeling
    • but nevertheless he had a feeling that something slipped in. The floor
    • close to him. Anyhow he had the indescribable feeling of a strange
    • and indeed with the horror-struck feeling that each curse was now
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 6: Lecture on the Poem of Olaf Åsteson
    Matching lines:
    • to develop the feeling that in reality the inner spiritual psychic
    • feeling for this experience of what is lived through in the great
    • there develops such a relation to the world that one has the feeling:
    • further and further.’ One has the feeling that the cleverness of
    • cleverness.’ One who really knows never has that feeling. He has
    • the feeling of a continual evolution, of an eternal necessity to
    • has the feeling: ‘On this 21st of December, 1915, I am clever;
    • began to write it, but through the book he acquires the feeling:
    • feeling in the human heart of union with the spiritual world:
    • remarkable poet, who died many years ago, wrote of his feeling about
    • approaching, a correct inner feeling of the evolving and weaving of
    • forward concerning the spiritual world, to the feeling of
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • feeling-content. Moses also was forearmed by such an experience when
    • exist. This consciousness fills us not only with the feeling that we
    • feeling they are prepared for understanding. In the first centuries
    • after Christ, for example, through these narratives, our feeling life
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • comes the moment when we have the feeling that the centre of
    • The three parts of the brain (thinking, feeling, willing) must later
    • understand their truths in his feeling life. An example of this
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, and then one will develop in oneself a feeling that nothing
    • feeling and thinking become separated in the case of the esoteric
    • esoteric pupil must then out of himself connect a definite feeling
    • pity, he must consciously add this feeling to it. To the front of the
    • head lies the thinking part, above, the part of feeling, to the back
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • The brain is divided into three actual parts: into thinking, feeling
    • that feeling, warmth, passes outwards. Then the word will be the
    • into feeling and then into willing. This is a threefold process. First
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • of crossing the Rubicon and this roused in him certain feelings and
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • with interest, approach it with feeling, we are already partly in the
    • feelings are involved. Nevertheless, this selfless living in physical
    • self and cloud it. When feelings play into it, it is the astral world;
    • him externally, but a feeling of sympathy would have arisen within
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • the inner being of man a picture of his environment. Feelings of
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • praises of the moon. All poetical feelings are faint echoes of living
    • feeling
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • what at the same time stirs inwardly as feeling. Now I myself come
    • into action: I connect my feeling with one thing or another. That is a
    • new element. Man becomes more involved. It is called Vedana: Feeling.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, belong also to his past, become his Karma. We look into a
    • And now let us imagine a person whose actions, thoughts and feelings
    • are conditioned by Karma; through deeds, thoughts ... feelings rising
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • into our feeling life; this is why we must pay such heed to our words.
    • working? The Spirit of the Race is active in man's feeling, permeates
    • the entire world of feeling. This resounds into what a human being has
    • What works in a much wider sense on Karma is feeling (Vedana). Thus
    • firstly: Rupa, the corporality; secondly: Vedana, feeling. For those
    • people who have not yet become Chelas, feeling has great importance
    • advanced beyond the stage of comprehending life with feeling. It is
    • Through all words we make an impact on the World of Creative Feelings
    • What comes forth from feeling, that is essentially connected with our
    • reappeared in the entire feeling-world of the human being. Either he
    • our entire life of feeling: this is the case with the occult pupil.
    • His feelings are subject to his own control; the rest of humanity is
    • the feeling-world of future races; outwardly therefore it can be
    • Vedana: Feeling.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • what man in the first place experiences only as feeling. Pleasure,
    • feeling when the astral substance of which it is composed is still
    • number 563 is there 365. A feeling of hatred also appears as if it
    • everything on the astral plane. Feelings of the soul appearing on the
    • opposites. For instance if feelings of soul-warmth press in from the
    • their reflection; that is as a peculiar feeling of cold. These are
    • the astral plane have as their substance what we call feeling. They
    • find their expression in this feeling. If these beings are not yet
    • Such feelings bring about a lowering of the human astral body. When a
    • suicide. It deceives the other person and creates in him a feeling
    • you direct his feeling to something that does not exist, and you
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXI
    Matching lines:
    • in relation to actions, feelings and thoughts. The necessity for
    • expression on the physical plane. A feeling does not show itself
    • feeling known outwardly by means of an action and yet we can feel
    • affection for one another. A feeling can have its direct effect on the
    • astral plane. It is only when feeling passes over into action that it
    • feelings. All the feelings which man expresses have their
    • counter-effect, just as deeds have, only the feelings do not reach up
    • outside what inwardly we know well, that is, human feeling; pleasure
    • Feeling has its counter-image on the Lower Devachanic plane. Man has
    • warm feeling. An educator of children can observe this. If during a
    • life-giving power feeling has. In other ways too we can observe the
    • effect of feeling in the world. There, where a beginning may be made
    • in influencing growth, demands are also made upon feeling. Through art
    • connection with human feelings which, if more intensively developed,
    • first to work upon the astral body. Now feeling should also influence
    • After the world of feelings, we ascend into the world of thought. When
    • different from those brought about through his feelings and actions.
    • people everywhere wish to exercise their feeling and critical faculty
    • astral plane, on his feeling, and reduced him to tears. This was the
    • counter-effect of action and feeling goes upwards; here it descends.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVI
    Matching lines:
    • Man will have achieved a conscious life of feeling and perception, and
    • filled with feeling and perception to go out from himself as pure
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIX
    Matching lines:
    • feeling engendered would have no special effect upon others in the
    • feeling of hatred in the lower classes — an astral life projected
    • a particular illness is connected with particular feelings and
    • emotions, he knows that by calling up these feelings he can also call
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Temperaments
    Matching lines:
    • In the nervous system and astral body, sensations and feelings
    • feeling of despondency. Pain continually wells up within him. This is
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Soul and the Animal Soul
    Matching lines:
    • creative. And a feeling will dawn in us of why those who knew what
    • Now between a dim feeling of the kinship of what comes to expression
    • spiritual science, there is a long, long path. But this feeling is a
    • spirit, it has its greatest feelings of well being. In its soul, the
    • soul as it comes to expression in his willing, his feeling, his
    • feeling of the difference between man and animal if we contrast the
    • a feeling of the difference of soul experience in the animal and in
    • the human being, this feeling and perception will help us to
    • condition is always present as a certain feeling of well being in the
    • soul, a feeling of life, of comfort or discomfort; and this depends
    • expresses itself in the astral body in a feeling of discomfort. But
    • the physical organs, this engenders the feeling of general well being
    • spreads into the general feeling of life. This is particularly
    • and this expresses itself in the astral body as a feeling of pain.
    • feeling of well being is an inner experience of health. On the other
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Spirit and the Animal Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • have a feeling for this working from without inwards and from within
    • part of its life of feeling. On the other hand, it may be said of man
    • the animal arrives even in its feeling life at reflecting into its
    • call forth the feeling: If the spirit would continue in material
  • Title: Lecture I: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • above the horizon, a feeling of awe and intense inner devotion was
    • any conception of this mood — it was a feeling of the deepest
    • human soul, in the human heart. The feeling of dawn within the human
    • poetic mood entered into human evolution, and how this poetic feeling
    • little feeling or the insatiable yearning which once existed in man
    • certain feeling for spiritual concepts such as these. Then only will
    • that will enable us to call up in our souls a feeling akin to religion
  • Title: Lecture III: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • cosmos, and of man as a member of this universe, ordinary feeling will
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • been able to stamp a kind of impression of the feelings, sentiments
    • allow these sentiments and feelings to flow into us, together with all
    • representing, is able to apply the feelings and sentiments of his own
    • to life. How could anyone with genuine feeling for what it means for a
    • consciousness. Those who feel this mystery have the right feeling.
    • events that show us the Greek soul in its life of feeling and
    • feeling to see that the events enacted in the reconstructed Eleusinian
    • all the more certain, feeling of what the Greeks felt when such names
    • art. I only wish to put into words the feelings that can arise in man
    • It was feelings such as these that filled my soul last Sunday when we
    • alone in these feelings. All of us sitting here may feel the warmest
    • demands of the present age. A feeling for this ought to be awakened so
    • feeling, we shall understand better and better how those who would
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • makes everything connected with the feeling that flows from the
    • system. Such an inner feeling and experience is present, and it can
    • then have the distinct feeling that your etheric body never grows
    • enrichment through the feeling that our brain radiates out to feel its
    • oneself of all prejudices and preconceived feelings that grow up in a
    • should like first to arouse a feeling of how initiation is related to
    • original primitive human feeling; hence, the necessity for working up
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Threshold, certain processes of the soul, feelings and desires,
    • feeling. We may thus say that man's world of desire is kindled within
    • manifold feelings and sentiments, so that he is able to say, “My
    • feelings are for myself alone. What is seen of me externally is my
    • clairvoyant consciousness has the feeling of something repellent,
    • and beings who give one the feeling that what they expose is
    • a world where it must have these feelings about beauty and ugliness,
    • much in its whole mode of feeling must undergo a change. It is quite
    • consciousness. But there is the further feeling that he lies and does
    • honest and upright, while the opposite feeling must be called ugly.
    • senses become linked and fused together. Hence, other modes of feeling
    • purer feelings, I have forced it to show me its true form.”
    • to call a devil ugly if he appears as a devil. Feelings of this kind
    • meaning. If this becomes a living feeling, then one has a living
    • Now a feeling arises as immediately as does the feeling we have on
    • comes this feeling: In passing through various earthly cultures. I
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • understanding, our feeling and willing, with which to work on what
    • impulses, desires and passions, in his feelings, ideas, and the
    • he knows. Thoroughly to grasp this thought, or rather this feeling,
    • this thought pouring with feeling into the void of the universe,
    • feeling what can give us ideas about initiation. Let us assume that a
    • example, with the hands. The feeling oneself into the etheric body is
    • universe.” Such is the subjective feeling. This is not, however,
    • experience of a particular impression or feeling of dread and anxiety,
    • feelings, wishes, willing and so forth. In a sound life of the soul,
    • get the feeling that we are growing into the etheric world that is
    • thoughts were thinking themselves, as if the feelings we ourselves
    • The feeling one has is one of being given up to the objective, to the
    • world. But, as a rule, another feeling is added. This is another of
    • feeling that, as we expand and widen out, and our thoughts think
    • themselves, feelings feel themselves, in the same measure our
    • to possess, so that there comes before the soul a feeling, into which
    • feeling that a super-sensible world of an etheric nature is around
    • out. That is the concrete feeling. But the chief feeling generally
    • a plant or a stone, you will then have the feeling that, indeed, no
    • but yourself alone! You are overcome by a feeling of what may be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • characterise how the withdrawal from the physical body, and feeling
    • feeling, and also realise how to assess your value as a man of soul.
    • soul, and after having made yourself familiar with this feeling of the
    • have the feeling that this is a living thought, it draws your soul
    • immediately have the feeling of experiencing all that these beings
    • spiritual experience. It is a certain fundamental feeling that rests
    • is a feeling that perhaps I can picture to you by means of a contrast.
    • this fundamental feeling. Imagine someone standing here in the middle
    • feeling. What I have just said as regards all the separate beings is
    • through this consciously, you cannot but have a poured out feeling
    • Dante, for instance, he sometimes has the feeling that there in the
    • that you may get a feeling of the clairvoyant's corresponding
    • Something else, however, is mixed with this mood, this basic feeling;
    • poured out over the whole world. You have indeed the feeling that it
    • You have rather the feeling, “I have been to sleep,” and the
    • feeling that the word “then” can no longer justifiably be
    • ends.” You have no feeling of having lived through a period of
    • time, but rather the feeling of making a round, of describing a
    • circle, and in this experience you completely lose the feeling of time
    • This feeling of timelessness, this feeling of the circle, appears at a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • can conjure up a true idea of himself knows that feeling and
    • Thus, again and from another side, we are shown through feeling what
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • someone else based on immediate personal feeling and emotion. Let us
    • religious questions, if with his prejudices and personal feelings he
    • in words but by calling forth feeling for what is behind the Threshold
    • Harmony of Feeling, contains basically what we may say has been
    • so long together we can take such feelings away with us, our souls
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 1: The Four Spheres of the Inner Life
    Matching lines:
    • Thought, Feeling, Will and the
    • their relation to the outer world. Feeling and Will are more interior
    • in their value and constitute man's true inner nature. Feeling
    • Thought, Feeling, Will. Perception of outer world becomes an inner
    • blood circulation. Feeling in this connection is also different in
    • stars in motion - this is the spiritual substitute for Feeling
    • far removed from what human feeling would like to grasp at once; but
    • have often mentioned; in the forms of thought, feeling and will. But
    • feelings as part of our inner life; in our feelings we are
    • for these are made up of feeling, which wells up and again subsides.
    • Certain feelings arise within us, or force themselves on us, which
    • satisfied; other feelings arise through the events of life, through
    • sorrow. When we use the word ‘feeling’, we are referring
    • a life of feeling within ourselves, but are able to re-act upon the
    • these four realms: Perceptions, Thought, Feeling and Will.
    • reflecting upon it, we have the feeling that with perception we are
    • the feeling that we must so order our sensation that it gives us true
    • have the feeling that we must not be satisfied if this thought merely
    • But when we pass to our feeling
    • and reflect a little thereon, we find that this feeling, or, perhaps
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 2: The Vision of the Ideal Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • connection with our study of Thought, Feeling, Will and Perception,
    • Thought, Feeling and Perception transcends what the physical plane
    • presentiment of feeling, a knowledge of the spiritual world. ‘Look
    • feeling-will and willing-feeling have to be stimulated in the second
    • really strive towards what we see there. Into our willing-feeling,
    • into our feeling-will How a divine will and a divine feeling. In
    • our willing-feeling; — all these terms are inappropriate for
    • then works further upon our feelings; but over there it is the case
    • as regards willing and feeling in respect of that which stands as a
    • feeling throughout the second half of the life between death and
    • fill ourselves with the feeling that there is something within us,
    • we ourselves cannot guide, we then get the right feeling regarding
    • content but to the end that this feeling might arise: — a true
    • Easter-feeling. When the soul, looking on that which is revealed to
    • that is accessible to my soul in Perception, Thought, Feeling and
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 3: The Senses and the Luciferic Temptation
    Matching lines:
    • out for our good. In Feeling, Spirit Beings live but they do not
    • enter our consciousness. Feeling is only half barn in us. The same
    • which lives in Feeling and Will, but remains unborn is Karma in
    • process of development. That which remains unborn in our Feelings
    • subconscious part of Feeling and Will. Everyone possesses the
    • brings death. Each act of Feeling and each act of Willing brings
    • body, and your feeling would be such that you would say: ‘I
    • our thought. And now let us consider feeling, that which we have
    • within us as inner feeling. That which we perceive as inner feeling
    • inner nature. What we have within us as feeling, what enters our
    • consciousness as feeling, is only the shadow of what really lives
    • within us; for here again, in our feeling Spiritual Beings live.
    • in feeling live the Spiritual Beings who are really at the back of
    • consciousness. Feeling, as we know it, enters our consciousness; the
    • alive’ — so also we have to say that every feeling we
    • contained in the feeling would lay hold of and give force to that
    • which is behind the feeling in quite a different manner. That which
    • really makes feeling into a living being, into a living being whose
    • directly. Feeling does arise in us but as a shadow of what it really
    • world of feeling, however deep his feeling for humanity, he is really
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 4: Wisdom in the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • Feelings. Spiritual Science should never be taken up like other
    • wisdom depends on the development of Will and Feeling, bringing
    • our will — that is, our feeling-will, our willing-feeling —
    • and our feeling that we diminish and darken the surrounding wisdom.
    • feeling, the opposite condition, namely, that of health. And this
    • feeling of health strengthens us during our sojourn in the spiritual
    • feelings; but in this case we must remember the following. We must
    • there is something in the human breast which prevents the feelings
    • awaken feelings through the ideas it gives us. To one who really
    • appropriate feelings. Spiritual Science when accepted will transform
    • feeling which we have just mentioned as being necessary. I have often
    • Spiritual Science acquires an instinctive feeling which helps him to
    • feeling of health, and the strengthening which springs from this
    • feeling. That which can now happen to man in the spiritual world as
    • feeling-will, or willing-feeling to give the answer from out this
    • the closer connection we find in their thought and feeling to this
    • question is whether he is able to develop his will and his feeling,
    • the feeling-will, the will which brings forth reality out of wisdom,
    • will permeated with feeling, or feeling-filled-will being changed
    • possible, it is very important that we should develop our feeling and
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 5: Between Death and the 'Cosmic Midnight Hour'
    Matching lines:
    • physical. The first experience after death is the feeling of
    • incarnations. In all this the feeling of the Ego must be preserved.
    • portal of death has the feeling: Thou art now in an entirely
    • inward feeling and experience of the fruits of our last life,
    • feeling and experience of our inmost earthly nature being outside us.
    • belongs to our feeling and our will. In the first lecture I mentioned
    • that all that belongs to the spheres of our feeling and our will is
    • not yet born in us, that in a certain respect will and feeling are
    • death; for will and feeling, as they pervade the physical body, still
    • sense I have just explained, that we know: Thy feeling and thy will
    • the will through having the feeling and willing soul in our body; but
    • it is never the case that all the forces contained in feeling and
    • will. All the possibilities of feeling and will that yet remain in
    • beholding elemental beings and of having the inward feeling that the
    • of the feeling-memory — please note the word — the
    • feeling-memory, the connection of feeling with our own last earthly
    • life. We must feel, just as we felt in the body, and this feeling
    • receives life. Thus, by the route of our feeling, we gain a living
    • feeling and permeated with the impulse of will — this
    • to us in the spiritual world, through the feeling and will that were
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 6: Pleasures and Sufferings in the Life Beyond
    Matching lines:
    • plane will develop a feeling, like the stimulus of an inner
    • feeling of thankfulness to the universe, to the spiritual powers of
    • forces are added to the man's forces of will and feeling,
    • feeling that we are uniting with that which withdrew from us as the
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • feelings which Spiritual Science calls to life in the depth of the
    • outlook is that fine feeling for human dignity which enables us, once
    • world. From such a backward survey we retain certain feelings and
    • great social task if you take the force of feeling which social
    • social feeling and understanding which should prevail between man and
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • born that which unites men in terms of feeling: that is, brotherhood.
    • social interests, feeling for human fellowship, brotherhood —
    • rising from the subconscious or from an obscure realm of feeling
    • am thinking in him; and that I enter into your feeling, whenever you
    • person; only through being reborn into an all-embracing feeling of
    • to genuine social feeling, a genuine interest in our fellow-men.
    • heightened feeling of responsibility for every action one
    • himself, if he follows the two ways — it is a feeling different
    • heightened feeling of responsibility will impel one to say: Can I
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • mankind — men who at least try, with the aid of their feelings
    • deeply engraved, in so many more will the feeling awake: we must seek
  • Title: Sixth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • habit of feeling the pure facts as such; please do not take my words
    • feeling and sensation there is an essential difference between being
    • we may compare the feeling we have, when given up to a light-filled
    • opposite feeling. We feel the darkness sucking at us. It sucks us
  • Title: Seventh Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • recognize it very clearly in the simple fact that for pure feeling
  • Title: Ninth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • beings of Thought, of Feeling and of Will. Moreover, as I have
    • really awake, whilst in our feelings we are dreaming and in our
  • Title: Tenth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • of the old wave-theory, you will find many of them feeling a little
    • of Will. Warmth is between the two. Even as Feeling is intermediate
    • Spirit. This is the feeling we must have. So much is crumbling, of
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 1: The World Behind the Tapestry of Sense-perceptions. Ecstasy and Mystical Experience.
    Matching lines:
    • have the feeling that behind this tapestry there is something into
    • also have the feeling that behind this inner life of soul something is
    • the feeling that external perceptions through the senses are
    • more and more deeply into himself transforms certain feelings into
    • mystical deepening will have a quite different feeling. Such a man
    • experiences, acquire a certain feeling about their soul-life as a
    • feelings which lead to the faculty of orientation. He is enclosed
    • be conscious of the play of our feelings, or, in brief, of our
    • experience not only our inner feelings but also the outer world of
    • should have no outer world, but only a world of feelings, surging up
    • impulses for his actions arise from inner feelings issuing
    • feelings of pleasure, pain, and so on. We feel that in normal life all
    • emotions and feelings, we should say that something of the kind may
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 2: Sleeping and Waking Life in Relation to the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • external sense-world in so far as it arouses certain feelings of
    • us remain cold and impassive but fills us with certain feelings. So
    • ponders over them and lets the feelings of pleasure, pain, and so
    • these flowers in front of me and my feelings are moved by the pure
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 3: The Inner Path Followed by the Mystic. Experience of the Cycle of the Year.
    Matching lines:
    • feeling of tremendous intensity, known to him in ordinary life in a
    • will help you to have an idea of this feeling.
    • faint indication of the feeling which would be intensified to
    • inner being. This feeling would take possession of the soul with such
    • by this feeling of shame.
    • that would evoke the intense feeling of shame; preparation for this is
    • travel, is bound to arouse a feeling of humility and a yearning for
    • a consuming fire.” This feeling gives rise outwardly to the flush
    • of shame. This feeling would intensify to such an extent as to become
    • When a man cultivates such feelings in his soul, the realisation comes
    • then filled with this feeling of humility and realises how infinitely
    • experiences such feelings over and over again can imbue his soul with
    • Then, secondly, the would-be mystic must develop another feeling which
    • as he strives towards perfection. He must develop a feeling of
    • his own inner self without preparation and being consumed by a feeling
    • qualities of humility and resignation and other feelings too, the
    • has these feelings in normal life-in a weak form, like the sense of
    • feelings he prepares himself to have experiences by night which differ
    • We all know that our feelings in spring are different from those we
    • promise of the beauty and splendour of summer, the feelings of a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 4: Faculties of the Human Soul and Their Development
    Matching lines:
    • this way or that; secondly, Feeling. This is the force which
    • effective hold of life. If we develop the force of feeling, we shall
    • realise that whatever qualities of willing, feeling and thinking we
    • Thinking, of Feeling and of Will pervading the spiritual world out of
    • Cosmic Thinking, Cosmic Feeling and Cosmic Will, there must stream
    • Feeling and Cosmic Thinking, we realise that it is not we ourselves
    • What we know in everyday life as the power of feeling has also
    • been drawn from an infinite reservoir of Cosmic Feeling; this too
    • this Cosmic Feeling were permeating us with something comparable only
    • streams into us as this working of Cosmic Feeling is inner light,
    • nothing else than a product of Cosmic Feeling absorbed by him during
    • forces of Cosmic Feeling streaming into him that the astral body is
    • light (feeling) and the will. If the right relationship between the
    • Feeling, Cosmic Thinking, and thinking, feeling and willing unfold to
    • of thinking, feeling and willing are still insignificant but will
    • Feeling and Will.
    • A fruit of these two feelings in the soul of the true mystic is a
    • the infinitely distant past, their forces of thinking, feeling and
    • not have existed! If we know how to value our existence, a feeling of
    • deepest ground of his heart this feeling of thankfulness to the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 5: The Egyptian Mysteries of Osiris and Isis
    Matching lines:
    • feeling. Under these abnormal conditions a man feels a better being at
    • Again the reason for this is that on waking a feeling has remained
    • feelings that may arise under abnormal conditions even in ordinary
    • guidance even in his thoughts and feelings, in order to be able to
    • certain time the candidate for this Initiation had the feeling that he
    • the feeling of infinite gratitude on the one side and, on the other,
    • the feeling of greatly enhanced obligation and responsibility
    • bearings again. He now has a strange feeling of being two
    • the feeling of living in the physical body. A man cannot experience
    • himself in the physical body except by feeling that he has entered it
    • penultimate incarnation. This gives rise to the feeling of being a
    • it, Eckhart protected himself by inducing a feeling of the greatest
    • being; a being other than yourself is thinking, feeling and willing
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 6: Experiences of Initiation in the Northern Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • that the strength of the, Ego-feeling, the Ego-consciousness, should
    • being can have something of the same feeling, but not with the
    • and Winter, and to concentrate their whole life of feeling on the
    • experience is connected with a certain feeling of being tortured by
    • a very faint reflection of the feeling a man has when he passes the
    • perceive something there that we feel we cannot approach. The feeling
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 7: The Four Spheres of the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • feel at one with it, within it. This feeling of oneness may also arise
    • opinions and feelings connected with our personality and most people
    • active, when it can think and feel; it is only when thinking, feeling
    • lacks. This is a feeling which must come to the human soul when the
    • It belongs to the whole mode of feeling of human beings today that
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 9: Organs of Spiritual Perception. Contemplation of the Ego from Twelve Vantage-points. The Thinking of the Heart.
    Matching lines:
    • yesterday. In ordinary life we have the feeling that we think with the
    • feeling about the thinking that becomes possible when we have made a
    • little progress. The feeling then is as if what had hitherto been
    • in logical thinking is essential, for otherwise our feelings would
    • normal consciousness an immediate, innate feeling tells them: this is
    • immediate feeling determines what they consider to be true or false.
    • be prone to abandon their original feeling and to reflect about the
    • feeling and left unproven by the intellect. Modern science is
    • he is guided by primitive, undeveloped feeling, feeling that is inborn
    • purely intellectual development deadens feeling and emotion? Hence
    • those who out of certain primitive feelings — which are entirely
    • because we must then have an immediate feeling as to whether something
    • immediate feeling of one thing being true and another false, in such a
    • feeling of the truth of this picture, it may happen that when, at
    • arrive at a quite different Imagination, yet immediate feeling again
    • himself and say with the same feeling: “That is you.” The
    • something blue or violet, or he hears a sound or has a feeling of
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 10: Transformation of Soul-forces and Stages in the Evolution of Physical Organs. Reading in the Akasha Chronicle.
    Matching lines:
    • again be functioning to the fullest extent, when out of direct feeling
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 11: Man and Planetary Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • from the higher worlds, spontaneous response in the life of feeling is
    • relationship to the plant-world by giving big natural feeling free
    • life, in order to nourish within himself the feelings and experiences
    • Ego, of his feelings and impulses of will, man could not unfold this
    • feelings and the configuration of thoughts are carried into the sounds
    • higher worlds, not merely the thinking man but also the man of feeling
    • impulses of feeling, we draw the impulses for our actions from
    • too, as well as our feeling, becomes devout when we reach the last
    • knowledge of the spirit and remains indifferent in his feeling and
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture I: Man as a Being of Spirit and Soul
    Matching lines:
    • help being aware of a certain feeling or attitude toward
    • arises as a kind of feeling out of what is achieved and spreads
    • paper every Sunday which breathes this kind of feeling I have
    • to and fro in our thinking, feeling and willing as our inner
    • arrive at a science of the body by feeling a little or very
    • ourselves in our experience of feeling, thinking and
    • that can help us to acquire this feeling. In dealing with this
    • particular inner feeling is developed which can be the result
    • of living at such border-points of knowledge. This feeling can
    • feeling brings is something that cuts deep down into the soul.
    • acquire a subtle feeling that we should not proceed
    • feeling sufficiently automatically
    • real soul life in thinking, feeling and willing as an
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture II: The Psychological Expression of the Unconscious
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and attitudes concerning human actions are also
    • feeling, the condition of soul, cannot be brought back. The
    • memory-image can recall a kind of feeling, but pain that you
    • the feelings are not taken in and the image alone remains. We
    • own volition in life in separating the feelings off from what
    • in stripping of feelings all the things that come to us
    • the feelings plays no part, as if we stood outside our destiny.
    • and valuable whole, if this feeling of harmony gives him a pure
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture III: The Science of the Spirit and Modern Questions
    Matching lines:
    • life with the ideas, feelings and impulses of the will which we
    • definite images, and these filled the soul with deep feelings.
    • feeling that something stood at this threshold, a being that
    • thought, of feeling and of the will.
    • I wanted to provide a foundation for a new social feeling
    • arrive at a new feeling, worthy of the human being, as to what
    • because the feeling for the living spirit has been lost. If we
  • Title: Lecture: Occult Science and Occult Development
    Matching lines:
    • Science, at the same time feeling that one or more who have passed
    • will deaden this feeling of fear. He finds this opiate in
    • feeling of soaring without physical ground under his feet, with a
    • feeling as if he were hovering in the air.
    • feelings with regard to the spiritual world have nevertheless a
    • attempt but very much less so than a materialist who has no feeling
    • strong feeling of fear, of insecurity. The materialist may convince
    • can become effective only if feeling is brought into the
    • with feeling.
    • itself, must be permeated by feeling. If, for instance, we take:
    • in thoughts. The power of feeling we then activate in the soul is the
    • thoughts are permeated with inner feeling. This is the origin of
    • feeling become active in the brain, and build the organ that is the
    • our meditation is really permeated by such feelings we hold back in our
    • are permeated with feeling, if we continue this meditation to further
    • through thoughts and through thoughts permeated with feeling, cannot
    • feeling becomes gradually conscious, through this developed force
    • anthroposophical circles in deeply-rooted, living feeling.
  • Title: Lecture: Christ at the Time of the Mystery of Golgotha and Christ in the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • different ideas and conceptions, impulses of feeling, impulses of
    • feelings for spiritual reality in our present time. We shall be able
    • aware that it would be selfish to keep these feelings exclusively for
    • us try to draw strength from feelings and spiritual knowledge which must
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • These lectures trace the subtle changes in people's ideas and feelings
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • person. This feeling, Steiner says, will become the most important
    • of feeling and thinking among those gathered together here in the
    • working, thinking and feeling together, there will develop what must
    • not at first sight appear to be related to the thought and feeling of
    • of something new, toward knowledge of the spirit, toward a feeling
    • inwardness of religious and spiritual feeling. Theirs was a community
    • is easy to imagine the feelings that impelled Cusanus to take this
    • there arose in him the fundamental thought, the basic feeling,
    • above revolved itself in the following feeling. Thenceforth, Cusanus
    • Therefore, I am excluded from all thoughts, feelings, and memories
    • traveled many paths, and they brought me many ideas and feelings, and
    • fallen into nothingness. This feeling evoked in this medieval mystic
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • These lectures trace the subtle changes in people's ideas and feelings
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • person. This feeling, Steiner says, will become the most important
    • almost equally dim feeling, and an abstract thinking. Instead, he
    • able to look in the right way into the nuances of ideas and feelings
    • else as object, feeling no further kinship with anything.
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • These lectures trace the subtle changes in people's ideas and feelings
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • person. This feeling, Steiner says, will become the most important
    • the men of that time. Today our thoughts and feelings are still
    • this. Likewise man today no longer has a vivid feeling for the
    • hand. Even less does he have a feeling that would enable him to say:
    • above to below, it strikes into my heart. Such a feeling, such an
    • feeling bound to human experience, and the bare, bleak mathematical
    • in regard to numbers they still had an echo of inward feelings. In an
    • method Descartes and Spinoza still had completely different feelings
    • attempts to experience the cosmic secrets more in the depths of feeling.
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • These lectures trace the subtle changes in people's ideas and feelings
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • person. This feeling, Steiner says, will become the most important
    • feeling himself within the nature of the gravitational force, man
    • arose if one is to have any feeling at all for the manner and tone in
    • he does not define,) because he has a dim feeling that nothing will
    • leaving space devoid of Spirit and God. But enough feeling remained
    • Goethe's nature. Goethe always had the feeling that man has to
    • experience. In this regard, Berkeley's feeling for things was
    • stream of development, feelings such as Berkeley's were
    • feelings that resembled the former ones.
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • These lectures trace the subtle changes in people's ideas and feelings
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • person. This feeling, Steiner says, will become the most important
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • These lectures trace the subtle changes in people's ideas and feelings
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • person. This feeling, Steiner says, will become the most important
    • in the 1880's, I set forth what healthy feeling can do in this direction.
    • feeling for what the soul and spirit have experienced during sleep
    • clearly how man got away from the correct feeling about himself and
    • primary and secondary qualities. But he had a healthy feeling about
    • consideration. He had an intense feeling for man as a whole. This is
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • These lectures trace the subtle changes in people's ideas and feelings
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • person. This feeling, Steiner says, will become the most important
    • Instead, he had the feeling that along with this weight, there was a
    • no feeling that anything was completely divorced from man. Within
    • up the optical locations of the planets; it also had a feeling for
    • certain amount of human feeling. Just as you can understand the
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • These lectures trace the subtle changes in people's ideas and feelings
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • person. This feeling, Steiner says, will become the most important
    • of materialistic concepts and feelings, simply through the
    • whole manner of thinking and feeling was quite different in former
    • thinking, feeling, willing, as well as memory, imagination, and so
    • cast out chemistry and physics; thinking, feeling and willing were
    • these matters in a concrete way. You have the feeling, when such a
    • Wahle, who declared that the ego, thinking, feeling, and willing were
    • experienced thinking, feeling, and willing together with the world.
    • thinking, feeling, and willing, or in the circulation of the fluids
    • and thinned out into our present quite diluted ego feeling.
    • progress his thinking. He knew that thinking, feeling and willing are
    • experienced when the astral body is experienced in thinking, feeling,
    • the time to develop something like the feeling of freedom, he worked
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • These lectures trace the subtle changes in people's ideas and feelings
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • person. This feeling, Steiner says, will become the most important
    • other hand, thinking, feeling and willing, the subject matter of
    • down to the idea of the ego or to a mere feeling. Therefore we now
    • of proceeding from mere observation of motion to a feeling for the
    • never get beyond mere semblance. The way thinking, feeling and
    • feeling, almost akin to one of pain over the death of a person. If
    • feeling and sensation can be developed in knowledge, then such a
    • feeling will arise, somewhat like the sensation one experiences when
    • feeling will arise through the true realization that technology is
    • the processing of the inanimate, the dead. This feeling will become
    • feelings about what technology is.
    • Then, in a new way, man will face the feeling that was once confronted by
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • a thermometer, there is a feeling that since we measure the degree
    • with the fact that we have completely lost our feeling for the real
    • subjective, were only feelings. You would never see colors; you would
    • the eye, or even for the sense of feeling or for the sense of heat. It
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • The feeling was, thus, that only solid bodies, designated as earth,
    • called air, the feeling was that such a body was under the
    • Also there was lost the feeling that the solidity of bodies arose, as
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • feelings as human beings prevent us from reaching this stage of purely
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • do this. If we observe chemical activity and have a feeling for what
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture I: The Three Steps of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • what the soul experiences in its activities of thinking, feeling and
    • volition, but rather something which is reflected in thinking, feeling
    • and volition. One cannot imagine thinking, feeling and volition
    • birth and death, is concealed behind thought, feeling and volition
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture II: Exercises of Thought, Feeling and Volition
    Matching lines:
    • Lecture II: Exercises of Thought, Feeling and Volition
    • EXERCISES OF THOUGHT, FEELING AND VOLITION
    • provides the possibility of feeling the connection of this faint
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture III: Methods of Imaginative, Inspired and Intuitive Knowledge or Cognition
    Matching lines:
    • influenced by feeling or will, will not enter into it. It must be the
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture IV: Exercises of Cognition and Will
    Matching lines:
    • soul's imagination, feeling and will. But we acquire also through it
    • direct ‘God-experience’ remains in the world of feeling or
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture V: Experiences of the Soul in Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • an ‘Ego-feeling’, in which the ‘universe-feeling’
    • We shall now have to use expressions such as ‘Feeling’,
    • Simultaneously with the feeling of vagueness and the absence of
    • counterbalance to the feeling of being lost in infinity. Having lost
    • that they help to cause the feelings, the general mood of the soul, of
    • religious leanings, its religious feeling and willing. It can be said
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VII: The Relationship of Christ with Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • ‘Ego’. This feeling has arisen only in the course of human
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VIII: The Event of Death and Its Relationship with the Christ
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness as does also the psychic activity of thinking, feeling
    • the feeling of something rising from the depths of the soul which
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture IX: The Destination of the Ego-Consciousness in Conjunction with the Christ-problem
    Matching lines:
    • of thinking, feeling and willing. In thinking we have a mirrored
    • known to the ordinary consciousness as the ‘Feeling’ life.
    • In man's Feeling life the astral organism and the Ego are united with
    • but in a moral-natural one. The chief feeling passing through the soul
    • by a lively feeling of your connection with the Mystery of Golgotha,
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture X: On Experiencing the Will-Part of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • physical organism than the part which corresponds with feeling. And
    • already this part of the astral organism corresponding with feeling is
    • of the physical organism corresponds with feeling, the will-part of
    • physical. The connection between the feeling soul with the rhythmical
    • human organization, as they are manifested in the thinking, feeling
    • The will part of the soul experiences also what passes in the feeling
    • through feeling and will is there transformed into an effort to
    • of his soul-life according to feeling and willing), all this is
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture I: Rosicrucian Esotericism
    Matching lines:
    • evolutionary stage to another. It gives rise to an overwhelming feeling of
    • realization gives one a living feeling of evolution. It is an essential
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture II: Soul in the World around Us
    Matching lines:
    • of salt do not only dissolve in the water but feelings of well-being
    • pain. It can be compared with the feeling experienced by a mammal when
    • its offspring sucks its milk; this gives a feeling of bliss. What our
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture III: The Nature and Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • in the cloud are expressions of the feelings and experiences that play
    • beings, but another time he will also see the feelings of animosity
    • of them. Even in religions a feeling has remained that the gods sleep
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture IV: Man Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • which our feelings and those of animals consist. It is the sum total of
    • But loving feelings are also seen from there; they pervade the airy
    • life after death he has a definite feeling of the moment when he enters
    • feeling of blessedness, as indeed is the case in physical life, too!
    • rise to a feeling of blessedness in a human being as he passes through
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture V: The Physical World as an Expression of Spiritual Forces and Beings
    Matching lines:
    • Fellow feeling in Devachan is much more alert, much more intimate than
    • of feeling, impulses of love, sympathy born of love. The process of
    • has an effect upon the passion, the feeling of love. The astral passion
    • above is encountered by the astral feeling of those who love each other,
    • of parents were accepted as a fact, the feeling of finding a new life
    • the life of feeling. Gratitude, reverence and holy awe are feelings that
    • religious experiences, through the feeling of being attached to the
    • with imagery and symbols, the better. The world of feeling develops
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VII: Evolutionary Stages of our Earth before the Lemurian Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • a tree, causing something akin to the feeling experienced by an animal,
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VIII: Stages in the Evolution of our Earth. Lemurian, Atlantean, Post-Atlantean Epochs.
    Matching lines:
    • have existed until today. The views and trends of feeling of the Eastern
    • be entangled with it either in thoughts, acts or feelings. The basic
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture IX: Man's Experience after Death
    Matching lines:
    • of the ego, the “I,” the feeling of his own personality
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture X: On Karma, Reincarnation and Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • conception of the world. Moreover, the feeling of becoming collaborators
    • person who harbors many feelings of hatred in one life will age prematurely
    • feelings and life of thought the pupil must give himself up to certain
    • should riot be abstractions; the right feelings and perceptive experiences
    • is based upon the life of feeling; it is the fundamentally Christian
  • Title: The Story of the Green Serpent and the Beautiful Lily: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • art a feeling of religious reverence. He saw in it the manifestation
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 1: The Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • This age has left a record of the feelings and deeds that occurred
    • belong, was founded. An entirely new mode of thought and feeling arose
    • thinking, feeling and willing lies in the individual personality of
    • radiance of spiritual light and concordance of feelings. In the glory
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 2: The Christmas Festival as a Symbol of the Sun Victory
    Matching lines:
    • in which he tries to express how man can penetrate with his feelings
    • Here is expressed the mood through which Goethe, out of his feeling
    • for nature, endeavored to enliven what flowed out of feeling allied
    • with nature and there were created those signs of feeling united with
    • has existed wherever religious feeling was expressed. If you direct
    • but for those endowed with vital feeling and knowledge, it was the
    • For those who had a living feeling for the connection of man with the
    • the irregularity of thinking, feeling and willing. They are
    • rhythmical orbit, we, too, can acquire feelings for all of nature,
    • degree, man went beyond everyday feeling and attained to a higher soul
    • followed the divine rhythm of the universe. His feeling and thinking
    • science of the spirit, will have been reached. When our feelings will
    • what others feel, when for our feelings and sensations the same stage
    • presented to our souls as a feeling of nature of the highest order. If
    • attained only by the intellect, is reached by the feelings and heart.
    • Out of this great cosmic feeling, the Christian Church resolved in the
    • We have not spoken of an abstract feeling for nature today. We have,
    • rather, spoken of a feeling for nature in all its living spirituality.
    • The great festivals stand as symbols leading us to use our feeling and
    • the course of the year, during these festival days the feeling arises
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture 1: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • science, you meet me with a feeling and perception for the spiritual
    • goes on, we acquire an understanding born of feeling and of perception
    • different from what it was before. Compare your feelings after you
    • feelings you had before, or with the way in which people think and
    • self-education to a quite definite feeling with regard to the
    • that we wish to permeate all our feelings with love. Other people, if
    • educate our feelings by letting the knowledge of the facts of a higher
    • knowledge. This special manner of training the soul to a feeling for a
    • in our soul; a quite definite feeling, a quite definite perception
    • for it; it is a devout feeling in our soul, a feeling of pious
    • devotion to infinity. All the religious feelings in the evolution of
    • feeling, a moral perception. When within our souls the blue has
    • Let us now reflect upon another feeling by means of which we can in
    • the requisite conditions) the soul has instead a peculiar feeling,
    • nature is transmuted into a moral feeling.
    • moral feeling for all that we call the phenomenon of matter in the
    • again we find that in our soul a moral feeling is set free. We begin
    • transformed into a moral impression. But in our feeling we notice
    • the earth, and feeling ourselves united with what is active there, we
    • feeling to take the place of a physical one — we may again have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture 2: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • activity; their activity resembles the action of feeling and thought
    • and feelings from the environment; impulses of will, sympathy and
    • us as thoughts, feelings, and impulses of will. Thus in this category
    • a man only values with his perceptions and feelings what he has
    • in this seeking after the meaning of existence. Through feeling, one
    • planet and also the feelings of the planet, of which we shall speak
  • Title: Lecture 3: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • feeling of self. They have their feeling of self so long as they
    • themselves; they have their feeling of self, their actual
    • antithetically. Such feelings with regard to the world which we only
    • with feeling and receptivity, he can educate himself in this way.
    • being, if accepted as feeling, as inner impulse, is a powerful
    • and impersonal thinking and feeling, when we see this, we have there
  • Title: Lecture 4: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • path roughly indicated yesterday, he gains a certain feeling of what
    • sort of feeling. Only if he goes in patience and persevere through all
    • the feelings and perceptions mentioned yesterday, can he pass over to
    • perception of this feeling of freedom. We must gradually learn what it
    • longer feeling enclosed within his skin. When he — let us say
    • we, perceiving them, plunge our own being. There is a feeling
    • second stage experiences is infinitely more intense than a feeling; it
    • being. The feeling to which I refer, which can be compared to this
  • Title: Lecture 5: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • ordinary life in the feelings of sympathy and love, by raising these
    • feelings to the occult path, we may succeed in pouring forth our own
    • There we must completely lose the feeling that we exist as a separate
    • and lose the feeling that we are standing beside the other being. If
    • category of the First Hierarchy, if we allow such feelings to work
    • persons call forth in us a feeling, though but a faint one, of what
    • life, or the ordinary feelings and thoughts of man. And it would be
    • feeling, and will, the beings of the second category of the First
    • of the feeling which the occultist has when he ascends to the
  • Title: Lecture 6: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • man, who can shut up within himself his thoughts and feelings, and
    • the product of their own thought and feeling, for whatever they bring
    • be untrue to their nature so that their thoughts and feelings did not
    • number of them to deny their nature was a feeling of power, of
    • each time they developed inner thought or feeling, a manifestation
    • civilisation. What always fills us with such significant feelings with
  • Title: Lecture 7: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • the fact that we study a man who is not merely a thinking, feeling and
  • Title: Lecture 8: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling that through the comparison of these impressions he again
    • is capable of this for longer — of wholeheartedly feeling nothing
    • this springing forth corresponds to a feeling in certain spiritual
    • To describe this feeling we may compare it with the perception one has
    • the earth have the same feeling as man has when he awakens in the
    • organism of our earth who have the same feelings as our own astral
    • the mineral kingdom is also connected with something in which feeling
    • pulverized and the parts fly asunder something like a feeling of
    • feeling; but it is in contradiction to the feeling which animals and
    • is crushed it is conscious of a feeling of well-being. If we dissolve
    • suffer as the earth progresses. It gives one a very strange feeling
  • Title: Lecture 10: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • a feeling that Lucifer was really a good Divinity — she felt him as
    • feeling, I should like at their close to take farewell of you all.
  • Title: Lecture: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • such feeling a healthy force that will make your physical body, your
  • Title: Three Paths: Lecture I: The Path through the Gospels and The Path of Inner Experience
    Matching lines:
    • occurred to them. How their hearts warmed, how their feelings swelled
    • has an opinion, a feeling, about himself which does not correspond to
    • sound feeling, for every man can sense that there is something in him
    • feeling that the Ego has become incapable, out of its own powers, of
    • feeling this as spiritual-scientific knowledge, then he comes to a
    • anthroposophy, he need only have this feeling of a discrepancy between
    • this feeling, then — he knows not whence — there comes into
    • that is not important; only the feeling is important.
    • out of a dim feeling — he would feel that in the personality, in
    • we mean a form of human feeling in which there was an especially
    • calls this; if the man comes to this feeling, he is gripped by the
  • Title: Three Paths: Lecture II: The Path of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and practical activity. What is this important thing? That out
    • pain-feeling being other than man, every death, is a seed for the
    • to every pain its complementary feeling is added. These pains, these
    • return in such a way that to every pain its contrary feeling is added
    • pains and sufferings will awaken the forces for the feeling of pain.
    • in men. Out of the sensations and feelings of these men, out of their
    • animals will have, in a certain well-being, in a pleasant feeling, the
    • myth. Just yesterday we considered what feelings the Osiris-Set myth
    • was so deeply imbued with the feeling that it was better to be a
    • the impulse which could bring to men the feeling that in this physical
    • was the answer to the feeling of the fourth past-Atlantean period. But
    • this is also that complex of feelings from which the rays for the
    • feelings of the Buddhist by saying it is not true that the founder of
  • Title: The Mission of Savonarola
    Matching lines:
    • people the feeling that they couldn't live without the Cult.
  • Title: Lecture: Waking of the Human Soul and the Forming of Destiny: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • body that is at work within the feeling for speech in the erect being;
  • Title: Lecture: Waking of the Human Soul and the Forming of Destiny: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • this reason the capacities of feeling and volition have not been
    • freedom. The true feeling of freedom developed for the first time in
    • feeling experienced during the first period in Christian evolution.
    • feeling nature, since living thinking was then still in existence.
    • relationships, especially the feelings associated with such things,
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • say a few words of greeting to express the feelings which your
    • have become unsocial. Because they no longer have any feeling for
    • life, cries, not because it is permeated with social feeling, but
    • because this feeling is lacking. And so man was gradually turned into
    • nineteenth as the customary social feeling between man and man?
    • his soul. Human beings must again be capable of feeling, not weakly,
    • false. They must be capable of feeling things not weakly but
    • arouse the feeling that our predecessors have closed the shutters.
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • within me, connected with feeling and with a genuinely human
    • undefined feeling in countless young people during the last twenty or
    • feeling — they have always been trying to find expressions for
    • feeling, and it still is the feeling today. It can only be understood
    • human being of today. This was so because in the life of feeling and
    • feeling, that there is no content in this will. Why is there no
    • Reason.” Ideas and feelings on the subject of Rights were
    • the feelings of men long since dead, because there was nothing left
    • the situation at the onset of the nineteenth century: The feeling
    • nothing to tell their sons. And now the feeling was: We are facing a
    • of feeling was necessary. The feeling of standing before a
    • my hand were capable of feeling and were chopped off. What would it
    • feeling since the last third of the nineteenth century in regard to
    • highly assessed and a consciousness, a feeling, for the Event of
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • fundamental feeling for what is here meant by the Spirit.
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • intuition, inborn feelings, or the most evident of axioms and the
    • should be capable of unfolding an entirely new human feeling. We only
    • us that we should develop a new feeling for him as a human being. If
    • at the root of its feeling about the world. He thought the Greeks
    • give man satisfaction, a complete feeling of his dignity as man.
    • out of a tragic feeling about life, and he thought that this mission
    • feeling among the young of the twentieth century found themselves.
    • is what lives in the feelings of young people today although,
    • feeling for truth.
    • acquire the most profound feeling for honesty and truth. If we build
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • a feeling, however dim, that such intuitions had once existed. But
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, especially about the growing child.
    • whole world. You know that in former days this fundamental feeling
    • learn in the presence of every human being to unfold feelings which
    • relied, all such feelings will in future be as nothing compared with
    • the tragedy when, with an infinitely deepened feeling of trust, human
    • disappointed, but because the feeling of confidence and
    • had a feeling for this. For him, the religious life was such that it
    • regard to the feeling about Education with which you may have come
    • this special aspect of pedagogics. This feeling will enable you to
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • of the century, this feeling breathed of the present, whoever has now
    • feeling must reckon with many disappointments prepared out of its own
    • arisen in young people and modified their original feeling. One such
    • in the feelings of those who had grown older in years but were not
    • leaving out ancient times, this feeling was still present in a high
    • feelings of reverence, permeating life with real recreative forces
    • did not make people tired. There was no feeling of being overcome by
    • is always something in the general ideas which gives us a feeling of
    • sympathetic or antipathetic. This feeling of sympathy or antipathy is
    • yet had a feeling towards what contemporary knowledge gave them
    • people will naturally have a different feeling — that it is
    • something for your perception, for your feeling, even for your whole
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • feeling among the educated today — and among the uneducated —
    • feeling did not then exist. It was a period of actual transition. In
    • overwhelming feeling: When I have a thought, this thought has been
    • ourselves. This feeling, however, was dulled down by what they found
    • of feeling, no history of thought, no history of the soul. Hence such
    • were no longer able, out of a natural feeling, to give a
    • thought-world a feeling of their connection with the spiritual world
    • still had the feeling that human thought was a gift of the Gods. And
    • divine. There-by the inner feeling arose to flee from thought, that
    • before the fourth post-Christian century, there lived the feeling:
    • observation, but in his inner experience he had an absolute feeling
    • centuries the feeling was entirely lost that through thought the
    • in one's scientific feeling on going back to the second third,
    • incarnation? Rising to the surface of consciousness was the feeling
    • the other hand, it is a feeling that man dare not lose this
    • what figures very widely as feeling and of how one deals with the
    • feeling: How can microcosmic evolution be brought into relation with
    • their feeling life.
    • others of a deeper nature looked with disturbed feelings upon the
    • experienced through feeling. Infinitely much depends today upon
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • only few people have any feeling, that only from a certain age
    • received the truth. This shade of feeling lay in all education, in
    • feeling there has not ripened the conviction: He is capable! A
    • know this out of their own feeling, it is a good reason for looking
    • feeling, our confidence, our reverence, in short all that is in our
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • The original feeling of the Greeks was based upon this, not upon that
    • Activity you have the feeling that it is an organism, one member
    • script. They felt the black signs to be witchcraft. The feeling of
    • artistic way. Then we shall see how out of this artistic feeling the
    • years an undefined feeling lives in the soul of every human being who
    • stir. It is not formulated in concepts. But in the life of feeling,
    • were not able to express it. Try to sense that by feeling this, you
    • were feeling about it in the right way. And if you sense this you
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • with strong feeling they had walked behind Fichte and had seen him
    • feeling for the whole man as outer physical being as in the first
    • years of childhood, but to a feeling for the whole man in the soul of
    • see, the feeling with which one man meets another is tremendously
    • there is only a feeling for the immediate present. Therefore all that
    • in doing it. And the child has a different feeling when we offer him
    • through feeling to find his way into what is often hidden in the
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • to develop a feeling for how in the Middle Ages there was still much
    • chapter of Grimm's Raphael and you will have the feeling: this
    • exterior. There was still a feeling of wanting to live within what
    • being a teacher. For we should really get the feeling that we are
    • into the classroom, must not have the feeling: “He is teaching
    • feed their children through the feeling of how they themselves were
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • thirteenth and fourteenth centuries, we have the feeling that it was
    • feeling that we are working out of the living into the dead, but that
    • its life only from the dragon. We should have the feeling that in
    • of this feeling, let me give you my farewell greeting today by
    • feeling we will separate today; with this feeling, however, we shall
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture I: The Power and Mission of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • feeling we are faced, not with insignificant, but with important
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture II: The Michael revelation.
    Matching lines:
    • feeling are little more than sounding words to people of the present
    • perceiving, we dream in regard to our life of feeling; we are sound
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture IV: The Culture of the Mysteries and the Michael Impulse.
    Matching lines:
    • What took place in the thinking, feeling and willing of the Greek was
    • civilized earth of that age permeated all human willing and feeling.
    • Today we live in an age in which those shades of feeling which will
    • of feeling is already present today in individual human beings. They
    • feeling is well founded. It is absolutely possible that one
    • He brings with him in his thinking and feeling the result of his
    • not completely awake, even in waking life, in regard to our feelings.
    • Our feelings are at the stage of dream consciousness, even though we
    • feelings have no greater vitality than have dreams; only, the
    • conception through which feelings are represented makes it appear
    • differently. But the life of feelings as such arises out of the depths
    • mental image is what enters our consciousness. We dream our feelings,
    • otherwise dreams in the feelings and makes it a matter of complete,
    • feelings, and that it is also contained in our willing. In regard to
    • is contained in our thought life. In regard to the world of feelings
    • in the life of feeling.
    • You see, my dear friends, in ordinary life only the world of feeling
    • Feeling: Dreaming: Wisdom
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture V: The Michael Deed and the Michael Influence as Counter-pole of the Ahrimanic Influence
    Matching lines:
    • hate, and unite; that means, love one another, unite your feelings of
  • Title: Lecture: Signs of the Times: Michaels Battle and Its Reflection On Earth -- I
    Matching lines:
    • feeling than is employed in other concepts, particularly those current
    • contains feeling and willing. In regard to feeling we are not awake,
    • consciousness we have while feeling equals the degree and intensity of
    • pictures out of the unconscious recesses of our souls, so do feelings
    • arise as forces in us. In feeling we are awake to the same degree as
    • feelings all this takes place simultaneously. Feeling itself is being
    • dreamt in us, but we accompany our feeling with our conceptions.
    • Feeling is not within the conceptions, but we look from conceptions
    • upon feeling just as we look back, after awakening, upon the dream.
    • And since we do this, simultaneously in the case of feeling, we are
    • feeling in actual consciousness, while feeling itself remains in
    • “dream away” our feeling, we “sleep away” the
    • which we designate as the physical-sense world; through feeling and
    • willing we do not learn to know the world in which we exist as feeling
    • the forces of our feeling and willing originate in this super-sensible
    • world. We have no bodily organs for feeling and willing; we do have
    • that organs for feeling and willing exist; this shows that they do not
    • perception and thinking, but asleep in regard to feeling and willing.
    • our feeling and willing, and we sleep away our perception, our
    • that the so-called living sleep away feeling and willing which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Signs of the Times: Michaels Battle and Its Reflection On Earth -- II
    Matching lines:
    • live with one's feelings in these spiritualized concepts and to grasp
    • refined feeling which did not exist in the art development of earlier
    • with our feelings and sleep with our will impulses. This is a matter
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture I: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis I
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, but without producing the same results. The
    • are two types of people. In one type feeling is more
    • fact that men are divided into thinking men and feeling men is
    • our environment there are two types of people, feeling people
    • introverted. The first would be the feeling man, the
    • (that of the man who lives preferably in his feelings), there
    • characteristic of the feeling type.
    • men of reason, the feelings remain down below, swarm in the
    • the force of the subconscious feelings, and because man is
    • trivial idea of the feeling and the reasoning man, and adds
    • extraverted man, in the subconscious feelings of the
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture II: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis II
    Matching lines:
    • thinking type, and the feeling type. From this starting point
    • feelings force their way up into consciousness and produce soul
    • feeling.
    • powers of the soul: thinking, feeling, and willing. Remember in
    • feeling, and willing must be so drawn as to show this as
    • feeling (green), and this in turn borders upon the realm of
    • one hand; feeling (green, right) separates itself from
    • sketch it here diagrammatically, so that thinking, feeling, and
    • health, then the interaction of thinking, feeling, and willing
    • essential secret of our ego that it holds thinking, feeling,
    • the spiritual world thinking, feeling, and willing
    • feeling (green, left), and willing (red, left), and confusion
    • sphere of feeling or of will. Instead of working side by side,
    • thinking mixes itself with feeling, or will, the ego being for
    • feeling, and willing have swung to the opposite side, away from
    • cause thinking to leave its track alongside of feeling and to
    • the waves of feeling, which are far stronger than the waves of
    • organism is seized by the tumult of feeling. This happens in
    • itself apart from feeling.
    • more to hold his thinking apart from the waves of feeling and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture III: Reflections in the Mirror of Consciousness, Superconsciousness and Subconsciousness
    Matching lines:
    • it were within us. Then we gain the feeling that we really have
    • person acquires in this way a feeling of his connection with
    • feelings, sensitivity towards that which is described in
    • then you have the feeling of the devachanic world; and this is
    • may at last be merged into one feeling.
    • to become pupils again? Feeling is all that
    • right feeling, which must first be developed! This is
    • together and carry over into feelings, which through their
    • through, by working towards a feeling, an impression of a world
    • If you have not simply imagined a feeling, but evolved it by
    • years of careful work, then this feeling, these nuances
    • you the reality of Devachan. For if the nuances of feeling are
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture IV: Hidden Soul Powers
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, in short, all that goes on in our souls under normal
    • ordinary consciousness. But since all our feelings and impulses
    • so we must substitute for the thoughts, feelings and impulses of
    • a strong feeling that it must depart, it is bound to feel as if
    • develop a sympathetic feeling, the being feels impelled
    • a tendency to have feelings of nausea. If he were subject to
    • inner forces that produced the feelings of nausea. But even if
    • subconscious feelings. The activity of his etheric body
    • feelings existing within him.
    • feelings, certain states of mind, that work down into the
    • — this being the normal feeling about lies — if
    • constitution of the breath. It is impaired by evil feelings.
    • Through good, normal, and sincere feelings it gains, however,
    • down a right feeling into the subconscious mind — there
    • is naturally an almost endless scale of feeling which may
    • red gives him a definite shade of feeling. This is
    • colors and tones produce definite nuances of feeling when
    • been explained — how his feeling about the rose
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture V: Connections Between Organic Processes and the Mental Life of Man
    Matching lines:
    • life, where we meet primarily our thinking, feeling, and
    • to the nervous system, the world of feeling not at all. The
    • world of feeling is connected directly with the rhythmic
    • is a question of thoughts colored by feeling, of thoughts which
    • have a nuance of feeling, then the surface of the liver is
    • feeling or passion is also connected with what is reflected
    • such an indescript spiritual feeling of hunger. One is driven
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • in the feeling of membership of the old Hebrew people. That was a kind
    • already experienced that when one wanted to express the good feeling
    • vibrations in this room, instead of: A good feeling prevails here.
    • it, and that will be the oppressive feeling in the future of those who
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • i.e., that the whole world of man's feeling towards the Gospels
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, and willing. The soul thinks, feels, and wills. Those are the
    • whether his thinking, feeling, willing was called) — these single
    • can come in, so that it is not the slave of thinking, feeling, and
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • those ideas and feelings in his inner being. He knows himself
    • as one's ideas and feelings, is the truth; that is certain.
    • ideas, as feelings from waking to sleeping, still continued to
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • fill man's soul, or perhaps of half-dreamy feelings and
    • a thought, gives us the certainty of feeling ourselves as
    • personalities. his feeling of inner freedom is what comes
    • the feeling oneself as a human being as a member of all
    • we seek to evoke this very feeling, of belonging to the entire
    • give man the possibility of feeling himself an historical
    • Being, of feeling conscious: “I am now living as a
    • think, or experience as our thoughts or our feelings, is
    • the right feeling for these things, they do not as yet realise
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture I: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • for instance, have seen the feeling of revenge in the other and fled
    • from it. In an up-surging red picture, the feeling of revenge
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture II: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • human feeling life because these preachers did not stand alone but
    • feeling life of the soul that later appeared in their
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture III: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • deep inwardness of this man's feeling life. When we advance further,
    • end of the Middle Ages. Always we find that depth of feeling, that
    • the Middle Ages. Feeling steadily declines and inwardness disappears.
    • truth-feeling is satisfied: it was very alarmed with the
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture IV: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • speak “feeling beings.” On the highest stage of their
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • little understand. The human capacities of feeling and thinking have
    • words. One has need of other capabilities of feeling than those at
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • touching it. We realise the solid through touching it and feeling its
    • it spiritually, with his ideas or feelings or in any such way. He
    • feeling for beauty to work out spiritually what he sees in the outer
    • he is pleased with the world, when he has feelings of gladness
    • through his inner contentment, through his harmonious feelings and
    • elemental beings. The man of harmonious and optimistic feelings and
    • Bhagavad Gita: ‘Behold what man does through the feelings and
    • spiritualise things, through knowledge and through right feeling, you
    • real devotional feeling, do they become what in the true sense of the
    • in our feeling of responsibility is the finest and most important of
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • at something red or at something blue. Red gives a warm feeling; and
    • blue gives you a feeling of cold. Imagine that the feeling, which is
    • inner feeling of comfort; then again times when those eggs of warmth
    • has withdrawn and I experience only that feeling of inner comfort.’
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • given, had very concrete and very clear feelings. This name
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • world, that it calls forth in us feelings of sadness.* For people who
    • when people still had some feeling for the meaning of names;
    • of the Cosmos itself. And we must develop the feeling within us:
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • small things, through feeling and realisation, what will come to pass
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • physical death? Only by cultivating certain feelings and shades of
    • feeling which stir the soul so forcibly that by their power they
    • strong impulses of thought, feeling and will must work in the soul
    • ears, his physical intellect, his physical feelings, etc.; he is
    • feelings describable as an inward division of the whole of our
    • of the inner feelings: One must feel that one is lying within one's
    • has this experience, has a strong feeling of inner mobility, as if he
    • although still dark, begins to be perceptible to his feeling in the
    • our feeling of freedom, our love, our energy of thought and our
    • only a working hypothesis, but also qualities of feeling, will and
    • elements is drawn over the real world. They are: the feeling of
    • its sheath; the feeling of being outside the physical body, as if the
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • world. Our feelings, perceptions and thoughts exist in the physical
    • incarnation, every feeling experienced between birth and death, every
    • spiritual beings live behind our feelings and the whole of our soul
    • that is to be found in a super-sensible world behind our feelings and
    • vague feeling that an injustice should be righted; the soul is uneasy
    • or of feeling. A thought which is, let us say, distinct, definite,
    • injustice he has certain thoughts and feelings; these forms detach
    • with the national feeling of those times that declares that his act
    • real in human evolution before this age, that the feeling experienced
    • Erinyes. The inner feeling which he experienced in presence of this
    • phenomena of conscience, memory, feeling, will and thought, a
    • would man's thoughts, feelings and will have been stimulated
    • experience, of thought, of feeling, of conscience, for example, and
    • separating the moon from the earth, made thinking, feeling, willing,
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • soul, in the phenomena of conscience, thought, feeling, and sensation
    • no serious appreciation and feeling for reincarnation in his soul;
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • in the inner life of the soul, thinking, feeling, sensations, as also
    • perceptions, feelings, will, his thinking and the development of his
    • his soul life may well give rise to grotesque feelings and bad moral
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • feelings of the ancient Indian when he looked out at the sense world,
    • life. There is a widespread feeling that this deepening alone can
    • continual direction of the feeling, conceptions and thoughts within
    • cleansed and purified and reaches higher worlds. Feelings more
    • into the Luciferic worlds? If their feelings glow with enthusiasm for
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • certainty yielded by the senses had to live as a feeling in those
    • men, a feeling which gave the stamp of truth to the event. To that
    • speaking). That word is the word ‘feeling.’ We speak of
    • speaking of feeling in a superficial way we mean the sense of touch,
    • but call it feeling and add that which is experienced by this sense
    • realised, an inner soul experience by the wood ‘feeling.’
    • Experiences of joy or pain are defined as feelings. This particular
    • feeling of which we are here speaking is an intimate soul experience;
    • the other feelings, produced by the sense of touch, are always caused
    • by some external object. The other feeling may be associated with an
    • experiences, the experience of ‘feeling’ within one and
    • which we also describe by the word ‘feeling’ are widely
    • experience of feeling and the outer were more like each other. Why
    • you dislike him and he has the same sort of feeling towards you), you
    • senses and the physical brain, not be deeply aware of his feelings,
    • be aware of it, because your sense of feeling would notice it. In the
    • another individual's feelings he awakened in his soul just such an
    • inner feeling was not so far developed in those days; it was still
    • feeling was then to a greater extent bound up with the external
    • between inner and outer feeling. These are some more detailed
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • have seen how completely different man's feeling life was at that
    • Christ to regain a way of feeling, of looking at things, which
    • feeling and thinking of ancient Indian times. Even if we only find a
    • character of feeling and thinking, of the quite different attitude to
    • not exist in human feeling in such an awakened form. What was written
    • kind of feeling did their visions arouse? They felt that into this
    • feeling, it is this: that if, in approaching the highest wisdom
    • have put himself in the right relationship as far as his feelings are
    • of the East are those which are connected with our feelings and our
    • attitude to assume towards the Vedas. Feelings of holy awe and
    • thoughts. These feelings are the very highest we can acquire. But we
    • that knowledge alone leads up to these highest feelings. And if we
    • feelings that are to be found on the ethereal heights of thought, we
    • shall experience only ordinary trivial feelings and mistake them for
    • of divinity. Feelings such as were to be found among the old Indians
    • Chaldean men had the following feeling:
    • entertained for it feelings of high respect and deep gratitude. And
    • course in ‘time.’ Thoughts and feelings follow one
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • to Christ, the feeling oneself drawn not as to a father, but as to a
    • feeling for what is connected with the names of Skythianos, Buddha
    • having the right feeling. We meet together for the purpose of
    • cultivating right feeling about the spiritual world and all that is
    • born out of it, as well as right feeling towards man. And as we
    • cultivate this right feeling we gradually make our spiritual forces
    • higher and nobler our feelings become, the more nobly can Christ live
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: I. The Position of Anthroposophy in Relation to Theosophy and Anthropology.
    Matching lines:
    • acquired feeling in the matter, to see something deeper in what is
    • enumeration of the five senses: feeling (touch), smell, taste,
    • of this feeling only when something is out of order, otherwise it
    • sense of touch: “feeling around for something.” In this
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: II. Supersensible Processes in the Activities of the Human Senses.
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling of life, the vital sense. What is this sense based upon,
    • in the astral body, and it expresses itself as a feeling of freedom,
    • stream is of the nature of will, it pertains to feeling
    • is also mere maya, an external image that is experienced as feeling.
    • In the process of tasting, the interplay is between feeling and
    • feeling. That is the real process of tasting; the rest is merely an
    • well as “feeling.” With this in mind let the student now
    • also footnote on p. 16.], notably of feeling,
    • however, does not center in feeling as such, but in the clash of
    • feelings and their interaction.
    • feel each one individually, but if we wish this feeling to become
    • different feeling results when, in place of the two a's, the sounds
    • amor we have one shade of feeling, and quite a different one
    • different feelings and quite definite trends of these feelings are
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: III. Higher Senses, Inner Force Currents and Creative Laws in the Human Organism.
    Matching lines:
    • inward, and this produces a more complicated sensation: feeling. The
    • entire life of feeling is an activity of the inspirational organ
    • processes is: We sense something, we have a feeling connected with
    • sentience, feeling and thought. Were we to continue along this path,
    • (thinking, feeling and willing) now makes its appearance in the outer
    • the instrumentality of sentience, feeling and conscious thought.
    • of theosophy. Ours is between the two. A feeling of confidence and
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: IV. Supersensible Currents in the Human and Animal Organizations.
    Matching lines:
    • of embarrassment. This judgment expressed through feeling means that
    • evolution of man. This feeling is nearer the truth than is the later
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: I. The Elements of the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    • watching a man carrying out some action that induces the feeling in
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: II. Action and Interaction of the Human Soul Forces.
    Matching lines:
    • acquire a feeling for them by keeping the contrast clearly in view.
    • are constantly in action. A finely attuned feeling harking to the
    • In order to arouse the feeling within you that even the
    • It is, therefore, important to acquire a feeling for the
    • speak, and engenders an uncomfortable feeling in us. One's own soul
    • new ones impart to the old ones a feeling of well-being or the
    • reverse. Though this feeling of uneasiness is not necessarily
    • term “deadly boredom” rests on a true feeling. It acts as
    • over them who has kept alive a dim feeling for the truth. This is
    • have the right feeling when we speak, that is, when we yield
    • it is for us to rise to a certain feeling for the matter, a feeling
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: III. At the Portals of the Senses.
    Matching lines:
    • At the Portals of the Senses. Feelings. Aesthetic Judgment.
    • Feelings. Aesthetic Judgment.
    • Of feeling, view and utt'rance; the glad certitude
    • The feelings and opinions.
    • The depths of that unutterable feeling,
    • inner depths, that is, feeling. It might seem as though the soul life
    • moment, the life of feeling.
    • feeling by starting from the two elements mentioned. Again we must
    • can also be synonymous with Gefühl (“feeling”),
    • or feeling arises. Sense sensation, or outer sensation, comes
    • sensation (feeling) arises when desire is not pushed back by a direct
    • way inner sensation, feeling, arises. Feelings are, in a way,
    • sensation, feeling, consists of halted desires that have not surged
    • to the soul's boundary but live within the soul life, and in feeling,
    • too, the soul substance consists essentially of desire. So feelings
    • satisfaction. By studying his life of feeling we find the origins of
    • many feelings in a great variety of satisfactions and decisions.
    • Observe, for example, those phenomena within the life of feeling that
    • grasp the essence of the feeling of impatience. You will sense
    • these two elements precisely balance in this feeling, like equal
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: IV. Consciousness and the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    • have many kinds of feelings, for example, longing, impatience, hope,
    • doubt, and finally such feelings as apprehension, fear, etc. What do
    • our feelings we take an interest not only in the present but in the
    • similar feelings you have had recently. Try it, and you will see how
    • having time to intervene, feelings arise, but not at first reasoning.
    • religiously to become absorbed in it with the feeling of that earlier
    • body to make them appeal directly to feeling; that is, a man like
    • measure of what speaks to the feelings. On the other hand, one whose
    • steps in the doctrine of desire, feeling, and reasoning. What he says
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: I. Franz Brentano and Aristotles Doctrine of the Spirit.
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, and willing — Brentano offers another, the three
    • as a feeling I may have in connection with a rose. Those are
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: II. Truth and Error in the Light of the Spiritual World.
    Matching lines:
    • science are intended only to arouse a feeling for the fact that there
    • experience feelings, conceptions, impulses of will; we experience all
    • referred to. They have unconsciously passed over into the feeling of
    • Buddhist, whose whole way of thinking and feeling facilitates his
    • his attitude was a feeling that contact with the physical world
    • feeling always leads in the end to a certain recognition of a
    • assumption of a divine principle on the other, led to a feeling such
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: III. Imagination--Imagination; Inspiration--Self-fulfillment; Intuition--Conscience.
    Matching lines:
    • which, as your inner feeling tells you, is not of the nature of the
    • when this was shattered, she still had the feeling of being
    • tension of this or that feeling. He must form wholly new conceptions
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: IV. Laws of Nature, Evolution of Consciousness and Repeated Earth Lives.
    Matching lines:
    • Does our contentment, our feeling at home, really depend
    • call a feeling of moral responsibility, particularly toward the great
    • instance, in the matter of a feeling for truth and falsehood. In this
    • and when he passes into the imaginative world this feeling, his
    • really purely a matter of the feelings for yourself. It is a common
    • Precisely by acquiring the knowledge of and feeling for what he
    • not outer — reasons, he knows what feeling must predominate in
    • predominating feeling must be a longing to return, in order to
    • closer if we keep intensifying the feeling that we receive something
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival: A Token of the Victory of the Sun
    Matching lines:
    • tries to express the feeling of communion with the hidden forces
    • This was the mood of soul which Goethe's knowledge and feeling for
    • was as tokens of this ‘feeling at one’ with Nature and the universe
    • In olden times it seemed to men in whom living feeling was united with
    • that is not connected with his feelings, his desires and his passions,
    • erratic nature of your thinking, feeling and willing. With what wisdom
    • The first stage is attained when a man's ordinary feeling and thinking
    • through the cosmos. His life of feeling and of thinking must have rid
    • good-will. These are the two thoughts or, better, the two feelings
    • We have been speaking to-day, not of an undefined, abstract feeling
    • for Nature but of a feeling that is full of life and spirituality. And
    • with many a struggle, at these times a feeling awakens within us that
  • Title: Lecture: Signs and Symbols of the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • understood it, feeling that Tao pervaded the whole universe.
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of the Sun-Spirit as the Spirit of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • the Christmas Tree became a symbol of the thoughts and feelings which
    • What were the feelings of men who had some inkling of the secrets of
    • Eve. All the dim feelings and experiences connected with this festival
    • all these feelings that were astir in the depths of the soul speak a
  • Title: Lecture: Christmas at a Time of Grievous Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • concepts. One must have a feeling for the tragic if human evolution is
    • men's hearts and feelings in such a way that something wonderfully
    • feeling for Jesus. But for all that it was a feeling that stirred the
    • Jesus-thought, the Jesus-feeling, the Jesus-experience, is coming to
    • others spoke to the human heart, awakened in the human heart feelings
    • of the penetration of the Jesus-feeling into the soul-life of the
    • the hearts of those in whom, later on, the feeling for Jesus arose.
    • develop a particularly intense feeling for Jesus. The reality that had
    • of the old feeling came alive in them.
    • place in the souls of men, and a Christian feeling, a will for peace
  • Title: Lecture: The Proclamations to the Magi and the Shepherds
    Matching lines:
    • feeling. In a certain sense it has the most popular appeal of all the
    • feeling and is always dear to the human heart.
    • Novalis was still aware of the human element, the element of feeling
    • understanding of the world imbued with feeling but expressed in
    • On the other side, inner feeling of the secrets of the evolution of
    • With the forces of knowledge, feeling and belief possessed by modern
  • Title: Lecture: On The Three Magi
    Matching lines:
    • Feeling must be sublimated in order that God may fertilise it. This is
    • very largely lost their meaning to-day; the feeling of their
    • significance has disappeared. But this feeling will be kindled to life
  • Title: Lecture: The Revelation of the Cosmic Christ
    Matching lines:
    • festival in the feelings and hearts of men. It must be remembered that
    • Christian thought and Christian feeling were gradually beginning to
    • The feeling that at this season the earth is resting in her own being,
    • by the feeling of hope that once again the rays of light and love from
    • associated with this other feeling.
    • his life of feeling, his life of soul and spirit brought home to him
    • centre around which Christendom coheres. The feeling that lived in the
    • peoples of the Old Testament changed into a feeling connected with the
    • heavenly symbol of the primal origin of humanity. Our feelings and
    • defined feeling of the difference in the nature of the Son God on the
    • this feeling was still quite living. Over in Asia, in a place of no
    • Two distinctly different feelings were there. The feeling and
    • perception of God the Son was added to the feeling associated with God
    • heavenly heights with the same intensity of feeling which was there in
    • Instinctive feeling of the most holy and most sacred things have,
    • feelings and perceptions have weakened, but to those who are willing
    • habit. The warm feelings which for centuries inspired Christian men at
    • the feelings which I have tried to express in the following verse:
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of Christ Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • soul feeling inwardly united with the essence and substantiality of
    • out of a deep and true feeling for the Christian Mystery. This was
    • feeling of oneself as man’ arose for the first time from what came
    • This is an example of the feeling for esotericism to be found in the
    • 18th century. The feeling was sound and true, for we ourselves shall
    • who in the 18th century had a deep, deep feeling for the Mystery of
    • But what is it that underlies these esoteric feelings and experiences?
    • its tidings of Christ with such depth of feeling that the Christmas
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 1: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, all the conceptions and ideas of men, alter and are renewed
    • plane; but the sentient soul had the subconscious feeling: “This
    • Feeling, and Willing, and man will then really be the external
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 2: The Law of Karma with Respect to the Details of Life
    Matching lines:
    • establishing a connection between the past deeds, feelings and
    • first the interest he felt drove out the feelings and sentiments that
    • activity. Those feelings were pushed into the background. The time,
    • with greater zest. When he is eighteen or nineteen the feelings and
    • that our feelings will help us to judge truly before our reason is
    • be only in his feeling that his soul can sense the injustice. He may
    • child we ought to take particular note of it, for the feeling aroused
    • importance of looking up in feeling to some being or some phenomenon
    • came, and I was taken to see him. A feeling of profound and holy awe
    • feeling of reverent devotion; we owe much gratitude to anyone who
    • aroused a feeling of reverence in us in our early life. That feeling
    • exclaim, when such a feeling of reverent devotion to the Spiritual and
    • and reflect: there it is surely possible to have a feeling of real,
    • A feeling of devotion in early youth is transformed into a very
    • really a true feeling for karma which led Goethe to choose as the
    • really to observe the world is so dreadful; they arouse a feeling that
    • in your garden once a day; that gives you a feeling of satisfaction.
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 3: The Entrance of the Christ-Being into the Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • which is capable of judgment. All the feeling, the idealism and
    • Commandments refer to the control of his feelings and sensations. The
    • on Golgotha, — if I take into myself such feelings as were felt
    • other hand it has to purchase this at the price of feeling
    • feeling both emotion and sympathy or antipathy for them, he casts away
    • after the feeling of justice in their sentient-soul; for they shall be
    • for another, not merely as a feeling of justice such as is produced by
    • develops fellow-feeling; for only by feeling himself within the soul
    • receive the sympathy of others when he himself radiates fellow-feeling
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 5: Correspondences Between the Microcosm and the Macrocosm
    Matching lines:
    • part in the ordinary soul-life, as thinking, feeling and willing, and
    • acquire a feeling for the value of a particular truth, to sense
    • who really has the right feeling will have the same impression when
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 6: The Birth of Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • must also acquire a feeling of how matters concerning the world can be
    • world, that as regards their thoughts and feelings they are already in
    • feelings, to form a concept of the human conscience. The answer to
    • develop the intellectual or mind-soul, or soul of higher-feeling. And
    • intellectual soul or soul of higher feeling. Man had to develop in a
    • had developed a strong feeling for the ego.
    • without any distinct feeling of the ego-nature, absorbed the sublime
    • because of the strong ego-feeling prevailing there. This strong,
    • individual feeling of self, was not adapted to produce one single
    • vehicle for the highest. A premature ego-feeling, a too great feeling
    • occupy, there must be no premature appearance of the feeling of ‘
    • possible for a body to be formed not having the premature ego-feeling
    • feeling of the ‘ I ’ too early and had as it were grown up
    • Roman culture on the other side, where the strong ego-feeling was
    • it in the Intellectual-Soul or soul of higher feeling; the culture of
    • through the Sentient-Soul being permeated with the ego-feeling while
    • Sentient-Soul and ego-feeling; for the ego-feeling, which lifts men up
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 7: The Further Development of Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • not the result of their logical thought, but of their feelings and
    • point. The point is that we ought to acquire a feeling that although
  • Title: Life Between ... I: Investigations Into Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • cut off from him because of our feelings or affection or dislike that
    • accompanied by deep feeling, by a real inner experience, and this is
    • feeling that develops little by little. Beings of the Hierarchies are
    • Once we have gained ideas and feelings about the Mystery of Golgotha,
    • developing those feelings that it will need in order to cross the
  • Title: Life Between ... II: Investigations Into Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • another factor. Because all feelings and the capacity to form ideas
    • feelings directed toward them from the earth.
    • but outside in your surroundings. You would not have the feeling that
  • Title: Life Between ... III: Mans Journey Through the Planetary Spheres
    Matching lines:
    • could not think, I picture this to myself; no feeling of which
    • you will find that the feeling of “I” is intensified
    • feeling, will not be united in a new community or union after death,
    • things, but in fact they are one and the same. Why does a feeling of
    • starry heavens? It is because without our knowing it the feeling of
    • our soul's home awakens in us. The feeling awakens: Before you
    • possesses should contemplate the starry heavens with feelings such as
    • feeling of reverence and will know that this is the memory of man's
    • nevertheless take with him a feeling resulting from what he has heard
    • feeling in the soul that is important. When we are listening to the
  • Title: Life Between ... IV: Recent Results of Occult Investigation Into Life
    Matching lines:
    • an initiate or of a person after death, is one of feeling oneself
    • ethical concepts and feelings we developed on earth. A person who has
    • loved him as much as we should, we can make up for these feelings. We
    • our deepest feelings. When rightly understood nothing remains a mere
    • feelings. As every morning on earth we awaken strengthened and
    • other. It is only in such a relationship that the right feelings of
  • Title: Life Between ... V: Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • feeling of powerlessness towards the necessity of karma that can be
    • when we realize that we have done an injustice to someone in feeling
    • develop religious feelings during earthly life, feelings of union
    • Definite feelings for the spiritual that are colored by this or that
    • community only with those of like feelings who shared the same creed
    • of the points where anthroposophy can only develop into a feeling for
    • An attempt has been made to express this feeling in a passage of
    • Mystery of Golgotha suffices. But in order to carry a feeling and
    • circumscribed creed with its particular shades of feeling and
    • that there may arise in souls feelings that ought to be the outcome
    • of such words. If the feelings remain with those who have absorbed
    • been said, but would only retain the feeling that can flow from such
  • Title: Life Between ... VI: Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • something within him that will manifest as a feeling for the various
    • What will happen when we gradually unfold such feelings, when human
    • feeling and of will or wish — come to expression in the soul.
    • feeling in that we are more or less compassionate or hardhearted,
    • The forces of the heart and of feeling, the innermost forces in the
  • Title: Life Between ... VII: The Working of Karma in Life After Death
    Matching lines:
    • expressed in the human soul as thinking, feeling and willing. If we
    • Man feels truly free only in the realm of his feelings. It is quite
    • sphere of feeling and sensation when we are compelled neither by
    • willing. In our feelings, however, we are completely ourselves and
    • so? It is because ultimately our feelings are a mirror picture of a
    • of feeling we can freely experience what speaks to our soul because,
    • occultly considered, feelings are a mirror image of a realm that does
    • and willing. Through feeling the gods allow us to participate in
    • their own creative working, though in a mysterious way. In feeling we
    • be accompanied by feelings that draw us closer to the spiritual
    • connected with our feelings and emotions, with all the aspects of our
    • The feeling of being here in my skin with space and surrounding
    • feeling of being together is determined by quite other factors than
    • unheeded. In this respect, spiritual science refines the feelings and
    • any religious feeling and experience.
    • immediately into feeling and experience, and that is how it should
    • prayer-like feelings. That is what our present time requires. Our
  • Title: Life Between ... VIII: Between Death and a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • but they represent a riddle more to the feelings than to the dry
    • yourself the feelings of this man. He did not sail, and then he heard
    • his feelings. What impressions would arise in us if we were able to
    • writes that plants are endowed with feelings and are able to admire.
  • Title: Life Between ... IX: Life After Death
    Matching lines:
    • indeterminate feeling. But out of what depths of the soul does this
    • taking place in thinking, feeling and willing from morning until
    • feeling relationships to other people, becomes our inner world after
    • thoughts, then one at least will have a feeling as to the origin of
  • Title: Life Between ... X: Anthroposophy as the Quickener of Feeling and of Life
    Matching lines:
    • Lecture X: Anthroposophy as the Quickener of Feeling and of Life
    • Anthroposophy as the Quickener of Feeling and of Life
    • the most important aspects that engages our feelings most deeply,
    • dead is spiritual knowledge, feeling and experience. That is the
    • religious feelings of the past are no longer sufficient to give the
    • To take another example, you gain a particular feeling when you
    • make himself perceptible to your soul. You may have the feeling,
    • the feeling, “An enormous amount lies hidden in the very ground
    • of being.” This feeling grows as one occupies oneself with
    • anthroposophy. One develops the feeling that at every point where
    • number of possibilities. Ultimately this feeling will bring about a
    • growing sense of devotion towards what is hidden. As this feeling
    • our feelings rather than to our intellect. So anthroposophy becomes
    • between death and a new birth, should become feeling within the soul
    • a feeling for all that is in the world. If, after having meditated
    • what has been received in the form of concepts into a feeling
    • potency of feeling.
    • Spiritual science should become for us that which quickens feeling
  • Title: Life Between ... XI: The Mission of Earthly Life as a Transitional Stage for the Beyond
    Matching lines:
    • it is important to cultivate a feeling for the task of spiritual
    • to evoke a feeling for this by today's considerations.
  • Title: Life Between ... XII: Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • we bring it with us by virtue of the feelings and thoughts towards
    • prepared by the thoughts and feelings that we direct, even if only
    • and feelings directed towards the physical world, goes through
    • predisposed in his thoughts and feelings as to be narrow-minded. He
    • religious concepts and feelings into them, one notices that they do
    • and enthusiasm to their deeds and are permeated by the feeling that
    • feelings in us, we sense nevertheless a compensation when we trace
    • an oppressive feeling takes hold of us as a result of certain
    • feeling relationship to the Christ impulse even though the earth has
    • there fills one with a feeling of horror. The seer is moved most
    • surroundings, we should permeate ourselves with the feeling that
  • Title: Life Between ... XIII: Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • period after death the emotions, passions and feelings that affected
    • incarnation man is conscious of these feelings only when he is
    • Souls who have unfolded only few feelings and sentiments transcending
    • such feelings as can be satisfied by means of bodily organs and
    • The feeling of either isolation or community after death of which I
    • the forces that can flow from feeling and experience of this kind.
    • be transformed into a feeling that pervades a man in such a way that
  • Title: Life Between ... XIV: Further Facts About Life Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • the seer that with his thoughts and with all his feelings he was able
    • with thoughts or feelings about the spiritual world. He went through
    • that he is, and this would result in the most dreadful feeling of
    • who have spiritual thoughts and feelings on earth find it difficult
    • who cannot find a soul in whom spiritual feelings dwell experiences
    • souls who have cultivated moral feelings and inclinations on earth
    • moral feelings on earth becomes a hermit after death. He will be
    • religious feelings here on earth. This period is called the Venus
    • period. There a person who has failed to develop religious feelings
    • our moral and religious feelings. Now we require more than these. Now
  • Title: Life Between ... XV: Intercourse With the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that can alleviate the sorrow that is experienced when a
    • religious feelings and connections are condemned to loneliness. We
  • Title: Life Between ... XVI: Life After Death
    Matching lines:
    • who have not quite lost the feeling for the spiritual world but who
    • and feelings about the super-sensible. They add that if they perform
    • utterly denied the spirit both in his thoughts and in his feelings.
    • nevertheless are in some way through their feelings connected with
    • of one another because after death a feeling for the spirit
    • light; without a feeling for the spiritual, no perception of the
    • remove the stain. A feeling for the necessity of karma is the result
  • Title: Lecture I: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • that. They take the feeling of familiarity for an explanation and
  • Title: Lecture III: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • have feeling and perception only for all that is material; persons
    • the ideals of humanity, of feeling them as something divine, and of
    • hence Transcendentalism. The Transcendentalist has the feeling: “When
    • have the right feeling for this picture if we contemplate it in the
    • one to say: It opens out for me a feeling for the immensity of the
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • must evoke the feeling by which we recognize how there should be
    • less feeling there is for Spiritual Science, the more strongly will
    • perceptive feeling, into the spiritual features of the world.
  • Title: Lecture I: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • that. They take the feeling of familiarity for an explanation and
  • Title: Lecture III: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • have feeling and perception only for all that is material; persons
    • the ideals of humanity, of feeling them as something divine, and of
    • hence Transcendentalism. The Transcendentalist has the feeling: “When
    • have the right feeling for this picture if we contemplate it in the
    • one to say: It opens out for me a feeling for the immensity of the
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • must evoke the feeling by which we recognize how there should be
    • less feeling there is for Spiritual Science, the more strongly will
    • perceptive feeling, into the spiritual features of the world.
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • significant feelings, cutting deep into the human heart, of the
    • Christian world-conception, these feelings which for so many are the
    • feelings spring from the sight of a universal suffering, a
    • own soul. And now compare this feeling not perhaps just with a comedy
    • element of consciousness, of sensation and feeling. And what is this
    • higher level and is expressed in the feeling of pleasure. Creation is
    • expresses suffering on a lower level, the feeling of hunger, for
    • therefore say with justification that suffering is a common feeling
    • in human nature: thinking, feeling and willing. These three depend on
    • certain thought and feeling processes have taken place. The human
    • diseased, then no proper harmony exists between thinking, feeling and
    • let his feelings be guided rightly through thoughts, to bring his
    • feelings into harmony with the thoughts behind them. Insanity is
    • thinking, feeling and willing is to be found in the
    • these three members, thinking, feeling, willing, must be separated
    • from one another. The organs of will and feeling must suffer a
    • but the contact between thinking, feeling and willing is interrupted.
    • being stirred by any feeling, he could remain quite calm and merely
    • apart into a feeling-man, a will-man and a thought-man. Ruling over
    • give rise to the feeling of the victory of life, the consciousness of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • for the higher. But without evil there could be no self-feeling, no
  • Title: Lecture: What Do We Understand by Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • life of feeling — of desire, pleasure and its opposite, of joy
    • feelings have acquired a lasting quality they cling to the etheric
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: The Nature and Significance of Karma in the Personal and Individual, and in Humanity, the Earth and the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • this or that feeling or action, we might say all this is so very
    • might have experienced something in his soul which gave him a feeling
    • essentially change the judgments we have formed by our feelings and
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karma and the Animal Kingdom
    Matching lines:
    • feeling towards the animal kingdom which many people in Europe cannot
    • organisation when we were capable of feeling pain, but could not yet,
    • such facts, not as theories, but rather with a cosmic world feeling.
    • If we develop this cosmic feeling out of the theory, we then
    • experience a great and all-embracing feeling of sympathy for the
    • animal kingdom. Hence when this universal feeling sprang from the
    • human world of perception and feeling. The latter are the consequences
    • and feelings of humanity also change. Man could not do otherwise than
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karma in Relation to Disease and Health
    Matching lines:
    • false thinking, feeling and action. This is contained in the etheric
    • joy or pain, an impression which was accompanied by a feeling.
    • that are made upon us are accompanied by feelings and these feelings
    • on the child. We may say that if emotions, particularly feelings and
    • forgotten, these emotions and overflowings of feeling are particularly
    • most profound experiences in feeling. For example, let us suppose that
    • especially if they were accompanied by feeling, that they are able to
    • before him after death the fruits of his egotistic thoughts, feelings
    • and action, he is filled with strong feelings against his former
    • emotions and feelings which work up out of his sub-consciousness which
    • arouse the most forcible feelings against himself in the life after
    • experiences of childhood in the realm of feeling we have mentioned
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: The Curability and Incurability of Diseases in Relation to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • Ego-feeling which was much too weak, and which allowed of too much
    • fits the present state of humanity. Thus it was this lack of feeling
    • feeling of personality; in your next incarnation you must seek for
    • opportunities to strengthen this feeling, to train it, as it were,
    • Ego-consciousness, so that he has to exert these feelings to the
    • then so work that in the next incarnation his feeling of self will be
    • feeling of self. He sees that he must be more temperate as regards
    • this feeling and that he must subdue it. So he will seek an
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Natural and Accidental Illness in Relationship to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • the feelings which we have experienced during the period between death
    • we do not live through these feelings, the forces are free and they
    • feeling and desire so to order his life as to become a veritable
    • itself. Thus he was led to this intense feeling of being a ‘child
    • generally begins an improvement accompanied by a certain feeling of
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: The Relationships Between Karma and Accidents
    Matching lines:
    • So we see how earlier thoughts, sensations, and feelings affect the
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karma of the Higher Beings
    Matching lines:
    • expressions of feelings, impulses and passions, which in a certain way
    • will have but little relationship to the world of his feeling
    • attained within to a transformation of the impulses, feelings and
    • feelings and so forth that have developed in him a want of love
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Individual and Human Karma. Karma of the Higher Beings.
    Matching lines:
    • today from our Anthroposophical thought, feeling and will, are
    • departments of the soul, in Thought, Feeling and Will. If we
    • everywhere where human feeling and human thinking exist, you can see
    • and being overcome by the feeling that above all they should in their
    • thought, feeling and will, into our whole life, so that one should be
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • One must first have experienced the feeling of one's own self moving
    • must struggle to achieve their feeling for the gods
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • described. We will have the right feeling for Ahriman when we
    • of living, feeling and rejoicing from the kind the sense world can
    • through his imagination and his soul life of feeling, no longer
    • to do this by contaminating the feeling life of the soul. Ahriman has
    • more to do with our thinking, Lucifer with the feelings, with the
    • over everything of soul feeling in the physical sense world. He has
    • the tendency to detach and separate this feeling life of the soul
    • luciferic kingdom composed of all the soul feeling he can seize and
    • Lucifer does the opposite: he takes what is soul feeling in the
    • perception, feeling, and passion that the soul must necessarily
    • feeling and passion belonging to the sense world. Something further
    • remains of sensual feeling. Ahriman is the more spiritual being; what
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • essential faculty for finding and feeling oneself in the elemental
    • what is necessary for this feeling of self. The forces of the
    • develop no feeling of self in the elemental world if he does not
    • oneself into other beings” must give way to the feeling of
    • of transformation with strengthened ego feeling were regulated in the
    • within with its heightened feeling of self. Yes, our consciousness
    • corresponding to the feelings of sympathy and antipathy must be
    • true. That is, only then are we capable not merely of feeling what
    • things are not so obliging that the ego feeling is provided for us as
    • have to will the feeling of ego; we have to find out what it means
    • and developed the strong feeling of will, “I will myself,”
    • there comes what may be called a terrible feeling of isolation, of
    • is through the demand of feeling forsaken that we are impelled to put
    • flowers. Whatever he can acquire of a strengthened ego-feeling
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling and willing of the physical plane and indeed, even
    • the thinking, feeling and willing related to it, there is simply
    • patiently, a feeling that can be described as a truly inward calmness
    • and feeling. We have to approach the spiritual world by realizing
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • feeling spread among the visionaries in the fortress — we must
    • person that a feeling element of soul rises up into his solitary
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • as the ideas and feelings we acquire there, are all images of what is
    • sense world the concepts, ideas and feelings we can carry fruitfully
    • feelings that will strengthen our soul and enable it to cross the
    • feelings and ideas for the realm of the spirit if we really wish to
    • everything on the physical plan that thinking, feeling and willing
    • developed in our soul. But neither the impressions nor the feeling,
    • this experience — feeling oneself in the astral body —
    • thought-being. If then we have a feeling of utter calmness in our
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling, and will, which we say are inside us, are now no
    • longer within us. The thinking, feeling, and will we have in the
    • further aware that what is called thinking, feeling and will is maya,
    • experienced the presence of all three, with thinking, feeling, and
    • self, you will also have a feeling that can be described like this:
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • enter those worlds with an intensified feeling of self. Then, on
    • consciousness of self; but in contrast, despite the strong feeling of
    • spiritual world is an awakening into a strengthened feeling of self.
    • spirit-land, unless we get the feeling — though a somewhat
    • feeling of responsibility.
    • everything connected with our feeling of responsibility, as are our
    • turning up on every side today and so little of the necessary feeling
    • the most satisfying addition to it, the feeling of responsibility
    • of a feeling of responsibility.
    • feeling of responsibility as a lovely echo on all sides. Many of
    • enthusiasm for our movement but also as a feeling of responsibility
    • time with a feeling of responsibility for it.
    • the world. Such a feeling brings us immediately together in the
    • feeling of responsibility. Joined together in this way, we are
  • Title: Lecture 1: On the Meaning of Life
    Matching lines:
    • something that is an impulse to feeling. These are the things which
    • feelings which formerly he did not know; that he has sympathies and
  • Title: Lecture 2: On the Meaning of Life
    Matching lines:
    • life.” In this way no real feeling, no idea could ever be
    • observed superficially gives us a feeling of sadness and of tragedy.
    • spiritual life when we simply surrender ourselves to this feeling of
    • would have the state of feeling which corresponds to this idea. With
    • the idea, a state of feeling would be evoked, and while forming the
    • with the world that these feelings possess him, enter into his life
    • feeling-substance,” but only the abstract idea. That
    • which lives in the “feeling-substance” unites with the
    • Within thy feeling cosmic forces play,
    • allows world-thoughts to speak through it, really lets world-feelings
    • not its own personal feelings inflame it and has really created these
    • feelings and thoughts from beings of cosmic or universal will.
    • different feeling of responsibility as regards what we do ourselves,
    • Within thy feeling cosmic forces play,
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, points of view and ideas relating to the structure of the
    • “immortal part.” Nevertheless, he had a feeling for the
    • education, to absorb along with Latin a whole host of feelings and
    • of the Romans, they developed such forceful perceptions and feelings
    • but we can still detect in Greek words a strong feeling remaining from
    • direct soul element, the kernel, the inner feeling that we sense in
    • body and lives on in feeling and sentiments. What we today call
    • rather many of the feelings we have acquired in our study of Roman
    • feelings.
    • certain feeling which still remains today, a feelings shared by those
    • feelings in the soul of which men are not always fully conscious. As I
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • soul world, in an everyday thinking, feeling and willing that would
    • “Without feeling the impulse of the will, I also don't know what
    • me. Without feeling the impulse of the will, I also don't know what I
    • has experienced again and again this feeling of being filled with
    • The feeling of being drawn in the other direction was given to the
    • and feeling. I think you will find them underlying all I have been
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • prefers his knowledge to give him nice pleasant feelings, but that is
    • terrible truths one can experience a kind of feeling of upliftment. As
    • This kind of murder engendered definite feelings in the initiate.
    • to you, imparted a definite direction to their feelings. When the
    • called ahrimanic in the fullest sense. Nevertheless, certain feelings
    • feeling the need to understand the individual character of those
    • as frequently has happened, clothed by many persons in such feelings,
    • head in our circle, enmity from out of the unintelligent feelings,
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • harmony with the materialistic feeling of the age. Man wanted to learn
    • modern way of feeling and thinking, as it has developed in the last
    • hidden feeling of the good in spiritual science has, however, been the
    • judge from the standpoint of human feeling and moral perception the
    • being. All those divisions upon which men build their feelings today
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • with disinterested, unselfish feelings but with hankerings and greed
    • would have filled the feelings of men in all their work and productive
    • intellect but they can also assume a form that is more akin to feeling
    • feeling, given us by the science of the spirit must help us to
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • what he regarded as the right impulses of culture, knowledge, feeling and
    • in this spot with all the feelings and sentiments that have arisen
    • mighty task was set, less to thought than to deep feeling, which aimed
    • feeling and experience of the Mystery of Golgotha and of all that is
    • his willing, feeling, thinking and sense perception. These, indeed,
    • and feeling to debase the Mystery of Golgotha. In the dream pictures
    • wonderful feeling of internationalism is poured out in Herman Grimm's
    • fragment, “The Mysteries,” the mood born of the feeling that
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • civilized humanity's present-day thinking and feeling, the social
    • many ideas, perceptions, feelings and will impulses; spiritual science
    • faculty lives that is transmitted to European thinking and feeling, so
    • might all the more obtain a feeling of the inner ego. This feeling has
    • happen; the feeling of the ego had at some time to be engendered in
    • sleep. Then we wake up refreshed with an inner feeling of reality. If
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture I: The Three Streams in the Life of Civilization. The Mysteries of Light, of Man, and of the Earth.
    Matching lines:
    • things, there is that feeling which I have often characterized as
    • away the dim feeling that in the life of thought there is something
    • In the East of Europe especially, there has always been a feeling for
    • better to mark their own feeling of relationship to him, they called
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture II: The Michael Path to Christ: A Christmas Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • be conscious when he raises his thoughts and feelings to the
    • “No” of David Friedrich Strauss, and the feeling often
    • that we must seek for feelings and ideas which have nothing to do with
    • human distinctions of any kind on the Earth. Such feelings and ideas
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture III: The Mystery of the Human Will
    Matching lines:
    • Although it might be said, with a certain amount of feeling or logic,
    • when in a dreaming state he experiences the nature of his Feelings,
    • awake in our life of feeling, and completely asleep in our Will. Let
    • when men are filled with personal ideas and feelings is indeed
    • the feeling that he admits all the objections that are brought against
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture IV: The Breaking-in of Spiritual Revelations Since the Last Third of the Nineteenth Century. Thoughts on New Years Eve.
    Matching lines:
    • which condensed into religious feeling and religious veneration
    • Spiritual Science. It is especially needful to have this feeling at
    • feeling is seeking to assume new life. Groping attempts are numerous.
    • is to safeguard the elementary feeling of piety of which I have
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture V: The Dogma of Revelation and the Dogma of Experience. The Spiritual Mark of the Present Time. A New Year Contemplation.
    Matching lines:
    • the innermost heart-forces of those who are still capable of feeling
    • really acquire the feeling that where there is only a flow of words
    • in the growing human being. But in this domain our feelings are to be
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge and Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • that work in the soul, viz., thinking, feeling, and willing. We know
    • Next, as to the feeling life. The feelings are perhaps even more
    • the feelings of our soul-life are far less clear and filled with light
    • into our feelings and bring them into a certain clarity, but our
    • feelings seem to surge up from the unknown depths of our life. They do
    • observation of our ordinary life about thinking, feeling and willing,
    • life of will itself, and yet we find that thinking, feeling and
    • pole, the life of will — for the feeling life stands midway
    • hand and willing on the other, with feeling as it were between the
    • all those qualities of feeling and of thought, of inner life and
  • Title: Lecture: Cognition of the Christ Through Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • heart and mind (Gemüt), for man has the feeling that his ego works too
    • initiation, and to experience this deeply disquieting feeling when the
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • a way as to give them that singular feeling we express by the phrase:
    • develop who would be conscious of the feeling of freedom. The
    • should evoke deep down in his heart the feeling that his
    • elation and joy in nature, all that rises in us as a feeling of
    • this should be attuned to the feeling of relationship between our
    • That was the feeling still cherished by many of the most enlightened
    • strong in man that the matter of directing his feelings upward and
    • feelings, he may glimpse the image of the Dragon, and on the other
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, and acting.
    • freedom, the feeling of freedom, in order to arrive at full
    • you know, thinking, feeling, and willing from one another; and
    • especially in connection with feeling we speak of the human
    • the warmth and enthusiasm of feeling. We can call a man
    • without really feeling that a life of such matter-of-fact behavior
    • accepted, they produce less feeling in him than would an electrifying
    • Gemüt a feeling of what Michael really expects of us.
    • feeling for the spell-bound elemental spirituality in all this budding
    • life. He will acquire a feeling, a Gemüt content, telling
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • feeling connected with them, at least as regards their material life
    • have become very dim. Human feeling for the traditional festivals has
    • first create a feeling for what it might signify; for by no means must
    • being, are all the feelings and conceptions of the extraterrestrial
    • conscious feeling for the processes in the liver, kidneys, spleen,
    • being, appealing in the main to the capacity for feeling. And just as
    • develop his capacity for feeling into an organ capable of gleaning
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • astonishingly obtuse in the matter of a feeling for reality. People
    • feeling, into sensibility, in him who envisions it. As he feelingly
    • the festival intended to induce a feeling in man that he belongs not
    • gradually acquired the sensitive feeling for nature just described
    • and the bearing fruit, man develops this delicate feeling for nature
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • The Experience of Feeling
    • become acquainted with this feeling of living in thoughts.
    • thinking. You will find therefore a fundamental tone or feeling in this
    • entirely different happens. He has the feeling, quite a right
    • feeling, that with his thinking, which is not confined to any one
    • finally acquire the feeling of becoming free from himself, of getting
    • our feeling of life is intensified while giving ourselves up to our
    • gradually see the dawn in a new way; you may have a new feeling on
    • meaning with this prophetic force, so that you get a feeling, which
    • it is a quality of my own inner feeling. I myself at this moment am
    • as a living feeling, — then you will also feel as if you
    • If you develop this feeling which, as we have said, does
    • transparent. When a man has once attained this feeling of traveling
    • Let us now consider the two stages of feeling which I
    • have described. Let us take the first feeling which can be brought
    • of thinking carries him far, and the feeling of being in a confined
    • man, this feeling of streaming in from space must be there.
    • feeling for such things this was especially felt. You will never
    • this feeling for it, for the Greeks created under the inspiration of
    • such feelings.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • body, is but a kind of shadowy picture, but on the soul's feeling and
    • period after death, a man's whole feeling and perception is
    • silence. They can sit together for whole evenings without feeling
    • the body, and producing a kind of inner feeling of the muscles (when
    • rising mist melancholy feelings are aroused in man, it is now that
    • his thoughts and at the same time to a certain extent his feelings
    • himself to the feeling that his thinking is like a breathing in
    • feeling for what lies on the other side of the Threshold, for that
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • go to sleep.” It is perhaps the most beautiful of all feeling
    • feeling; and the rose-bush absorbs into its own being while we are
    • get a very impressive feeling if you take up the
    • does not become so severe as to produce a frosty feeling the head
    • There is a possibility of feeling as a reality the words
    • That is the feeling of the winter-will; but man can also
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture IV: The Ephesian Mysteries of Artemis
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that just as we live imaginatively into the crystal covering
    • it in the Feeling-Soul.
    • But the first feeling of which I am speaking may be
    • which comes over from former earthly lives. Anyone who has a feeling
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • that he might be prepared for independent feeling during his earth
    • In like manner, through this second creation feeling
    • him as an earthly human being with willing, feeling and thinking.
    • For that which man is today as a thinking, feeling and
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • content of feeling.
    • feeling of that which rises is predominant while in the words “I
    • am not” the feeling of that which descends prevails.
    • closely to the intimate inner feeling and personal experiences of the
    • downwards of the word towards feeling. Thus in man's speech thought
    • and feeling weave, in that by this living wave-movement of speech the
    • this: Something very wonderful comes before us if, with a feeling for
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VII: The Mysteries of Hibernia
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that that which we can clamp into words is something no
    • most natural and simple way they developed feelings which ordinary
    • wholly under the influence of these rays. And the feeling came to him
    • was brought to have the feeling that he could not overcome these
    • feeling: Many say to me here in the physical world, ‘You must
    • feeling: One must struggle through to the inner joyful fullness of
    • longed for as truth. The pupils had indeed the feeling that on that
    • disappointments in the physical world. But there were also feelings
    • feeling and the other. The pupil was, so to speak, tested in the
    • filled one might say with this feeling of radiating fear: What man
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • his skin. Here especially when he experienced his sense of feeling,
    • feeling that the earth-ego must be conquered, there arose in him
    • first, which arose out of a numbness, he had clearly the feeling that
    • self-possession and feeling of kinship in his innermost human nature,
    • always have an inner clear knowledge according to the feeling which
    • progress of his post-earthly life. And when he made the feeling of
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • tract, or in the sensation of feeling, etc., when he thus became
    • in the man the foolishness is evident of feeling ourselves limited by
    • living way than today. It may be compared with the way that a feeling
    • sun becomes uncomfortable to your inner feeling; but if you expose
    • pressure, as if he were pressed together by the feeling of his own
    • of a man today, we could compare it with the feeling that he could
    • room, you do not always have the feeling: here in this room something
    • cold; you freeze, your body freezes; but you have not the feeling:
    • feeling of pressure, resulted as a matter of course. All that he felt
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture X: The Chthonic and the Eleusinian Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • the Eleusinian Mysteries, in his inner being, a feeling of being one
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XI: The Secret of Plants, of Metals, and of Men
    Matching lines:
    • is able to absorb them into his feeling, will be able to sense, even
    • upon his soul two polarically opposite feelings. The pupil who sought
    • When, with this inner feeling for the contrast between
    • the warm air and the damp cold, when, armed with this feeling he
    • these deepened feelings of which I have just spoken looked at the
    • connection. When he had developed such an intensified life of feeling
    • revealed the secret of the planets. Man's feelings were not then so
    • a feeling, a mood, as if the whole pre-earthly period of the earth
    • thyself as part of that.” Through this feeling he came
    • The Greeks had a fine feeling for these external differences of man.
    • feelings stimulated in him for the perception of the elements of warm
    • The pupil observed man in such a way that the feeling
    • nature a fine power of feeling for four qualities; in experiencing
    • the warm air the feeling for warmth was developed in him, and at the
    • same time a feeling for the element of air and its relation to
    • warmth. Out of the coldness there developed the feeling for the
    • of feeling he stood with the whole of his being in what the world
    • permeated with what came through such a power of feeling, he
    • and damp, but that, to him, was only one half of a world-feeling.
    • he had learnt to distinguish the feeling of dryness, of warm dryness,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XII: The Mysteries of the Samothracian Kabiri
    Matching lines:
    • of the instruction he had gone through, he had this feeling: “Now
    • can realize all these things vividly in his feeling. In the
    • feeling, of contacting the Gods. The most marvelous thing is really
    • know the different feeling in our finger-tips when they are
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XIII: Transition from the Spirit of the Ancient Mysteries to the Spirit of the Mysteries of the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • reference to their effect on the life of feeling. There was much of
    • furnishes quite another feeling. at the starting point of the path
    • in a dead way that which exists in man in a living and feeling way.
    • and of man. Then they had the feelings: “These things of
    • These medieval investigators had the feeling: “I have
    • was the feeling.
    • tragic feeling to be found in these medieval investigators of nature.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XIV: Human Soul-Strivings During the Middle Ages the Rosicrucian Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • note predominates. The peculiar trait is the feeling which existed in
    • knowledge which came from their inner feeling, a cognition acquired
    • with heart and feeling.
    • prepared in his soul to observe the solar orb with the right feeling,
    • the right mood of soul. He had to make, his feeling so receptive, so
    • but they are not prepared in their feeling to receive this impression
    • get into touch. That was the feeling of these medieval alchemists and
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • in the domain of modern medicine there may be a feeling that
    • which most cures are based. There is a certain feeling that it
    • feeling, there is already a hitch, and that is why he does not
    • speak of feelings as independent entities but only of mental
    • images colored with feeling. And modern physiologists no longer
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • not toward the life of feeling but toward the ego, are
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, indeed for the whole life of the human organism. In
    • the life of will, feeling, and thought. The nerve-sense life is
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture I: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • alone cannot satisfy certain demands of human feeling; it is also unable
    • everywhere one must be able to find the thought-form, the feeling-form,
    • feeling, a definite kind of thinking. In social interchange we have
    • out of himself, shapes his willing, feeling, and thinking to a certain
    • through feeling. Such a human organism would appear to be burdened
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture II: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • and feeling activity; the breakdown would have to be prevented. This
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture III: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • being: in forming mental images, in feeling, and in will impulses.
    • connected primarily with the feeling and willing systems also take
    • will become clear that man's feeling is not connected in a primary way
    • the rhythmic system corresponds to feeling. Only through the
    • the carrier of the conceptual life. Then, if we raise our feelings to
    • mental images, the dull, dreamlike life of feelings is perceived and
    • pictured by us in an inner way. Just as the life of feeling is
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • I think that in the domain of modern medicine there may be a feeling
    • which most cures are based. There is a certain feeling that it must
    • he does not speak of feelings as independent entities, but only
    • of mental conceptions coloured with feeling. And of the will,
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • feeling but towards the Ego-activities, are connected with the
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • the bearer of feeling and finally to a condition which can be the
    • into the astral organism (the bearer of feeling), we are describing a
    • blood corpuscles must mean for the whole life of feeling and
    • life of volition, feeling and thought. The life of nerves and senses
    • who have no feeling for this artistry in Nature — an artistry
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture I: The Social Question as a Cultural Question, a Question of Equity, and a Question of Economics
    Matching lines:
    • large-hearted, benevolent, humanitarian, with fraternal feelings
    • social ideals born of feeling, sentiment and modern learning which
    • modern working-men and knows the direction taken by social feelings
    • With a deep feeling
    • and it has acted like a suggestion on the thoughts, feelings, also on
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture II: The Organization of a Practical Economic Life on the Associative Basis
    Matching lines:
    • consequence of a feeling for what is appropriate to the life of
    • impossible to call up by enchantment real ideas and feelings from
    • people away from that feeling for truth. Hence, one finds over and
    • feeling for the truth, to understand what is the aim of such an
    • blind following, a terrible feeling of subjection to authority in
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture III: The Task and Limitations of of Democracy, Public and Criminal Law
    Matching lines:
    • and their feelings towards others in a social or unsocial manner.
    • the origin of rights? What is the origin of that feeling which
    • beings in social life, questions affecting the feelings, and relating
    • must be continually fired and filled with enthusiasm, by feeling; but
    • feeling alone is powerless, if the fundamental imagination is absent.
    • element of human life, and that is the life of feeling. If we put
    • in accordance with their capacities, their feelings, and their needs,
    • aims, it very characteristically omits the life of feeling
    • altogether. And to omit feeling in the study of human nature is to
    • community of human beings in accordance with the feelings which have
    • And because of the omission of this vital element of feeling in the
    • interchange of human feelings in public life the desire for law is
    • kindled. We cannot say that the feeling for justice suddenly awakens
    • may say that the feelings which human beings mutually develop in
    • whatever to do with that feeling for justice which exists between one
    • beings might find themselves, through their feelings, in
    • country we can still find this feeling of a man towards his work.
    • workshop the feelings which he entertains for his fellow-men, that
    • when he leaves his workshop he finds the same feelings, that he has a
    • feeling must arise within us that the horizon of human beings must be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture IV: Cultural Questions, Spiritual Science, Art, Science, Religion
    Matching lines:
    • feeling of humanity itself. Such a transformation is the aim of
    • when we see them, we at once have the feeling of something artistic.
    • feelings, a mere reflection of the outer world, we find there
    • agitators. We find faint indications of a feeling that none of the
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture V: The Cooperation of the Spiritual, Political and Economic Departments of Life
    Matching lines:
    • appeal to the understanding and to feelings; it is there to play a
    • monopolies; what matters are the feelings which prompt such
    • proposes to call forth an ethical mode of thought and feeling by
    • have a feeling for such legislation. It is a clear case of the
    • intentions, in their feelings, and in their thoughts, a complete
    • spirit, and provides understanding in regard to the feeling and will
    • intentions, from a feeling prompted by true ethics, he says:
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture VI: National and International Life in the Threefold Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • — that international feeling, international understanding had
    • feeling, this international understanding led? It has led to the fact
    • believe that it is possible to ennoble the feeling of egoism; and,
    • call forth in him a feeling of inner well-being, of inner bliss, even
    • feeling they cannot be appraised otherwise than as egoism.
    • art, viewed subjectively, reposes on a feeling of inward
    • internationalism. We become national, because the feeling of
    • comparable to the feeling we acquire when we contemplate the beauties
    • different peoples in their various countries, does our feeling grow
    • human ideals and the feelings of the human soul have not kept pace
    • the feelings arising out of the egoism of the community. Even in the
    • only the feelings of the people in some of the belligerent states
    • international feeling existing in the countries at war been realized,
    • perception. We must have the instinct, the feeling, which will enable
    • composition of the sentences, calculated to call forth feelings of he
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • feeling in mankind which, pictorially stated, might be thus expressed:
    • of man — the feeling that each must have his influence in
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • thinking. It is a thinking based on resentment, on feeling. People
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • too low (for one can have a feeling of these things) —
    • far as they arise out of sentiments and feelings. Sentiments and
    • feelings are always in some way right; but we can never correct what
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • such a driving force. You need but consider that the mood or feeling
    • immediate feeling that he can still afford to give so and so much more
    • feeling-experience. Now even in the most complicated economic process,
    • this feeling-experience is not to be eliminated. That is thinking in
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • economic insight, for in most cases the feeling for liberty is too
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • therefore go away from these lectures with the feeling that various
    • rather glad if you do have this feeling, provided it is combined with
    • living thing, this feeling is indeed inevitable. Life will not endure
    • being. You have a general feeling that he will prove a very able man
  • Title: Lecture II: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual life. A feeling for the need to get back to a spiritual
    • feeling of discrimination even in the realm of earthly speech,
    • into their feeling-content. It is as I was saying in the educational
    • world of feeling. Helen Keller for example has quite a different
    • world of feeling and ideation than other people; she is only able to
  • Title: Lecture III: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • accompanied by a more or less intense feeling of anxiety, —
    • give rise to the feeling of anxiety and apprehension of which I have
    • And then another feeling begins to arise in the soul. Out of this
    • first experience, where we are anxious and apprehensive, feeling
    • into which we come after falling asleep. Two fundamental feelings
    • again a feeling of anxiety comes over man. He feels: What if I lose
    • back upon thoughts and feelings and impulses of will that he has
    • in the feelings.
    • entire man, we may experience in sleep the kind of feeling to which
    • in their language all convey the feeling of movement, they are
    • it is surely time we got beyond feeling puzzled and embarrassed
    • wanted in this way to draw your attention to the feeling and impulse
  • Title: Lecture IV: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • feeling himself in the midst of a vast and vague unknown is at first
    • Nature; but we cannot help feeling that we have in us something more
    • religious feeling and our moral feeling, we leave them behind with
    • feeling, his moral sensibility enters so deeply into his soul that he
    • feeling. It is hardly possible for the man of today to be an
    • body, he brought with him a strong feeling of belonging to his group.
    • feeling of belonging to the life that is beyond the Earth. He knew
    • feeling it as something external to themselves, rather as we feel the
    • clothes that we wear. We have quite lost this feeling. We no longer
    • body. Instead of feeling his body merely as a garment for his
    • we have our physical diet, and we must regain a feeling for the
    • lived his former life on Earth, a human soul may have the feeling,
  • Title: Lecture VI: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • feelings are left behind in sleep in the physical and ether-body?
    • being on the Earth, you may now be feeling: Today, alas, after his
    • spheres of Moon and Saturn, feeling within himself the Planetary
    • of Nazareth. By turning now in heart and mind and feeling to the
    • superficial as we have been in our feelings and in our sympathies and
    • left behind, feeling that we belong to what has fallen from us, yet
    • human feeling, — it will be present in the form of true
    • more clever in our head, and the appropriate feelings, springing from
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual life. A feeling for the need to get back to a spiritual
    • feeling of discrimination even in the realm of earthly speech,
    • into their feeling-content. It is as I was saying in the educational
    • world of feeling. Helen Keller for example has quite a different
    • world of feeling and ideation than other people; she is only able to
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • accompanied by a more or less intense feeling of anxiety, —
    • give rise to the feeling of anxiety and apprehension of which I have
    • And then another feeling begins to arise in the soul. Out of this
    • first experience, where we are anxious and apprehensive, feeling
    • into which we come after falling asleep. Two fundamental feelings
    • again a feeling of anxiety comes over man. He feels: What if I lose
    • back upon thoughts and feelings and impulses of will that he has
    • in the feelings.
    • entire man, we may experience in sleep the kind of feeling to which
    • in their language all convey the feeling of movement, they are
    • it is surely time we got beyond feeling puzzled and embarrassed
    • wanted in this way to draw your attention to the feeling and impulse
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • feeling himself in the midst of a vast and vague unknown is at first
    • Nature; but we cannot help feeling that we have in us something more
    • religious feeling and our moral feeling, we leave them behind with
    • feeling, his moral sensibility enters so deeply into his soul that he
    • feeling. It is hardly possible for the man of today to be an
    • body, he brought with him a strong feeling of belonging to his group.
    • feeling of belonging to the life that is beyond the Earth. He knew
    • feeling it as something external to themselves, rather as we feel the
    • clothes that we wear. We have quite lost this feeling. We no longer
    • body. Instead of feeling his body merely as a garment for his
    • we have our physical diet, and we must regain a feeling for the
    • lived his former life on Earth, a human soul may have the feeling,
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • feelings are left behind in sleep in the physical and ether-body?
    • being on the Earth, you may now be feeling: Today, alas, after his
    • spheres of Moon and Saturn, feeling within himself the Planetary
    • of Nazareth. By turning now in heart and mind and feeling to the
    • superficial as we have been in our feelings and in our sympathies and
    • left behind, feeling that we belong to what has fallen from us, yet
    • human feeling, — it will be present in the form of true
    • more clever in our head, and the appropriate feelings, springing from
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture I: The Event of the Appearance of Christ in the Etheric World
    Matching lines:
    • sensation, feeling (Gemuet), and character, in short, questions of
    • impulses in us, forces of feeling (Gemuet) and mind. This they do
    • the principle ideas and feelings for the earth-will. This, in turn,
    • they naturally had entirely different feelings and sensations. You
    • beings. The I had to make itself capable of inwardly feeling, of
    • of having I-consciousness and at the same time the feeling of living
    • be remolded in our souls into traits of feeling (Gemuet) and
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture II: Spiritual Science as Preparation for a New Etheric Vision
    Matching lines:
    • really consist in a certain state of feeling and sensation in our
    • feeling within our souls. There are certain things that should be
    • in our souls into warmth of feeling, into the light that shines forth
    • their feeling of self, their feeling for the I, their
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture III: Buddhism and Pauline Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, and willing in our time.
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture IV: Mysteries of the Universe: Comets and the Moon
    Matching lines:
    • expanse of the heavens, it is a feeling of sublimity that first flows
    • upon us. This feeling of sublimity will be stronger in one person,
    • direct feeling of sublimity and grandeur might disappear if he wishes
    • We are justified in feeling that understanding and comprehension in
    • this sphere cannot injure the direct feeling that arises in us. Just
    • our feelings and experiences if only we have a healthy understanding
    • regarding these sublime cosmic facts, his life of feeling will not
    • limbs. Head and limbs give a clairvoyant the feeling that they are
    • however, clairvoyant consciousness has the feeling that it is untrue
    • how it surpasses all general feelings of sublimity — to
    • more out of passion, out of feeling, is related to the dry,
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture V: The Reappearance of Christ in the Etheric
    Matching lines:
    • feeling of human beings to pass themselves off as the Christ. There
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VI: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • The next member is the rational or feeling soul (Verstandes —
    • awakens only in the rational or feeling soul. If we slumber with our
    • developed himself in his rational or feeling soul, however, he can
    • in earlier realms. It is only the rational or feeling soul that can
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VII: The Return of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • that arises from the spiritual world.” This feeling, however,
    • debasing human feeling in such a way, to raise it up to the spiritual
    • allow to flow into our feeling and will.
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VIII: The Etheric Vision of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • Clothing arose from an exalted feeling for this fact. The ancient
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture IX: The Etherization of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • and a life of feeling. Feelings fall into two categories: those of
    • mental pictures and the astral world, so now in relation to feeling I
    • as feelings of sympathy or antipathy for what is beautiful or ugly,
    • feelings that live within us and lead us to say that human life
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture X: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 1
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, and willing — this knowledge was always there. This
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XI: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 2
    Matching lines:
    • to instill into the human being at least an experience, a feeling,
    • mysteries of human evolution. Only the monotheistic feeling has
    • that lives in the human soul, the life of thinking, life of feeling,
    • influence our life of thinking, our life of feeling, and our life of
    • thinking, life of feeling, and life of willing (see drawing, T, F, W),
    • the life of feeling leads into another world (W2), and the life of
    • develop but instead special qualities of the feeling (Gemuet) soul.
    • freedom of human feeling (Gemuet) that the antagonist conspires, the
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XII: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 3
    Matching lines:
    • is in itself religion. Here it is not a matter of the feeling and
    • cosmic feeling for life.”
    • break in and take hold of human feeling (Gemuet) if what is bound up
    • feelings” than to enter seriously into the things that are
    • feeling” and of entering some sort of “surging waves,”
    • washed-out way “cosmic feeling” by Professor, Doctor of
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XIII: The Three Realms of the Dead: Life Between Death and a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • human being on earth, he must have the feeling that, if he breaks
    • there; it is permeated there by elements of feeling and by yet
    • that we experience here as will impulses and also as feeling
    • consciousness only exists in this perception and thinking. Feelings
    • knows his thoughts. There is also the rule of the feelings; although
    • dreams. Passions, emotions, feelings are in truth only dreamt; they
    • plant world as the dead are to our feelings, emotions, and will
    • realm. While here we unfold our feelings and sensations in human
    • as feelings and will impulses.
    • goes on in the realm of human feeling and human will. In these realms
    • at all in our life of feeling or of will. What is removed from our
    • that in their impulses of feeling and will they are one with the
    • from this experience after death; feelings are aroused at all times,
    • among themselves through their feelings and their will happens merely
    • within feeling and willing.
    • feeling (Gemuet), it will be less and less possible for the spiritual
    • Into the feelings and into the will impulses through which destiny
    • will and feeling. The dead are active, but they also experience
    • use of his eyes and yet also feeling himself to be woven right into
    • true reality in the feeling and will impulses. Human beings have
  • Title: The Earth As Being with Life, Soul, and Spirit: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • the earth. Then the soul has the definite feeling that the earth is
    • to find its place in feeling within the spirit of this universe.
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture I: Research into the Life of the Spirit During the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • being felt itself warm in soul, the feeling would be actually the
    • feeling you have when you are in a well-warmed room.
    • look at the blue-violet you have the feeling: there all is courage
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture II: Hidden Centres of the Mysteries in the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • event. He met an older man of whom he at once had the feeling: He
    • cannot help feeling how it reveals itself in these.
    • conditions for using your senses and your feeling and your
    • heights and the feeling of the depths. Further instruction was then
    • intuitive feeling. He did however get so far as to follow the inner
    • Ram with Saturn. And then you have from out of the Cosmos the feeling
    • experiences a feeling and impulse to draw lines in the figures —
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture III: The Time of Transition
    Matching lines:
    • my dear friends, what strange feelings must gradually have come over
    • you will have the feeling: This is surely almost the very same
    • those who were with him in the spiritual world; the mood and feeling
    • not your feeling alone that is the cause why you give me your hand,
    • these expressions of feeling in connection with the figures, one
    • in one's soul, but with the feeling: I have received a
    • man through feeling. We cannot quite say, without words, but we can
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture IV: The Relationship of Earthly Man to the Sun
    Matching lines:
    • still a feeling for this. It was known that the task had once been
    • in mind, we can enter with feeling and understanding into how this
    • depth of feeling. They are filled with the sense that men have
    • as it were with this feeling, with this deep understanding.
    • feeling as though — if again I may be allowed to express myself
    • moment; or else he had a feeling such as Alexander expressed when
    • all the bones of my head! It is the feeling of something external.
    • shows itself in the feeling of man from the fifteenth to the
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture V: Occult Schools in the 18th and First Half of the 19th Century
    Matching lines:
    • some feeling for these things if you will bring what I am saying into
    • means of the inner knowledge and feeling of his skeleton. A man does
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture VI: The Tasks of the Michael Age
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that the astral light only reflected the Gods to him under
    • are the feelings of nationality. They flared up in the nineteenth
    • feeling for the beauty of language. Precisely when we no longer think
    • in language, we begin to feel it. As a true element of feeling, it
    • certain moods and feelings were spread. We find them everywhere,
    • feelings of soul, men came to regard the whole of this modern
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas III: The Michael Inspiration
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling, willing. I am speaking of spiritual signposts. Such
    • riddle, and it calls forth in man the feeling that he should be guided
    • world during the height of summer with a sort of tasting-feeling
    • up. Anyone who has the faculty for beholding and feeling such things
    • When one feels all this in full earnestness, then from this feeling
    • things as this — when its feeling turns inwardly towards its own
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas IV: A Michael Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • he had the feeling that the astral light only reflected the gods to
    • Hierarchy of Archangeloi give us the feeling that from them come the
    • are the feelings of nationality. They flared up in the nineteenth
    • feeling for the beauty of language. Precisely when we no longer
    • have it streaming in us and out from us as an element of feeling.
    • moods and feelings were spread. We find them everywhere, wherever the
    • grotesque forms. For instance, out of such moods and feelings of
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas Va: The Michael Impulse and the Mystery of Golgotha (Part I)
    Matching lines:
    • Science means fundamentally nothing else than to have a true feeling
    • of them. We must receive this into our souls as a feeling, as an
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas Vb: The Michael Impulse and the Mystery of Golgotha (Part II)
    Matching lines:
    • In times when men stood nearer to the spiritual, they had a feeling of
    • allow it to work upon us, can call forth a deep feeling in our souls.
    • feeling and experience. The full understanding of what I have now
    • feeling. As formerly man could speak of Jahve-Michael, the Leader of
    • into feeling and experience what has been expressed in words and
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas VII: The Creation of A Michael Festival Out Of The Spirit (Extract)
    Matching lines:
    • in his feelings while he is alive, this will also enable him to pass
    • the spring we acquire the real Easter feeling in seeing how the plants
    • death, so we are able to acquire another feeling when we have lived
    • — a festival that brings with it once more a feeling of
    • found only in the spiritual world, something which can kindle feelings
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas VIII: The Michael Path to the Christ (Extract)
    Matching lines:
    • that we must seek for feelings and ideas which have nothing to do with
    • human distinctions of any kind on the Earth. Such feelings and ideas
  • Title: Poetry/Fairy Tales: Lecture 1: The Poetry of Fairy Tales
    Matching lines:
    • try to get a feeling for it, however, we can find that what a fairy
    • feeling of utter helplessness in the face of the eternal opposition
    • feeling that I am going to describe, which today we arrive at only in
    • child's feeling-life. A child will grieve for his soul-comrade and if
    • other work of art gives us the feeling of utmost inner joy as the
    • abstract way, a certain feeling comes over me when I look at the evolution
    • of the world, a feeling that is twin-brother to the one I get from immersing
    • feeling completely inadequate in the face of the powers of nature;
    • you have a feeling like this, you will understand why there are so
    • fairy tales belong to our innermost feeling and emotional life and to
    • simplest manner of expression. One has the feeling that in the
  • Title: Lecture: Festivals and The Mysteries. The Adonis Mystery. The Easter Thought
    Matching lines:
    • connected on the one hand with the deepest and most intimate feelings
    • They fell into a solemn, earnest mood. This was the feeling they first
    • this very feeling of the transitoriness of Nature had to be
    • transformed by the soul into a feeling of the super-sensible
  • Title: Lecture: Moon-birth and Sun-birth. Necessity and Freedom. Stages of the Ancient
    Matching lines:
    • of Feeling, and in the third chamber the life of Willing. Moreover in
    • discovering how man is organised in his organs of Thinking, Feeling
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries of Ephesus The Aristotelian Categories
    Matching lines:
    • the image of the Goddess they had a feeling, a sensation which grew
    • the far-spread ether of the world. And there was a feeling deeply akin
    • to the springing and sprouting of life, a feeling that was wafted
    • And in this feeling of the J O A one felt oneself as the very
    • Here man is feeling himself within the power of the Moonlight.
    • time. For to permeate ourselves with this sacred, solemn feeling which
    • Let us receive this as an Easter thought and as an Easter feeling into
    • Gathering feelings that will give us courage and strength to work when
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture I: A Convulsive Element in Humanity in the Nineteenth Century
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual life, too, of a feeling that a crucial point had been
    • and minds of some men there was a feeling that significant things
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture II: Ancient Occult Magic. The Ahasver Mystery.
    Matching lines:
    • preserve in their souls nothing but feelings of the Past —
    • sacred though these feelings may be and connected with the events
    • centred in the Mystery of Golgotha. Such feelings will enable these
    • feelings tied to remembrances, can lead mankind to future well-being.
    • permeated with the right feeling and attitude. For example, much
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture III: The Tragic Wrestling with Knowledge. The Secrets of the Future Sixth Cultural Period.
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge. The feeling that knowledge of the spiritual worlds is
    • own individual forces of thinking and feeling. But this is not to
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • of the human being, it becomes clear that our way of feeling about the
    • Graeco-Latin period, people's feelings and indeed their will-impulses
    • feelings and sensations he followed this event. The attachment to the
    • imagine that the feeling for such a thing arose only gradually. To be
    • than those living apart. But the concept of a people, the feeling of
    • different prevailed. People had a very vivid feeling for the succession
    • ancient times the capacity for feeling oneself within the generations
    • him prestige. (Of course, the feeling was not expressed in words.) A
    • birth, could put it on; and it is this feeling that gives to Greek art,
    • our feeling for it is dull. We have no more than a shadowlike sensation
    • feelings, will impulses. Today we are uncertain what to do with thoughts,
    • feelings and will impulses. It is as though, in spite of pockets, all
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • feeling about man and his relation to the universe found expression
    • people's feelings, their unconscious sensations, were spiritual.
    • Today we clothe these feelings in well-defined words which convey, not
    • feelings and intuitions which people had out of the spiritual world.
    • the feelings which lived in the original builders when they asked: Dear
    • the feeling that man wants to wear it because of the way he lived in
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • do not believe me so fantastic as to object to a feeling for space;
    • to all pre-Renaissance painters: a feeling for color-perspective. Only
    • feelings have no relation to the three space-dimensions; only our will.
    • By their very nature, feelings are bound within two dimensions. That is
    • feeling for its own particular medium. Actually a thorough-going naturalism
    • of the earth with his middle nature, his feeling nature.
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • HE LAST two lectures concentrated on artistic feeling and creation. I
    • man draws closer to the spiritual element in thought, feeling and will.
    • consider this feeling I have just described in respect to cognition.
    • feelings and will, a certain inner steadiness. That is why entering
    • working. He took up what was robustly earthly without feeling any necessity
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • became aware of his feeling, it was not the abstract feeling of which
    • we speak today in our abstract time, but rather the concrete feeling
    • their constellations, with his feelings he lived within the sphere of
    • as thought impulses penetrate into him from the fixed stars, and feeling
    • beings, feeling transported into the Zodiac, incorporated into themselves
    • which is what must happen if art wants to be art. Today our feeling
    • of your canvas, bestow eternity, arouse feelings which transcend the
    • another feeling lived in those ages. People spoke of the Soma drink,
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • look at the Apostles below: one has a feeling that in this “Ascension
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • artistic feeling and creating.
    • are coffins in which genuine artistic feeling, living
    • given wings by artistic feeling.
    • I may use that odd expression) as a result of feeling the forms out
    • mine not abstract but imbued with the feelings embodied in the building's
    • form itself artistically. This is necessarily accompanied by a feeling
    • retains nothing of this. But in unconscious feeling, especially when
    • in ages with more artistic feeling than ours, say the Italian Renaissance,
    • comprehension of world and man passes over into artistic feeling and
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • this closed circle of colors, our feeling will tell us of the need to
    • but aesthetic feeling. The arts must be recognized artistically. For
    • with unbiased artistic feeling, we feel no urge to see them with well-defined
    • form a world in themselves and we understand them with our feelings
    • world of color, through learning to live with the colors, feeling what
    • If we wish to depict the feeling soul, we can express this reality with
    • Above everything else, an artist, any artist, must develop a feeling
    • any art we must not theorize but (I repeat) abide, feelingly, within
    • physics, we must kill our feeling and use only intellect. In art, however,
    • days music gave him a feeling of being lifted out of the body. Though
    • Even so, in perceiving and emphasizing the fifth, a feeling of liberating
    • be grasped theoretically; we must grasp it with feeling and will. Only
    • had real artistic feeling, wrote his
    • human element. Quite a different urge and artistic feeling held sway
    • Frau Dr. Steiner has given years to it. When we return to artistic feeling
    • this work. It is not always noticed, but a fine artistic feeling can
    • I wish to describe feelings which anthroposophists can kindle for the
    • world of art. Only so shall we develop a true artistic feeling for
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and experience of how mankind is evolving in civilisation and
    • to such things as thinking, feeling and willing we find no reality in
    • feeling and willing, but there is no conception of what takes place
    • psychologists have to say about thinking, feeling and willing is in
    • thinking, feeling and willing are mere words which are uttered
    • feeling for the fact that the soul too must grow! If I furnish a
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • does. Each of our teachers has the feeling that it is not only a
    • the plan of work. This is the feeling I have when I go into the
    • feeling for the world is “animism,” that is, they treat
    • feel and live as if they were people, thinking, feeling and speaking
    • stories in which everything is endowed with feeling. The child
    • this task the teacher must have an artistic feeling in his soul, he
    • is telling fairy tales, stories or legends full of feeling. It very
    • has a most sensitive feeling for whether the teacher is governed by
    • feeling: this is true because you hold it to be true, this is
    • between the ninth and tenth year this feeling arises instinctively in
    • avert this danger and preserve the feeling for authority in the
    • authority by the warmth of feeling with which you deal with these
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that the outside world is simply a continuation of his own
    • earth, and to give the child a clear feeling that the earth is a
    • knowledge but of giving them also the right feelings about it. You
    • series of feelings which the child experiences when he descends from
    • give the child a very beautiful and delicate feeling. For as I have
    • right feeling. This alone can lead him to a really human feeling
    • must be brought to him through the feelings in an artistic way, for
    • animal qualities, all feeling of form which is stamped into the
    • have a feeling for the things that work in evolution out of the
    • depths of the course of time, a feeling of what throws the waves up,
    • as it were. But he can only get that feeling if you postpone the
    • works. A man's conscious intelligence, feeling and will are all only
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • metamorphosis cf simple figures, to give children feeling of form and
    • of course only possible if the feelings and ideas one awakens are not
    • a feeling for the inward life of the soul. A teacher or educator must
    • feelings within him. Nothing is more useful and fruitful in teaching
    • feeling.
    • out of the solving of these riddles there will grow the feelings
    • contrasting feelings which are rooted in the human soul. And even
    • presented to us wrongly. This cleavage in the feeling life, which may
    • story can be used to show how the child develops religious feelings
    • and one must develop true religious feeling by finding in oneself
    • this figure; he will really get the feeling that the figure is not
    • feeling for form which will help him to experience symmetry and
    • feeling for the inner laws governing this
    • the way to inculcate in the child a real feeling for form, harmony,
    • feeling for it, that next to this red surface a green surface would
    • will gradually lead to a feeling for the harmony of colours. The
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • body, thinking is also done by the body, and feeling too is done with
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • as little translation as possible. Vowels are expression of feeling,
    • of feeling, Eurythmy will develop naturally, expressing inner and outer
    • you get the feeling that you could not change round left and right
    • body. You also get the feeling that the lung has its right place in
    • should have the very finest feeling for it; only then will one be
    • You must have a feeling that the child is a musical instrument while
    • teaching singing or music with the clear feeling: every child is a
    • course have to experience it with the feeling of knowledge, not with
    • the feeling that man has when he remains in the subconscious in his
    • higher stage, this feeling of wellbeing at the inward flow of sound.
    • really call forth a feeling for music in his whole organism, and you
    • which it stems, namely, the element of feeling. Now a language
    • connected with feeling, and the consonant as a copy of something in
    • differently connected with our feelings, but in every language,
    • ball, for instance. Here you have the R. Who could help feeling that
    • the whole language is built up in the vowels out of a feeling of
    • out of a feeling of imitation in the case of the consonants. We must
    • not drive these feelings out of the child. He should learn to develop
    • feelings are related to them. Everything should be derived from the
    • feeling for language. In the word “roll” the child should
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • feeling for what is actually in accordance with reality. I will give
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Questions and Answers
    Matching lines:
    • have a right and healthy feeling for it. The soundest, most healthy
    • artistic feeling will prompt you to work out what is really there out
    • with artistic feeling: such feeling simply does not exist.
    • for the children, inspired by feeling and the
    • way to the deepening of religious feeling, and awakens a mood of
    • of the language, not found elsewhere, namely, a certain feeling for
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • whilst all the processes of feeling are linked — not indirectly but
    • Scientist of today assumes — as a rule — that the feeling processes
    • indirectly, the feeling life is expressed through the nerve system.
    • even have a strong feeling of uncertainty when they come to the
    • thinking, feeling and willing with these same forces, which I have
    • follow up the processes of thinking, feeling and willing, as to show
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • evolve in your thoughts, when you live in representation and feeling.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • were to develop more social feeling. My suggestion is this: it would
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • develop a certain intimate feeling of kinship to the world of nature.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • different feelings to the legends of Gaea fertilised by Uranus, of
    • different from vaguely mystical feelings, in the veneration with which
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • who has the task to heal should acquire a fundamental feeling
    • life of meditation, feeling yourself as a meditating human being, you
    • human organism. The feeling persists: what is radiating forth is
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • slight ego-feeling, unless it is artificially-supplemented by some
    • sugar. The Englishman, on the other hand, has a strong feeling of his
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • feelings of discomfort begin — for the discomfort is soon
    • forming of feelings and emotion. While the ego seeks its main
    • themselves in the feeling life. Why do we retain our composure if
    • stirring the feeling life — their organic counter-processes; but
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • spirit-soul. Soul life of thinking, feeling and willing only a
    • the life of will and of feeling — can be noticed, at all events
    • thinking, feeling and willing, this means no more than that it has
    • some inherited tendency to disease, which gives rise to a feeling of
    • it manifests in thinking, feeling and willing. This soul life that
    • manifests in thinking, feeling and willing is, however, as we said,
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • Thinking, feeling and willing of the soul are symptoms behind which
    • concedes to Schiller certain redeeming features. There is his feeling
    • from the manifestations of the life of soul, from thinking, feeling
    • thinking, feeling and willing as no more than symptoms. We saw that
    • we have here the symptomatic life of soul — thinking, feeling
    • teachers, are permeated through and through with the feeling that the
    • feeling towards the cosmos, we cannot possibly develop a right
    • succeed in eliminating in himself all subjective reaction of feeling
    • feeling, and then, before this has come to consciousness, a weakened
    • liver-stomach feeling. The child oscillates continually between the
    • of a feeling of misgiving; it kept coming out in the discussions.
    • granted that these are correct, and feeling no necessity to adopt new
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • feelings of sickness or nausea are present, then you will know that
    • consciousness occur unaccompanied by any marked feeling of nausea,
    • kind of congestion the child will develop no feeling of any kind of
    • feeling for “mine and thine” — a feeling which
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • a feeling for what lies behind it — the question, namely: how
    • so in regard to the free flow within him of his thoughts and feelings
    • with the result that the organ cannot help feeling the
    • causes the life of feeling to develop below it; feelings surge up,
    • and depression invariably sets in. Feelings which are not
    • only those feelings are not of a depressing nature, which, as soon as
    • inner anxiety or shrinking, the feeling of tenderness and soreness,
    • does not work as does an outer feeling of soreness; but what arises
    • mean that the child is then obliged to let, not the feeling of
    • feeling of well-being. So we have in this way alternating conditions
    • life of feeling, is really doing. The sub-conscious is so terribly
    • feeling, as it were, every movement of his hand in your
    • hand, then the child will have the feeling that the second stage
    • have the feeling: there is something quite wonderful about that
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • feeling for form as such, for all the variety of form that
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • lack of religious feeling. Interest must be aroused in the boy in all
    • turning with heart and feeling to the things of the world. Things he
    • to the world can never work therapeutically; the feeling and the will
    • will have to be a feeling and understanding in the anthroposophical
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • thought-and-feeling activity of the soul, in so far as it makes use
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • has a feeling for detail; the drawings give evidence of a clear grasp
    • feeling in your soul during pregnancy?” I even worded the
    • feeling was concerned, the situation was that she was sorry
    • it was torn away from her by the event of birth. This feeling on the
    • actions. You will have the distinct feeling that he himself has very
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • teacher to awaken in the child the feeling for the good — the
    • feeling for what is expected of him as a member of the community. The
    • kind of vanity. A feeling may get hold of him that his rhetorical
    • Feelings of pity and the like, which tend to make one agitated and
    • a feeling of pity, that way we merely get bewildered and distraught;
    • expression to what we are feeling and experiencing in our soul, then
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • that hinder, you repeat these words, not only feeling them, but
    • feeling must be continually present in us that we are taking the
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and tact is needed in all one's dealings with the
    • there was a deep feeling among the Lauenstein members of the
    • feelings in the background may have ample opportunity to find
    • Once, long ago, the German Abbot Hildebrand, feeling within him —
    • could really have the feeling that the old Hildebrand was standing
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 12
    Matching lines:
    • The right feeling for the ego - the youngest principle. Need to
    • right feeling towards what is in a human being's environment and
    • that as you are carried along in your feeling on the waves of an
    • people have the right feeling about their activities, these
  • Title: Art of Healing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • subjective opinion, upon a kind of mystical feeling, which
    • feeling for Anthroposophy) I should like to characterise in the
    • feeling of confidence might turn to someone who was experienced
    • for all kinds of memories and feelings and subjective
    • process of ordinary thinking and feeling, as we feel the forces
    • we perform. Just as we have been feeling these things gradually
    • we can go further than this and transform our Feeling.
    • To have “Feeling” in ordinary life is a personal
    • subjectively as feeling, into a real objective source of
    • regions which are usually only accessible to our feeling. As a
    • we descend into the region of feeling and not merely
    • with feeling, but also with knowledge. But first we must
    • with a profound feeling of pain. Beyond the feeling of pain,
    • building up the nerves; neither is feeling. On the contrary, in
  • Title: Art of Healing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • bearer of the inner life of feeling. The astral body contains
    • possible to say that the whole inner life of thinking, feeling
    • how can thinking, feeling and
    • soul in music itself, and study the measure of our feelings
    • that the feeling-life of man is not
    • bearer of feeling only in so far as we become aware of our
    • feelings through thoughts and these thoughts are carried by the
    • realm of feeling. We unfold
    • our feelings in our will and our will is directly inherent in
    • directly. We experience the will as ‘feeling
  • Title: Art of Healing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • functions of willing, feeling and thinking are annihilated in
    • longing for rest, a feeling of slackness. Directly there is too
    • experiences, concepts, thoughts and feelings, is contained in
    • fantastic optimism but a feeling of certainty which makes us
    • feeling and willing manifest in an abnormal form, man falls
    • processes that give rise to thinking, to feeling and to
    • our intellectuality, but also our feeling — indeed our
  • Title: Spiritual Science and the Art of Healing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • subjective opinion, upon a kind of mystical feeling, which
    • a feeling for Anthroposophy) I should like to characterise in
    • it more exactly. Anyone having the necessary feeling of
    • of memories and feelings and subjective impressions to arise
    • thinking and feeling as we feel the forces of the muscles
    • Just as we have been feeling these things gradually more and
    • further than this and transform our Feeling. To have
    • Feeling’ in ordinary life is a personal affair,
    • which is ordinarily only experienced subjectively as feeling,
    • are usually only accessible to our feeling. As a rule in
    • region of feeling and not merely with feeling, but also with
    • into this state is connected with a profound feeling of pain.
    • Beyond the feeling of pain, beyond the privation, we wrestle
    • building up the nerves; neither is feeling. On the contrary, in
  • Title: Spiritual Science and the Art of Healing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • bearer of the inner life of feeling. The astral body contains
    • the whole inner life of thinking, feeling and willing is bound
    • felt that there was a contradiction: how can thinking, feeling
  • Title: Spiritual Science and the Art of Healing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and thinking are annihilated in sleep and simply appear
    • longing for rest, a feeling of slackness. Directly there is too
    • feelings, is contained in the system of nerves-and-senses. An
    • feeling of certainty which makes us feel in any case of
    • the functions of thinking, feeling and willing manifest in an
    • feeling and to willing; but these processes lead to disease
    • our intellectuality, but also our feeling — indeed our
  • Title: Report: An Outline of Anthroposophical Medical Research - 1
    Matching lines:
    • thought, of the whole of one's life of concept and feeling, then one
    • feeling, and willing are, in a certain sense, neutral in regard to one
    • thinking, a separate feeling, and a separate willing, but only of a
    • out. The animal obeys its impulses. Man separates thinking, feeling,
    • co-ordination of thinking, feeling, and willing.
  • Title: Report: An Outline of Anthroposophical Medical Research - 2
    Matching lines:
    • thought, of the whole of one's life of concept and feeling, then one
    • feeling, and willing are, in a certain sense, neutral in regard to one
    • thinking, a separate feeling, and a separate willing, but only of a
    • out. The animal obeys its impulses. Man separates thinking, feeling,
    • co-ordination of thinking, feeling, and willing.
  • Title: Threefold Order: Part II: Lecture: The Impulse Towards the Threefold Order
    Matching lines:
    • feeling of personal attraction that I was induced to come
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture I: The Principle of Spiritual Economy in Connection with Questions of Reincarnation: An Aspect of the Spiritual Guidance of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • certain experiences. Their first experience is the feeling
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture II: Christianity in Human Evolution: Leading Individualities and Avatar Beings
    Matching lines:
    • Christianity. It was the feeling, the direct knowledge, of
    • grotesque, but the world of their sentiments, feelings, and
    • richness and range of his feelings and for all that he did.
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture III: More Intimate Aspects of Reincarnation
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, everything in short that permeates and weaves
    • the right judgments about the wonderful feelings and the
    • with actual reality. You must develop a feeling that we in
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture VI: On the Occasion of the Dedication of the Francis of Assisi Branch
    Matching lines:
    • that they wish to unite their anthroposophical feelings and
    • in spiritual scientific feelings and sentiments, we can be
    • Feelings.
    • feeling of the “I.” Instead, Atlanteans had a
    • call of the Masters of Wisdom and of the Harmony of Feelings.
    • these Masters of Wisdom and of the Harmony of Feelings are at
    • Feelings fulfill a similar function and issue their call to
    • the feeling of carrying the astral body of Jesus of Nazareth
    • feelings, the profound mysticism, and the spiritual soul life
    • and feelings of this branch will be the reflection of the
    • new branch will leave the proper feelings behind us when we
    • doing so, our feelings and thoughts will hover invisibly over
    • feelings of those who have come to this dedication ceremony
    • force of the Masters of Truth and of the Harmony of Feelings
    • feelings with them! Then the spiritual life cultivated in
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture VII: The Macrocosmic and the Microcosmic Fire: The Spiritualization of Breath and Blood
    Matching lines:
    • — this feeling — was at first confined to the few
    • feelings people in our time have toward Easter.
    • sensibilities and feelings to them. Only after this ripening
    • feeling for the mysteries of the universe on important
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture VIII: The Event of Golgotha. The Brotherhood of the Holy Grail. The Spiritualized Fire.
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and visit the wondrous fire that is to absorb
    • generating some understanding and feeling for the appearance
    • the human sensibilities, feelings, and desires are purified
    • perceive it as a purification. When this happens, the feeling
    • Nazareth within themselves, they knew from a feeling of inner
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture X: The God of the Alpha and the God of the Omega
    Matching lines:
    • Our world of feeling is made to glow throughout and becomes
    • and feeling, this attitude of mind and heart, must be
    • will disappear opposite the harmonious thoughts and feelings
    • of Feelings, knew that Spiritual Science had to flow into our
    • Those who have a feeling for these great truths should hurry
    • came the feeling of deep darkness in the life between death
    • have a vivid feeling for the spiritual world? This happened
    • feeling of exaltation inspiring the souls of those who
    • Feelings have expressed the hope that such people will also
    • inspire ourselves with the feeling that the stream of
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture XI: From Buddha to Christ
    Matching lines:
    • still had the feeling and the consciousness of having at one
  • Title: Lecture I: Man in the Past, the Present and the Future
    Matching lines:
    • terms of space only. The feeling we all have as a result of living
    • feeling as the flower grows out of the plant. Over against this clear
    • inwardly surging and weaving. Even deeper than the feelings, which do,
    • feeling. Our ordinary consciousness perceives only the beginning and
    • our feelings and sleep in our willing. Our knowledge of this willing
    • an extra-ordinarily close resemblance to our life of feeling. If in
    • our waking life, we were capable only of feeling, those feelings would
    • life, with their turmoil of emotion, are displayed in our feelings
    • dream lies in its pictures, whereas our feelings live in those
    • feelings and actual dreaming as part of the dream-state, and in the
    • feeling of his own being.
    • opinion. The feelings which modern men have, at least if they have
    • consciousness, a feeling of being surrounded by the Earth, and when a
  • Title: Lecture II: Man in the Past, the Present and the Future
    Matching lines:
    • belong. This mood expressed itself through the feeling that there had
    • through moods and feelings like this and not in thoughts and concepts
    • feeling that there had been a Fall of man. This idea arose from a
    • after-feeling, but Initiation gave the Mystery teachers, who were the
    • the Mysteries to their people who came to them for comfort, feeling
    • conditions of consciousness. The feeling of being embraced by the
    • older teachers not to give way to this feeling; when he began to feel
  • Title: Lecture III: Man in the Past, the Present and the Future
    Matching lines:
    • have passed — goes more intensively into our feelings. Ordinarily
    • was only a vague feeling that men had. But the priests were initiated
    • or a feeling, before it becomes a man's own property.
    • duties had to help him on with his toga. A dim feeling of all this
    • feelings, takes three or four days to be imprinted on our organism.
  • Title: Lecture IV: The Sun-Initiation of the Druid Priest and His Moon-Science
    Matching lines:
    • these unconscious memories appeared in man's life of feeling and in
  • Title: Descriptive Sketches: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, my dear friends, and one which, if I may venture to say so,
    • every true occultist must have this feeling of reluctance to write or
    • who were near and dear to him, his feelings and sentiments were then
    • so. This feeling, felt by many, can be traced clairvoyantly, and
    • not know the reason, but a natural feeling in his soul tells him that
    • intentions.” Many deep feelings exist in the human soul which are
    • spiritual facts which are the cause of these feelings. Just as on
    • spiritual worlds, for materialistic feelings are very prevalent now,
    • disharmonies which he had been feeling after his death.
    • to feel: “They are listening.” This feeling is only lacking
    • if we are inattentive and do not notice the peculiar feeling of warmth
    • this feeling, but even if we fail to do so, my dear friends, there is
    • we have the feeling of being seen, just as here we feel that we see.
  • Title: Descriptive Sketches: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • able to listen inwardly without speaking, and to develop this feeling
    • into feeling; but feeling is the hardest of all things to acquire
    • the feeling that it is, indeed, a misfortune, one we find difficult to
    • rather so that a feeling arises in their soul that they are being
    • of course with a somewhat different feeling, one looks back as a
    • a battle of the inner feelings, but it is projected externally, and
    • feelings of sensual love and everything connected with it. There is a
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Try to feel for yourselves the cosmic perceiving-feeling
    • Thus it was possible still in the old mysteries to perceive in feeling
    • This was the feeling of those men who were inspired out of the Mystery
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • appropriate to the present age, particularly in its feeling content,
    • * The Gemuet, or feeling soul, together with the intellectual soul
    • themselves up in their Gemuets or feeling souls to the resurrected
    • outside in cosmic space is to be feelingly perceived within the
    • possible in ancient times to connect the right feeling awareness with
    • perceptively, feelingly, rather than through logic.
    • In the first centuries of Christianity, this feeling perception was
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • of the year, through the various feeling perceptions associated with
    • Christmas. Then men's souls were filled with feelings which found
    • feeling told them that in order to make their lives complete, they had
    • perceiving (Empfindung), and feeling and willing — and how
    • a perceptive feeling for the spirit — ensoul the human being in
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • sensitive feeling for that particular transformation which took place
    • of a perception that was — this sensitive feeling for all that
    • The people then had a subtle feeling awareness of what is developing
    • a general feeling of nature, of which an after-echo is still retained
    • Hence they were aware of it in their perceptive feeling when the
    • again, the people had the feeling “We have an ego, but this ego
    • especially sensitive feeling, for example, for the way water begins to
    • ego-feeling into his dreaming consciousness. In the depth of winter he
    • was mediated from the heavens, so the feeling for the human form was
    • entered into the intellectual age no longer have a strong feeling for
    • the animalistic-racial element. But just as this feeling formerly came
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • and what he perceives rays in. But the feeling a person has
    • perceived through his feeling that above all he was to absorb into
    • perceptive feeling and was not characterized through thinking —
    • particular trend of thinking, with his feeling way of perceiving, the
    • Gemuet, in his realm of feeling, all that had to do with
    • thinking, feeling and perceiving is a man who is
    • form, however, that when man no longer had any true feeling for what
    • also work on further, kindling perceptive feeling and thought, and we
  • Title: Lecture I: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual world, the feeling arises that we are outside the physical
    • This feeling of being outside the physical body is an experience
    • evolution at the present time. This feeling of separation from the
    • were standing by my side?” This feeling will arise as naturally as
    • feelings and experiences will not be particularly noticeable in the
    • instead of the regular breathing, there is a feeling of being choked
    • feeling of being assailed by doubt; but whether this happens or not,
    • feelings of dissatisfaction caused when something in the world demands
    • living feeling of being led on to wisdom by the Sphinx. It is quite
  • Title: Lecture II: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and willing processes are in reality only accompanying
    • behind, Lucifer and Ahriman do battle more in the realm of feeling.
    • to be together with our own feelings. When we have thoughts that offer
    • feeling that these thoughts belong to the world. With our thoughts we
    • any longer belong to the world. In our feelings, on the other hand, we
    • why in our feelings we are so essentially within ourselves.
    • cannot pass this line; all he can do is to send his arrows of feeling
    • feeling and from above downwards as well as from below upwards, arrows
    • countenance; as a being of feeling he can also penetrate it up to a
    • cosmic impulses of thought and feeling and will, remembering always
    • as men of feeling we have a space between the before and the behind
    • within the walls will be the feelings and thoughts of the people who
    • development of right thoughts and right feelings. This is the
    • experience in feeling to which the painting gives rise. Painting too
    • feelings of the human soul are tracks graven into the twistings and
  • Title: Lecture III: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • of Willing, Feeling and Thinking.
    • not of course see this willing, feeling and thinking. Only in its
    • movement, is continually giving expression to man's thinking, feeling
    • feeling as the most important force in man. But as to how thinking,
    • feeling and willing unite in man to form a whole — to that problem
    • feeling and willing in the life of the soul is not unlike the
    • more the character of willing or feeling or thinking. It is exactly as
    • “man.” It is the same with willing, feeling and thinking. The
    • it becomes feeling, and when it is quite old it is thinking. The
    • willing, as older willing (i.e., feeling) and at the same time also as
    • another. It is the region of feeling. The etheric body has actually
    • activity of feeling in the etheric body.
    • one with the other, we have an expression of feeling. Thus do
    • same must be said of the feelings, the realm where the two are in
    • persons a “creepy” feeling. And just because he gets into this
    • there arises in him the feeling: “I must pay the debt for him.” He
    • within the body.” We have the feeling quite distinctly that we are
    • unaccustomed feeling. We experience at the same time an overpowering
    • This feeling of longing to return attracts to us certain elementary
    • Nature spirits for whom this very feeling in us is food and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture I: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • and through her feeling of these ethically-acting forces of nature,
    • would say and do when confronted with the feelings,
    • of the plastic and musical, where a feeling of the ethical-natural
    • Goethe experiences the necessity of transforming his feelings. What
    • With the same shudd’ring feeling forth I
    • from an artistic feeling for style. Goethe’s feeling for
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture II: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • artistically developed singing. In many circles there is a feeling
    • the fundamental absence, in our present age, of any earnest feeling
    • feeling had been completely lost for what Homer meant to convey
    • still have a living feeling and perception for such things? I
    • feeling for this, if one is to experience the way in which true
    • instrument for the development of the feeling world, and for all
    • that is mirrored from the feeling-world and plays into the world of
    • into the feeling-manifestations of the breath-rhythm. And let us
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture III: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • himself completely into the epic feeling, the epic metre of the
    • himself into the classical feeling for hexameter verse with even
    • the breath as I have presented it must rather become a feeling, an
    • feeling, the poise of the voice and the breathing will develop of
    • themselves, out of a true feeling for what is actually being
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture IV: Poetry and the Art of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • thought-content, or the word-for-word content of feeling, and not
    • the intellectual, so that artistic feeling need in no way be lost
    • feeling for the connection between lyric and the constituents of
    • of the vowels. A feeling for the vowels, for the intimacy of the
    • might be tempted to commence by introducing an element of feeling,
    • to put subjective feeling into the vowel; and this is just what
    • recognises different shades of feeling in the various shades of
    • shades of feeling, but utterly different conditions of soul,
    • enhance his art significantly if he brings such a feeling to
    • feeling.
    • consonants that we shall begin to get a feeling for the epic. Truly
    • (if we have any healthy feeling for such things) whenever in the
    • intimate character, into a particular mood or feeling. Everything,
    • more intimate feeling the expansion of the soul out of her
    • there could arise the remarkable feeling which resounds through
    • What lives in this feeling in a
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture VI: Speech-Formation and Poetic Form
    Matching lines:
    • entrust then spirit feeling
    • soul feeling,
    • Greek feeling for measure.
    • to have a feeling for poetic form as such – the form of a
    • There is complete accord between the feeling for
    • prose-content out of a different mood and feeling. From living with
    • the Gothic and the mood it transmitted to him, from the feeling let
    • Thought and feeling took such a form in him that we can experience
    • [In their attempts to recapture the feeling of
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture V: Poetry and Recitation
    Matching lines:
    • feeling of personality – it will exert no crippling effect on
    • feeling whenever man felt the poetic urge was the pulsating of the
    • experience, an instinctive feeling of how human breathing pushes
    • Greek culture. Out of this, stemming from his feeling for such art
    • feeling for poetic forms and revivify them. It is actually of deep
    • idealistic tinge to all the German inner feeling in this little
    • speech in Hamerling’s lyrics, which convey the feeling as if
    • the Austrian disposition, he had a real feeling for what ought to
    • feeling and willing to another form of existence. As to how these
    • wisdom, its wonderful formation of feeling and its impulses of
    • selfhood’s feeling of itself
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture VII: The Uttering of Syllables and the Speaking of Words
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, every human volition ultimately passes over to form the
    • A sort of religious feeling must always prepare the mood for art. For
    • age, with its lack of artistic feeling, there has arisen a curious
    • terzetti – subsists on the basis of a feeling for continuity,
    • rounding-off of feeling. We shall see how the terzetti, albeit
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture VIII: The Interaction of Breathing and Blood-Circulation
    Matching lines:
    • me. Anyone who experiences this – anyone with a real feeling
    • inwardly more Nordic, that Germanic disposition of feeling comes to
    • sense of inwardness, the depths of feeling we find in the soul and
    • in recitation, and through an intimate feeling for metre and weight
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture I: Jesuit and Rosicrucian Training
    Matching lines:
    • through sensation or feeling, Cognition always signifies a taking
    • as Will, in contrast to the elements of ideation and feeling. If we
    • since the Will plays through our feelings into the life of ideas, we
    • elements, ideation and feeling, which belong to conscious life, but
    • feeling descends directly into the realm of the Will, and the nearer
    • feeling that the Will of another man is being put under compulsion.
    • punishments, together with the feeling: ‘That am I, since I
    • as vividly as a feeling of contempt for the forsaking of the divine
    • must a feeling of humility and contrition now take hold of him in the
    • feelings have been called forth in the pupil, then for several weeks
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture II: Rosicrucian Training and Anthroposophical Training
    Matching lines:
    • Testament: an independent feeling in the human soul for the true, the
    • the heart, into his world of feeling, he has received the words of
    • directions which are given for the training of the moral feelings, as
    • independent instrument of cognition, or as an instrument of feeling
    • the cleansing of the moral feelings: all these finally produce on the
    • a certain moral equilibrium, a balance of the soul-forces of feeling.
    • ways of feeling and perception that when things go wrong he always
    • meditation concerned with thoughts and feelings. In everything
    • great world, marveling at the revelation of light in the sun, feeling
    • but through universal feeling. Or again, to perceive the warmth of
    • relationships in our own organism with the feeling of love, to
    • feelings are something transitory; we realise that they live on, are
    • together with our moral feelings. All esoteric life is fundamentally
    • skin can look upon the skin from outside, though feeling it as a part
    • recognise it. At this moment quite special feelings will steal over
    • feeling: ‘This physical body as it is, as it appears to me, has
    • feelings in all their intensity, who has looked upon the Guardian of
    • within us another feeling, a next step along the occult path. We feel
    • me.’ Then comes a second feeling, a quite definite one for
    • The feeling arises: ‘We belong to the Spirit Who lives in all
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture III: Sources of Knowledge of Christ, Lord of Karma
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling that by all their actions they will be causing something
    • feeling, now appearing quite naturally in the course of human
    • And the more this feeling is developed — a feeling that will
    • feelings an inward relationship to such a person.
    • this theosophical knowledge and feeling, he will naturally feel a
    • recognised, felt, experienced, through feelings which were not
    • would summon from the long line of men who have this feeling, a
    • feeling that every Christian can make his own, is one already
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture IV: Experiencing the Christ Impulse, Jerome and the Gospel of St. Matthew
    Matching lines:
    • feelings; but with the proviso that if a man feels within him only
    • feeble powers of human feeling and perception, are inadequate to
    • approach the Pauline Epistles feeling himself ready to understand
    • this inward passivity have developed feelings of whole-hearted
    • devotion in the sense described — and with no other feelings
    • clearly conscious of it, have an obscure feeling that something of
    • feeling that there is something true in the Christ Event, as it was
    • in the genuine Christian teachers a feeling of their own
    • in terms either of feeling or of reason. From the side of feeling, we
    • feeling and mood which will allow what is imparted to work upon them.
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture V: Redemption of the Physical Body
    Matching lines:
    • which we become aware in our feelings and perceptions when we simply
    • a Pericles, for example, when a man had a feeling for the universally
    • one looks at it solely from the point of view of feeling, then we
    • throwing off. We note that the active feeling here is the reverse of
    • the feeling dominant among the Greeks. Just as strongly as the Greek
    • we have perhaps no better opportunity of feeling what an adherent of
    • to tragedy in face of the phenomenon of death, but tragic feeling is
    • understand human existence, of feeling himself bound up with God and
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture VI: St. John and St. Paul, First Adam and Second Adam
    Matching lines:
    • they had the tragic feeling that it comes to an end when the
    • from his Greek feeling: ‘Better a beggar in the upper world
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture VII: The Mystery of Golgotha, Greek, Hebrew and Buddhist Thought
    Matching lines:
    • The elements that go to make up our soul life, our thoughts, feelings and
    • have had to live with an ever-duller feeling of the Ego. Everything
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture VIII: The Two Jesus Children, Zoroaster and Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • them spoke of these connections without feeling in his heart a
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture IX: The Exoteric Path to Christ
    Matching lines:
    • plane; the other is a mere feeling or a mere thought.’ Or
    • there. The effects of feeling are there, and they would be visible to
    • sees that thoughts and feelings are objective may also see that what
    • but not if you look at history in concrete terms — the feelings
    • evil results of the Luciferic influence!’ Through this feeling
    • oneself forsaken, and then feeling oneself rescued by an objective
    • power, there enters into humanity an intuitive feeling that sin is a
    • grasped intellectually, as knowledge. It resided in feelings and
    • could deepen all such perceptions and feelings.
    • thought-worlds, or worlds of abstract feelings and perceptions, but
    • Movement, certain inner thoughts and feelings, shall permeate and
    • spiritualise our inner being — thoughts and feelings as fully
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture X: The Esoteric Path to Christ
    Matching lines:
    • this course. In Christian Initiation certain feelings which belong to
    • begins by trying to live for a long time with certain feelings and
    • permeates himself with the feeling of humility in regard to the
    • lower, who thoroughly incorporates this feeling in his own being and
    • experiences a transformation of this feeling into an Imagination. And
    • feeling comes not only to an Imagination of the Washing of the Feet,
    • but also to a quite pronounced feeling, as though water were washing
    • our human nature is with such universal human feelings, which
    • foregoing description you can gather that the whole scale of feelings
    • the strength and power with which we go through these feelings, it
    • been described. Even if we have not gone through these feelings with
    • feelings so deeply into our nature that they have penetrated as far
    • may appear. We drive the feelings inwards into the physical body and
    • The essential thing is that through a process of mystical feeling we
    • place, and that the individual, through the feelings which affect his
    • exercises of feeling in the course of Christian Initiation, makes
    • choose those thoughts, feelings or perceptions which will pay off our
    • premonition, a feeling, perhaps even a significant picture, of how
    • feeling, and perception of the whole human race. And when the idea of
    • become properly conscious of himself, will have the feeling: ‘There
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Deed of Christ: Lecture 2: The Deed of Christ and the Opposing Spiritual Powers. Lucifer, Ahriman, Asuras.
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, his life of will, his intelligence, nay even his form, because
    • himself and every other soul. And this feeling of isolation would have
    • Feelings” are united in the great Guiding Lodge of mankind. And as
    • the Harmony of Feelings”. It is through them that his voice and his
  • Title: Lecture: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - I
    Matching lines:
    • of “feeling.” The members of our present race (Aryan) are
    • thinking was a kind of feeling, and what he thought comes to
    • in a wonder-world of feeling. In civilisations where memory comes more
    • also most easily succumb to error. Feeling was not yet strong enough
  • Title: Lecture: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - II
    Matching lines:
    • to read the Apocalypse with true insight, with right feeling, must
    • and feeling of a deeply initiated Christian who has himself
  • Title: Lecture: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - III
    Matching lines:
    • nature of theosophical thought and feeling is essential if what is
    • Today I only wanted to call forth a feeling that by steeping oneself
    • to their heights. This gives the esotericist a feeling of the truth of
    • feeling is filled with the wisdom which it contains: The Highest
  • Title: Education: Lecture II: Principles of Greek Education
    Matching lines:
    • general feeling nowadays that the conditions of civilization are in
    • of modern times. Already there is a feeling — a feeling which
    • those who judge from a fundamental, elementary feeling for human
  • Title: Education: Lecture IV: The Connection of the Spirit with Bodily Organs
    Matching lines:
    • life. Now suppose we were to ask: What kind of feeling and perception
    • And now a strong feeling for this civilization overwhelms the human
    • being. If his feeling is healthy he should be able to feel himself
    • germ both of a feeling and of an impulse of will; it becomes a complete
    • experience. It contains no force; no impulse of feeling and of will
    • must live and it must contain the force of both feeling and will. The
    • thought. Theoretical observation passes over into artistic feeling
    • must look for the activity of the second soul-force, namely feeling,
    • Feeling
    • feeling-life is really still inwardly bound up with its physical
    • body. Thinking is already free; feeling is, between the seventh and
    • fourteenth years, still bound up with the body. All the feelings of
    • place in the life of feeling, when the outer symptoms of the change
    • life-period, when feeling is gradually released from its connection
    • expresses the emancipation of feeling. Feeling detaches itself from
    • metamorphosis, the whole way in which feeling withdraws itself
    • activity of feeling has to emerge and to move the lips voluntarily,
    • in order that the element of feeling in speech may come to expression.
    • in the teeth, so is the soft, loving element of feeling manifested in
    • and how feeling goes on emancipating itself from organic activity
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Education: Lecture V: The Emancipation of the Will in the Human Organism
    Matching lines:
    • yesterday's lecture I tried to show how thinking and feeling become
    • will release itself from the organism in the same way as feeling
    • phenomenon in human life. The emancipation of feeling is less
    • human being are less striking. Feeling, therefore, becomes
    • in their immediate feeling of antipathy. And the great question for
    • originate, there lives also the feeling-nature of man which frees
    • itself during this period. If we rightly develop the feeling-nature
    • which have been described, just as feeling was freed at the
    • feeling and as we have just tried to show with regard to the will. We
    • feeling is connected with that which comes from the chest organs and
    • movements and the control of them by feeling which sets in between
    • which comes from feeling in the lips, so a true knowledge of man will
    • In the Gospel of St. John, Greek thought and feeling were the vesture
    • there was quite a different feeling, one that came over from the
    • the death of human feeling for the living LOGOS of the Gospel of St.
    • This feeling alone remains in him: he must educate, he must approach
    • mankind losing the feeling of all connection of the spirit with the
  • Title: Education: Lecture VI: Walking, Speaking, Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • educational theories, but rather to create a true feeling for
    • our thought and feeling, for the child senses our moods and absorbs
    • content, in the whole feeling of the human being. Then, instead of
  • Title: Education: Lecture VII: The Rhythmic System, Sleeping and Waking, Imitation
    Matching lines:
    • artistic feeling. I am not here referring to the individual arts, but
    • to begin with we stimulate the child's artistic feeling by letting
    • sense is aroused, one always feels — and feeling is here the
    • to develop from the artistic feeling, it will have the right intensity.
    • go through life feeling that his body is “of the earth
    • feeling that the spirit alone has value. Right education, however,
    • organism itself? No artistic feeling is brought to bear on the
    • when we lead over artistic feeling into the intellectual element can
    • Our feeling
    • has a cold, matter-of-fact feeling for the good, whereas one who has
    • I said was that the humanitarian feelings of to-day would like
    • child's life of feeling, a great question arises between the ninth
    • cannot express it in words. It lies wholly in his life of feeling,
  • Title: Education: Lecture VIII: Reading, Writing and Nature Study
    Matching lines:
    • correspond to feeling. The ‘I’ the ‘A’ and
    • start from the feeling called up by a picture; he then becomes able
    • feeling. The principle underlying writing thus arises from the
    • himself and this living outer world. We must give him the feeling
    • organism. If we educate in this sense, the child's life of feeling
    • incalculable benefit to the child if we develop this element of feeling
    • teaching shall make a direct appeal to the element of feeling. The child
    • play and the life of feeling develops at an age when it can best flow
    • existence. To begin with, we can awaken a feeling of how the
    • worked out with true artistic feeling.
    • with the necessary artistic feeling and is given in the form of pictures,
    • of feeling that has unfolded in the child between the
    • ages of seven and nine-and-a-half. Thinking, feeling and willing are
    • chaotic way. Everything is rooted in feeling. We must therefore begin
    • with the child's sentient life and from feeling engender the faculty
  • Title: Education: Lecture IX: Arithmetic, Geometry, History
    Matching lines:
    • 10 fingers. This feeling also arises and is inwardly experienced by
    • feeling and will. He must be able to enter into a personal
    • everything we say must enter the domains of feeling and will in
    • own sympathies and antipathies. His life of feeling and will must be
  • Title: Education: Lecture X: Physics, Chemistry, Handwork, Language, Religion
    Matching lines:
    • is in his life of thought and feeling no sense of separation between
    • nearest to him, when in thought and feeling he has grasped the life
    • concepts and even dead feelings will pass with a withering effect
    • of feeling. Although in the course of time intellectualism has tinged
    • the element of pure feeling, feeling is nevertheless the basis of
    • call forth in man to a greater extent the elements of feeling, music, or
    • gifts vouchsafed by Nature, this is what will guide religious feeling
    • deepen our whole life of feeling in a religious sense. Love for all
    • concepts. The consequent danger is that religious feeling will harden
    • a living form pervaded through and through with feeling for the
  • Title: Education: Lecture XI: Memory, Temperaments, Bodily Culture and Art
    Matching lines:
    • provides for children whose faculties of thinking, feeling and
    • artistic feeling, then and only then is a true understanding of man
    • possessed of true artistic feeling and can introduce the child to
    • be left undone in the way of imbuing the child with artistic feeling at
    • cur teaching itself be full of artistic feeling, but an understanding
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • life, it can only be gained if one has a feeling, a sense for
    • with feeling. Now if we consider what has just been put forward
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • deeds, thoughts and feelings coming from an earlier life on
    • we not deepen our feeling and understanding for everything that
    • Everything depends on the development of such feelings. The
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • etheric organism could never experience feeling, never attain
    • feeling was aroused in the horse associating sweet things with
    • in a certain way merged in feeling one into the other: they
    • instance, whereas previously he only had a feeling for a
    • definite line, now he has a feeling for co-ordination, for
    • symmetry. The feeling is awakened for what is co-ordinated or
    • religious feeling being gradually refined into a soul
    • be directed towards the life of feeling, for feeling is
    • pictures, of images, and has the feeling of welding separate
    • education; it also destroys in the child the feeling for
    • the child we must on no account have the feeling: I am clever,
    • in him a feeling of wonder, of astonishment. This sound he
    • when he wants to show he has the feeling: “Something has
    • to give expression to inner feelings and experiences. In
    • feeling — and this feeling he embodied without the aid of
    • extended, and this feeling he embodied in his sculpture.
    • feeling for the metamorphosis of the bones. In this way
    • and feeling that must necessarily go with it.
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • experience and feeling for speech is fully developed between
    • nature by awakening in him such feelings as can be awakened by
    • gives him a feeling of distaste. Therefore at this preparatory
    • pictorial form by way of the feelings.
    • perception and feeling for a knowledge of man usual at the
    • the feeling life of the child, not yet judgment and thought.
    • the astral body, which is the bearer of all feeling life and
    • permeated with artistic feeling — so must we also
    • the astral body, which underlies the life of feeling and
    • understanding imbued with feeling.
    • tremendously, for these feelings rise up out of the
    • for by doing so we can create in the child a feeling of
    • feeling. History and geography, for instance, must be taught in
    • feeling of discomfort when one is supposed to grasp some
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • damage the natural feeling a child must have for the authority
    • imbued with feeling, with qualities of soul. Moreover the
    • take the child away from them; but as soon as this feeling is
    • a certain sense this feeling is somewhat shaken between the 9th
    • and feelings. The child is unable to give it expression, but it
    • Earlier he said out of his instinctive feelings: If my teacher
    • shaken. The child begins to ask himself in his life of feeling:
    • simple way to confirm this feeling in him. He must approach the
    • feeling will arise: Up to this time when telling stories about
    • Above all there must be a secret feeling that life must hold
    • moral feelings are implanted deeply in the soul and there is
    • thoughts out of an inner urge, feelings have already been
    • the world of feeling, then after puberty the conception of duty
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, when, rising above the material, one ascends into the
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • particular feeling we have with the sixth and seventh, a
    • feeling enhanced by experiencing the movements of eurythmy. You
    • the teacher has the right feeling and attitude towards them. It
    • following is true. Out of a feeling for the vowels and
    • a feeling for music, but an inner feeling for language —
    • of feeling, in the interjections. For instance, when in German
    • the feeling that we should like to draw the form of the head
    • have the feeling that we want to dance. It is just this feeling
    • about his own feelings; whereas, if he will only keep to what
    • certain fineness of feeling must be developed in order to make
    • of each step, aware of the form of his leg, feeling this form;
    • people walked, having no feeling for form, but slouching
    • along, letting their arms loose; call up feelings for these
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • because there was a feeling that the soul-spiritual develops
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • tremendous amount of prejudice, of pre-conceived feelings and
    • face, a feeling of deep satisfaction arises when one sees all
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture I: Introduction - Aphoristic remarks on Artistic Activity, Arithmetic, Reading, and Writing
    Matching lines:
    • artistic feeling is awakened in him. Then he will develop, as
    • attention on the development of an artistic feeling with which
    • writing. We lay stress upon his feeling with his hands whatever
    • between seven and fourteen years of age the feeling for
    • training is required to produce this feeling for authority, but
    • artificial training of the feeling for authority must be
    • things work in unison: will, feeling, and thinking. When we
    • teach on these lines, willing, feeling, and thinking are
    • entire being. You elevate feeling into an intellectual
    • sensations, with inner feelings, even with inner stirrings of
    • intellectually, we have the feeling that the child, absorbing
    • disarticulates the feelings and the emotions, affects the whole
    • and fairy-tales, and if you have a real feeling for this, so
    • feeling that we are moving the whole child, and that only from
    • the feelings, from the emotions we excite, must the
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture II: On Language - the Oneness of man with the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • — like feeling. Speaking, too, is primarily
    • anchored in feeling. The thought content of our speech is
    • introduced by our accompanying the content of feeling with the
    • in human feeling.
    • feeling: once, in all the feeling with which the
    • individual confronts the world. With what feelings does
    • he confront the world? Let us take a clear feeling, a clear
    • shade of feeling: for instance, astonishment, amazement. As
    • relation, which can be bound up with this feeling-shade of
    • everything in the world makes a feeling-impression on the
    • feeling, even if often quite delicately, so that it remains
    • human feeling. You stand in a relation of feeling to the whole
    • express the relation of feeling in some way. As a rule, you
    • the shade of feeling which lies in “ow” — I
    • expression for the world of feeling, for the relations of
    • feeling, which we develop in response to things.
    • Another shade of response is that feeling-shade which we
    • course, is related to emptiness: this is the feeling-shade of
    • fear, the feeling-shade of alarm. It is expressed by u,
    • related to light, we have the feeling-shade of marvelling
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture III: On the Plastically Formative Arts, Music, and Poetry
    Matching lines:
    • separate colour with a feeling-shade. He emphasizes, for
    • him into the world of colour so that the feeling-shades of the
    • soul the feeling of movement pertaining to the nature of
    • proper feeling for these things, because they vivify his whole
    • fusion of the sense of feeling with the chair, and even the
    • cultivated sense of feeling — with the way in which the
    • that he has to wait. It is one of the feelings we can promote
    • profoundly.” This is the feeling with which we should
    • a kind of feeling that it is sad to have to analyse nature when
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture IV: The First School-lesson - Manual Skill, Drawing and Painting - the Beginnings of Language-teaching
    Matching lines:
    • much this shade of feeling must remain a nuance of feeling and
    • distinguish in his feeling a beautiful thing from a less
    • previously with colour, to awaken in the children a feeling for
    • appealing, that is, to feeling. It is with these things, not
    • power into a world of feeling, which again incites to the world
    • important to direct people's feelings to these matters again,
    • acquire a feeling which has also to a great degree already died
    • out in modern people — a feeling of how wise language
    • feeling, too, can be further developed, can be developed into
    • feeling?” There are, in fact, such things as plants
    • a feeling of this kind. But nowadays people chatter
    • feelings, and those people are very rare who, without
    • language and the feeling in language has become very
    • is possible for man to have a feeling as intense as prayer:
    • consciousness, to awaken in the child the conscious feeling of
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture V: Writing and Reading - Spelling
    Matching lines:
    • his feeling — that he is in a situation like this:
    • social impulses and social feelings. Many things which we would
    • feeling should be educated with us, that we do such and such a
    • certain definite feeling-complex. You will have to draw the
    • spelling we must cultivate in him the feeling of respect, of
    • in the child the feeling that the grown-ups, whom one must
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture VI: On the Rhythm of Life and Rhythmical Repetition in Teaching
    Matching lines:
    • worked upon his feeling — and you should not forget this.
    • Just as feeling — this can be observed of the soul as
    • thinking, so does the education of feeling lie midway
    • influence the development of feeling, the formation of
    • education of the feeling nature when the child is made to
    • if we are to educate people with inner feelings. For feeling
    • reflected in his feelings. Taken as a whole I call the life of
    • the feelings the psychic disposition, “Mood of
    • profound impression on the feelings and disposition.
    • the formation of the disposition or feeling life suffers
    • feeling for life itself. But you will then part company very
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture VII: The Teaching in the Ninth Year - Natural History - the Animal Kingdom
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling that man is this consummation of all other
    • elements of feeling and will, for the child starts by seeing
    • through the feelings.
    • cuttle-fish. You must try to develop this artistic feeling in
    • time a feeling of the difference between these two creatures.
    • eats, he has a taste — a feeling which is conveyed to him
    • mouse so that you gradually produce in the child the feeling
    • rudimentary impression, through the feelings, of the
    • the children a feeling of how the lower animals are heads which
    • head. And you must awaken in the children a feeling for the
    • must then awaken in the child a feeling of the external feature
    • Produce in the child, through the feelings, not theoretically,
    • child, by way of the feelings, a clear conception that
    • Anyone with a feeling for such things will observe that at this
    • feeling when you introduce him — not before this stage
    • appealing to the feelings and the will. But you will be
    • appealing to the feeling and the will in directing the child's
    • thoughts and feelings to the way in which he himself is only
    • to the mouse, sheep, or horse. Through feeling himself duly
    • feelings by which he will later know himself to be fully
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture VIII: Education After the Twelfth - History - Physics
    Matching lines:
    • eleventh year, with his feelings and his experiences, to the
    • always comprises feeling and will, you will not feel quite
    • child, inwardly like a child, in your thinking and feeling and
    • blunt our feelings to the realization of physical processes.
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture IX: On the Teaching of Languages
    Matching lines:
    • instils rules into the children through their feelings without
    • difference, so that the pupil comes to have a certain feeling
    • for it; then from this feeling there emanates a living aptitude
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture X: Arranging the Lesson up to the Fourteenth Year
    Matching lines:
    • to make them banal. The child must never have the feeling that
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture XII: How to Connect School with Practical Life
    Matching lines:
    • electric railway, get in and out of it with a slight feeling of
    • discomfort. For this feeling of discomfort is at least the
    • feeling that he went into a thing with pleasure and felt
    • responsible for producing this feeling in a person. When,
    • geometry and mathematics. The Benedictine feeling in general is
    • them in profoundly religious feeling the glory of the divine
    • one ear and out at the other without touching their feelings.
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture XIII: On Drawing up the Time-table
    Matching lines:
    • feeling-training. Consequently, we shall have to make up for
    • feeling into the exclusively intellectual approach, by
    • intellectually into an appeal to the will and feelings.
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture XIV: Moral Educative Principles and their Transition to Practice
    Matching lines:
    • it with feelings of greater obedience if it is sent to his
    • we have really assimilated into our feelings all that we should
    • The child simply leaves the school feeling that he has learnt
    • and the feelings.
    • soul, but to be independent of his body in thinking, feeling,
    • no longer find an inner feeling for the right care of food and
    • absorbs this with it. If we have a right feeling for what the
    • permeate the whole of teaching with feeling. And if you attach
    • a certain amount of feeling to every step of your teaching, the
    • permeate your own self with feeling whenever you give
    • feeling, geography, history, natural history, in the last
    • feeling.
    • certain instinctive feeling for the relationships here
    • feeling of the relationship of man with the whole of the world
    • plant world. These ideas of things must be rooted in feeling
    • the instincts are still alive to this feeling of intimacy with
    • feeling of relationship with animals. Later this instinctive
    • feeling ripens into a feeling of relationship with the plant
    • is really contrary to natural feeling. Natural feeling is
    • terms of his own feeling, the psychic relations prevailing
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Concluding Remarks
    Matching lines:
    • creating every single feeling, reacts on his pupils. Remember
    • teaching by this detour through the world of feeling and will.
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • alone will give the right mood and feeling to our whole system of
    • their thought and feeling, we are often asked an abstract question
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • subject. They will have the feeling that psychologists only play with
    • develop this, as well as feeling and willing, in the children, and to
    • nature. Schopenhauer had a feeling for this truth, but naturally he
    • and they signify our feeling, which consists continually of a rhythm,
    • We develop within us all the world of feeling, which is a continual
    • us. Here you have the connection between the purely feeling nature of
    • feeling: you are working on the whole man; it echoes, as it were,
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • directed outwards, you will get the feeling that the horse, simply
    • ourselves with this knowledge once again in a feeling way. It is
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • Will and feeling not understood to-day. Will never fully realised in
    • value on the development of the will and the feeling nature. It is
    • education, to the feeling nature and to the will. But with the best
    • will in the world they can accomplish little in this sphere. Feeling
    • feelings. We can ask the question: what is a feeling in reality? A
    • feeling is very closely related to will. I may even say that will is
    • only the accomplished feeling, and feeling is will in reserve. Will
    • that is feeling: feeling is like blunted will. On this account the
    • nature of feeling will not be understood until the nature of will has
    • which enters truly into the life of feeling and which the Will itself
    • will, feeling and thought; in others, e.g. in the more Herbartian
    • there we do in life, without a feeling that we could have done it
    • picture, but on the feeling and the will elements which accompany each
    • feeling is will in the becoming, will that has not yet become;
    • We must ask ourselves how we can have a good influence on the feeling
    • something which you think will awaken his feeling for what is right,
    • is for the development of the feeling; the more conscious a child is
    • feeling: fully conscious repetition cultivates the true will impulse,
    • retained has no effect on feeling or will: rather the feeling and will
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • willing (sympathy) and thinking (antipathy) lies feeling which
    • comprises both. True nature of judgment. Feeling is cognition in
    • Beckmesser and Walther. Wagner and Hanslick. Variety of feeling in
    • feeling. We have not yet given this much consideration, but today, by
    • thinking more of the activity of feeling, we shall have the
    • thinking, feeling, willing, because in the living soul, in its
    • by this means that the feeling of antipathy in sense-perception is
    • this feeling of disgust is nothing more than an intensification of
    • accompanies the feeling in the sense impression remains as a rule
    • pass through the world feeling himself continually in an atmosphere of
    • other hand we find the human activity of feeling. If you picture to
    • willing, there lies feeling, and this feeling is related to thinking
    • can you keep the thought and will elements apart in feeling. In
    • feeling, the will and thought elements are very strongly intermingled.
    • will clearly see willing as permeated with feeling — that willing
    • permeated by a subjective feeling. But if you examine the sense
    • — you will see how these are also permeated by feeling. And if
    • then you have the feeling activity flowing over directly into the
    • But feeling also flows over into thought. There was once a philosophic
    • ‘Man should be good’; then feeling always has a voice in a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • in thinking. Unconsciousness of Will. Feeling lies midway. Man wakes
    • in thinking, sleeps in willing, dreams in feeling. Types of children
    • feeling and willing. Difference of the two parts of Faust. Waking
    • — knowing in images: Dreaming — inspired feeling: Sleeping
    • feeling and willing. Up till now we have considered thinking (or
    • cognition), feeling and willing in the light of antipathy and
    • sympathy. Now we will study willing, feeling and cognition from the
    • between willing, feeling and thinking-knowing. If I may speak
    • moment that you had the feeling that while you were forming a judgment
    • And feeling stands midway between willing and thinking-cognition.
    • Feeling is also partly permeated by consciousness, and partly by an
    • unconscious element. In this way feeling on the one hand shares the
    • of feeling or felt will. What is this then really from a spiritual
    • Feeling stands between thinking and willing, and we may now ask: How
    • is it with regard to consciousness in feeling? That too is midway
    • between waking and sleeping. You know the feelings in your soul just
    • direct experience of your feelings. But the inner mood and condition
    • of soul which you have with regard to your feelings is just the same
    • dreaming condition in feeling, and the sleeping condition in willing.
    • feeling nature to this dreaming soul condition.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • feeling in childhood, cognition with feeling in old age. Sense
    • perception related to willing-feeling, not to cognition. Hence it
    • thinking-cognition; dreaming in feeling; and sleeping in willing.
    • everybody said how he was feeling the burden of age, how he could no
    • human being bears within him thinking-cognition feeling and willing.
    • shows a close connection between willing and feeling. We might say
    • that willing and feeling have grown together in the child. When the
    • correspond to his feelings at the moment; he is not capable of keeping
    • his movements and his feelings separate.
    • feeling have grown together within him, and willing stands apart,
    • feeling, which is at first bound up with willing, gradually frees
    • with this freeing of the feeling from the will. Then the feeling which
    • feeling from willing; then in a later period of life as a grown man or
    • woman he will be able to unite this released feeling with
    • because in the course of his life he has united his personal feeling
    • really telling us about the feelings which he personally has been able
    • united his feelings with thinking-cognition, the concepts and ideas
    • a certain course; for the feeling-willing of the child develops into
    • the feeling-thinking of the old man. Human life lies between the two,
    • element of feeling nature woven into it. It is not really related to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • related to Will: Smell, Taste, Sight, Warmth to feeling: Ego-sense,
    • power of the memory must be derived from the feeling and will and not
    • do not divide the soul into thinking, or thinking-cognition, feeling
    • and willing. But neither pure thinking-cognition, nor pure feeling,
    • feeling nature and partly of a willing nature. The knowing is
    • principally knowing, but also of a feeling and willing nature; the
    • feeling is principally feeling, but also of a knowing and willing
    • So you conclude by analogy: as there is in me a thinking, feeling and
    • aggressive towards him. This feeling abates and your aggression
    • aggressive feeling. Once more it abates and the other makes a fresh
    • sympathy — antipathy. I am not now speaking of the feeling life,
    • sense of warmth — are chiefly feeling senses. It seems quite
    • connected with feeling. This is not felt in the case of sight and
    • sense of warmth is very closely related to feeling rather they confuse
    • realm of will, whereas the sense of warmth is in the realm of feeling
    • only. If people do not recognise the sense of sight as a feeling
    • There you have clearly set forth all that relates colour to feeling,
    • with feeling?
    • activity. Thus willing, feeling and knowing are to be found even in
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • waking life and should not be memorised. Judgments carried in feeling.
    • child, permeated by your own will and feeling, then you will be able
    • on the one hand, and willing on the other; feeling lies between. Now
    • of the nature of feeling, as we have already learned. When in life we
    • through the world in feeling. This has also the further
    • would have the feeling: no one of these people is different from
    • when in teaching the children Morse telegraphy you arouse a feeling of
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • child passes into a feeling which hallows all the varied aspects of
    • our educational work. Without such feeling about man and the universe
    • such feelings they pass over to the children by underground ways.
    • the school with egotistic feelings you need all kinds of wires —
    • you have great feelings for the universe which arise from ideas such
    • feelings such as this. Pedagogy must not be a science, it must be an
    • constantly in the feelings? But the feelings in which we must live in
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling life. For we can bring what we educate through the will
    • in later years, namely, the power of independent judgment, a feeling
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • We shall not, however, have the right feeling of responsibility
    • brute feeling. The excessive pursuit of sport is Darwinism in
    • not give real thought or feeling to what is put before them, fall
    • which is always accompanied by feelings. If we so carry out our work
    • what you read with interest and warmth of feeling the more you will be
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • permeate all that he has to teach with a willing rich in feeling. Such
    • with a feeling of responsibility towards the truth.
    • The need for imagination, a sense of truth, a feeling of
    • Sharpen thy feeling for responsibility of soul.
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture I: The Necessity for a Spiritual Insight
    Matching lines:
    • is to be able to believe in us, to have the instinctive feeling:
    • arises in indefinite feelings, in unsatisfied feelings. The question
    • One must have a sense and feeling for bringing to the child living
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture II: Spiritual Disciplines of Yesterday: Yoga
    Matching lines:
    • soul. What we know as feeling, our sympathies and antipathies, our
    • produces a feeling of slight horror in many people to-day, for only
    • aimed at feeling how the thought process was bound up with the breath
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture III: Spiritual Disciplines of Yesterday and To-day
    Matching lines:
    • some event or other brings about the feeling: “Something is
    • feeling and willing. And if one can thoroughly understand the play of
    • thinking, feeling and will — the soul's life — within man's
    • — thought, feeling and will — related, for the most part, to
    • Feeling is not directly bound up with the nervous system, but
    • nervous system, so the power of feeling is connected immediately
    • It is not the case that feeling finds its direct expression in the
    • nervous life; feeling finds its direct expression in the rhythmic
    • make concepts of our feelings, we then perceive our feelings as ideas
    • Thus the connection of feeling with the nerve life is an indirect one.
    • feelings and the loves and affections of children. If one does not
    • Now, in the third place, over against thinking and feeling, we have
    • NERVOUS ACTIVITY; the FEELING NATURE in the soul manifests physically
    • system of what comes to psychic expression as feeling, or in the
    • thinking, to feeling and to willing. The aim was to develop in the
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture IV: Body Viewed from the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • slight feeling of shame in face of the audience when speaking on
    • organism, his feeling is bound up with the rhythmic system,
    • his sad feelings. For there is a subtle interplay betwixt child and
    • judgment and their feelings to meet this new thing. We must not
    • development modern man has little opportunity to acquire a feeling of
    • beings within this universe. Rightly speaking all our feelings should
    • take their rise from a fundamental feeling of gratitude that the
    • The final chapter of every philosophy, in its effect on human feeling
    • feeling is essential in a teacher and educator, and it should be
    • it a tragic thing that they should have a religious feeling for a
    • feeling of tragedy if we receive as a gift from spiritual worlds, and
    • through this feeling of tragedy. For this very feeling of tragedy will
    • can rouse ourselves to overcome this feeling of tragedy we shall then
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture V: How Knowledge Can Be Nurture
    Matching lines:
    • his feeling. Thus, only when a child reaches this age is it right to
    • more brought into connection with man, by way of the feelings. And
    • right introduction to arithmetic will have quite a different feeling
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture VI: The Teacher as Artist in Education
    Matching lines:
    • conceived logically. All the teacher's ideas and feelings must be go
    • hindrances, impediments to this raising of the leg or arm. A feeling
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture VII: The Organisation of the Waldorf School
    Matching lines:
    • children to carve forms like this so that they may acquire feeling for
    • produce things from their own feeling for form, they look like this,
    • When the children have acquired a feeling for colour harmony in this
    • not first drawn, but the child has acquired a feeling for colour, and
    • folio. The important thing is to arouse in the child a real feeling
    • into this feeling for space, this feeling for form. This penetrates
    • feelings which go with such colours as these; then Greece itself can
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture VIII: Boys and Girls at the Waldorf School
    Matching lines:
    • must look to the shades of feeling and notice whether it satisfies or
    • in feeling or in thought, we know whether this emotion or the other
    • the teaching of morality, from the feeling of gratitude. Gratitude is
    • the feeling for duty. And in this way morality leads on to religion.
    • movement. But just as feeling pervades the tones of speech, so feeling
    • by feeling. We can also do this in eurhythmy. In this way a strong
    • eurhythmist, can bring this feeling into his movements in an artistic
    • serves to enhance the expression of feeling, it accompanies and moves
    • to the feeling. This was brought out in the performance over there
    • — represents the feeling nuance in the movement. Thus you have a
    • of feeling. But the eurhythmy performer must have the inner power to
    • impart the feeling to his movement: just as it makes a difference
    • (in friendly request). This is the nuance of feeling, gradation of
    • feeling. What I say is different if I say: Come to me! (1) or: Come to
    • where it can show as pure blue), — this represents the feeling
    • movement, expressed in the fundamental colour; of the feeling nuance,
    • out different feeling nuances for a poem, and entering into the mood
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture IX: The Teachers of the Waldorf School
    Matching lines:
    • can subdue past knowledge to a latent feeling which leaves the mind
    • heart nature, the feeling nature of man, we find that all concepts,
    • — with a slight feeling of antipathy; there is something
    • within him; and this gives the human being a feeling of slight
    • feeling, from example and subsequently lead him on to the breaking
    • do, as to the behaviour of our will and feelings, as to all the many
    • must become an unconscious wisdom of the feelings.) Certainly people
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • — which will transform itself into a sort of feeling for the
    • is, if you do not know that feeling is mediated by the rhythmic system
    • limb comes to rest on the other. In this feeling of one limb on the
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • man as feelings, emotions and so on. Consonants describe more that which
    • inwardness of feeling; we reveal ourselves to an extent in the vowel,
    • important that one develops a feeling for what flows into the movement.
    • feeling and contemplation that which takes place. One must bear in mind
    • along his breastbone, thus by means of feeling, closing the whole to
    • changing the angle bring it down, and, again without the feeling that
    • stretching feeling in both. “O” with legs must be learned,
    • it, you must have the feeling that what is done later for the legs and
    • not a feeling in the way one does with a vowel, a feeling of stretching,
    • begin with it appears that you have the feeling, or should have the
    • feeling when the “S” is done that you encounter something
    • “M” that was just performed, you should have the feeling
    • here. And now try to observe yourself — here the feeling is less
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, which already leads to a greater extent into the physical.
    • individual sounds have a nuance of feeling, namely, which is deeply
    • you are feeling yourself. This contacting oneself has come to expression
    • that we have so little living feeling left for what lies in the words.
    • The words are actually only signs. What sort of feeling do people still
    • of the soul through the head. People have no more feeling for the
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • want to express that which one could call the feeling of love towards
    • something (Mrs. Baumann). Take a good look at this, the feeling of love
    • have learned as expressing feeling in eurythmy — it could be another
    • feeling as well — with the movement for E. Here we have a strong
    • accord with the feeling of veneration. It encompasses all that which
    • the feeling of veneration actually effects in the organism. The effect
    • on the human organism of the feeling of veneration, when it is habitual,
    • into feeling. Eurythmy makes man capable of recognising himself within
    • left, but rather in order to call forth the feeling of the iambus or
    • left completely to the feeling. The question of whether a thing should
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • about the head as a volition-feeling factor and penetrates into the
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • feeling to think back on these days here, which it was your desire to
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • only be conducive to health; a certain artistic feeling of satisfaction
    • a fact that one must awaken in oneself a feeling for the artistic in the
    • forth who will cultivate a fine feeling for what can be achieved in
  • Title: Lecture: A Lecture on Eurythmy
    Matching lines:
    • bearing as a philosopher, while feeling and idea revealed themselves
    • in the most remarkable manner. This preponderance of idea and feeling,
    • When one brings artistic feeling to the study of the nature of speech,
    • aspect of the feeling life of the soul. The human being wishes to
    • shade of feeling — I.
    • essence express some shade of the feeling-life of the soul; and this
    • feeling only has to unite itself with thought, with the head system,
    • things are the expression of the feeling-life of the soul.
    • amazement, perplexity, or the feeling of self-defence simply in the
    • of feeling, the ecstasy of joy, the depths of despair; we can
    • feeling should really come to expression in E.
    • really deep artistic feeling and understanding. A truly artistic
    • place there is the movement as such; then there is the feeling which
    • movement, another quality of the soul-life, that of feeling.
    • their own special shades of feeling; for instance, fear may be
    • provides a means whereby these feelings can be brought to expression
    • of the veil, becomes permeated with feeling, and how, when there is
    • character as well as feeling. If the Eurythmist is able to experience
    • character, feeling and movement.
    • the same character and the same shades of feeling as are being
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • realm of human feeling (Gemüt); on the other hand it also
    • a feeling or intellectual soul [Gemüts-oder
    • astral body. This pleasurable feeling is strongest when a person is
    • Because feelings are the innermost elements of the soul, akin to the
    • bodily mediators of feelings no longer exist but where feelings
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • but he followed them out of his instinctive feeling. We thus see in
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • intellectualism wishes to tackle everything, there is a feeling that
    • age occupies a position between two musical feelings [Empfindungen];
    • one such feeling it already has, the other not yet. The feeling that
    • feeling for the interval of the third. In history we can easily trace
    • how the transition from the feeling for the fifth to the third came
    • about in the world of musical feeling. The feeling for the third is
    • something new. The other feeling that will come about but as yet does
    • not exist in our age is the feeling for the octave. A true feeling
    • experience the difference that exists in comparison to feelings for
    • do have a feeling for the octave, but this is not yet the feeling
    • that will be developed in time; in the future the feeling for the
    • octave appears in a musical composition, man will have a feeling that
    • anew; I am uplifted in my humanity by the feeling for the octave.”
    • is the feeling that is evoked.
    • things can be understood, understood with feeling, only if one
    • man feeling completely transported [entrückt]. He felt
    • feeling for f and c is missing; instead, the fifths throughout the
    • making the whole musical feeling an inward experience; the human
    • that it rested within itself. Man began to relate the feeling for his
    • life of feeling — in so far as this life of feeling is bound to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • of himself; with the feeling for the fifth, man actually feels
    • experiences with the fourth is based on feeling that man himself is
    • human feeling. What is expressed in harmonies is experienced by human
    • feeling. Now, feeling passes into thinking [Vorstellen].
    • thinking, in its relationship to feeling and willing.]
    • In looking at the human being, we can say that we have feeling in the
    • middle; on the one hand we have the feeling that passes into
    • thinking, on the other hand we have the feeling that passes into
    • willing. Harmony directly addresses itself to feeling and is
    • actually twofold. We have a feeling that is more inclined to thinking
    • feeling more inclined to willing. When we engage in an action, we
    • pleasure or displeasure with an idea. Feeling is actually divided
    • feeling up to that of thinking. You do not find what is contained in
    • of feeling. It tends upward, however, so that the feeling is
    • accessible to feelings. Otherwise, the head is only open to the
    • concept. Through melody the head becomes open to feeling, to actual
    • feeling. It is as if you brought the heart into the head through
    • thinking; feeling becomes serene and purified. All outer aspects are
    • eliminated from it, but at the same time it remains feeling through
    • outward but remains bound to man himself. It is genuine feeling that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • feeling. We have described in different words what human beings
    • began with feeling the sevenths. They then felt further intervals, of
    • present-day feeling for the fifth. Today, the fifth gives man an
    • were, into human feeling [Gemüt]; hence, man no longer
    • into the universe. What today wells up in his life of feeling
    • all had the same feeling born out of their knowledge and their
    • feeling experienced in a melody one day will be discovered in the
  • Title: Behind the Scenes: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • feelings of compassion, however natural and justifiable they may be. A
    • here, sending their forces into men's thoughts, feelings and impulses
    • alert to such incidents; without forcing ideas too far but feeling
  • Title: Behind the Scenes: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • by the feeling of compassion for those who need these ideas at the
    • spiritual world — even if it is only in his feeling — is of
    • they can take on themselves the pain of knowing and feeling in
    • in the feeling and in the will. But the time has come when everything
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • enabled them to rise into the sphere of truly Christian feeling. The
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • these things with the right feeling we shall get an inkling of the
    • astral body, in the form of thoughts, feelings and mental pictures,
    • outer world’; contact gave rise to feeling and feeling to the
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • own feelings and sense of morality. I also told you that when the
    • with it to be permeated with such intensity of feeling and such inner
    • thinking, feeling and willing; hence the pupils of Zarathustra strove
    • pervades man as feeling, and myrrh — the symbol of the power of
    • the world, a power of feeling that had an extraordinary effect upon
    • infinite depths of feeling, and in the Solomon Jesus an Individuality
    • child of deep feeling. When Simeon stood before the newborn child
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • truths through his own contemplation and deepened life of feeling.
    • because he knows that he is feeling the same suffering and the same
    • can become manifest. If a Being is to awaken certain feelings in
    • Our feelings go out to this Being as if He were humanly near
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • be difficult for the feelings and perceptive faculties of men at the
    • we call ‘feeling’ expresses itself in the part of the etheric
    • the feelings as forms of light. But the thinking that is experienced
    • Feeling ........................... Light-Ether
    • ‘personal’ expression; the same applies to his feelings. Both feeling
    • character of the world of feeling and the world of will. This
    • feeling to thinking — yes, even to the expression of thoughts, to
    • the words on the physical plane. Whereas each man's feeling and will
    • individual as feelings we should never understand one another. Thus
    • individual feelings and individual impulses of will; but thinking is
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • and how the power overflowing from the Ego, and from feeling emancipated
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • abstract doctrines, but feelings were cultivated through which human
    • let the feeling of assurance flow into the souls of men that one who
    • compensation. It was necessary that these feelings should flow into
    • first to receive them into the life of feeling.
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture One: The Homeless Souls
    Matching lines:
    • themselves. These kinds of feelings naturally engender a social
    • people a feeling that here there was a gateway to a more spiritual
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Two: The Unveiling of Spiritual Truths
    Matching lines:
    • ancient Indian graves. In a certain sense any feeling of the here and
    • exists, precisely because this feeling of a common bond is not there,
    • But a feeling of responsibility towards the people whom we were
    • addressing was not enough; a feeling of responsibility towards the
    • general feeling that there were human beings in earlier times who
    • that it is still rather nebulous and abstract, but a curious feeling
    • This feeling took a different form in England. It is exceedingly
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Three: The Opposition to Spiritual Revelations
    Matching lines:
    • through the blood and today, when these Oedipal feelings make their
    • contemporary which merited the concentration of ones ideas, feelings
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Four: Spiritual Truths and the Physical World
    Matching lines:
    • accuracy, so that a proper feeling can develop for the unobjective
    • judgement of her feelings. It becomes abundantly clear that she had a
    • has come to rely on an extraordinarily intense feeling of authority,
    • authority. But that also increasingly gave rise to the feeling that
    • still present in name and tradition, but the feeling for what that
    • talking about start to experience a vague feeling within themselves
    • which they cannot describe. And if this feeling is investigated with
    • feeling which stems from earlier lives on earth in which a spiritual
    • not know that their feeling is the result of earlier lives on earth,
    • feeling that there is something within them which affects them, which
    • the physical world they cannot describe this feeling because nothing
    • The other effect which lives in human beings is a vague feeling
    • give them anything for their soul life. A secret thinking, feeling
    • feelings?
    • deep-seated, almost will-like, inner feeling of human beings had to
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Five: The Decline of the Theosophical Society
    Matching lines:
    • preserving some sort of inner feeling for the traditional
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Seven: The Consolidation of the Anthroposophic Movement
    Matching lines:
    • forgotten that all the feelings which passed through people's minds
    • that this does not make it any better, because these feelings of
    • exist, a feeling should have developed, and must develop, among them
    • 1909 to 1914 was essentially a period in which the feeling side, the
    • This feeling of responsibility is something which has to grow as
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Eight: Responsibility to Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • Modern mankind therefore unconsciously experiences the feeling, in
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture One: Nature is the Great Illusion; Know Thyself
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling, practical persons, are we not prepared to
    • This feeling
    • nebulous feelings about the true self and come to a clear perception
    • feeling, as a creative artist, as healer or doctor, that he stands
    • with religious feeling, through a new art of healing and through a
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Two: The Three Worlds and their Reflected Images
    Matching lines:
    • relationships, our whole inner life of thinking, feeling and willing
    • become virtually tangible realities and feelings living
    • because he has made his feeling and thinking more lively and vigorous
    • and feeling, we reach the point when we are able to modify it again
    • happen if we have first strengthened our thinking and feeling. It
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Three: Form and Substantiality of the Mineral Kingdom in Relation to the Levels of Consciousness in Man
    Matching lines:
    • should lead to this feeling of at-one-ment with the
    • When we are aware of that divinely inspired world, this feeling of
    • us and the fear returns, the feeling that the whole process of
    • intensification of inner feeling — then he is not in a normal
    • substantiality — on the one hand, the feeling that in a
    • slight feeling of faintness overtakes us. As our consciousness
    • free of this slight subconscious feeling of faintness. And in
    • and moral pain of your victim. You live right into his feelings and
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Four: The Secret of Investigation into Other Realms through the Metamorphosis of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • the significance of thinking, feeling and willing for the human
    • earlier part of my lecture, we can only develop the right feeling
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Seven: Knowledge of the World of Stars. Differentiation of the Historical Epochs of Mankind and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • rebirth. In Initiation-knowledge we have a definite feeling that our
    • perceptions and feelings and not to invoke dead theories. And
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Eight: Potential Aberrations in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • possessed of weight floats in a fluid medium, gives a feeling, a
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Nine: Abnormal Paths into the Spiritual World and their Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • world, he immediately has the feeling that he is losing touch with
    • experiences a feeling of inner release, a feeling that he is being
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Ten: Influences of the Extra-Terrestrial Cosmos Upon the Consciousness of Man
    Matching lines:
    • experience it less externally; it creates a general feeling of
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Eleven: What is the Position in Respect of Spiritual Investigation and the Understanding of Spiritual Investigation?
    Matching lines:
    • lucid. He then shrouds this thought in feeling which is more
    • indefinite. The thought that is imbued with feeling passes down into
    • through feeling, so that a man wills in the whole of his body,
    • precipitated into the will. We then say: the thought develops feeling
    • and from feeling — it follows a downward direction in man
    • Life of feeling
    • world that was consistent with their will and feeling. Today
    • England and America there is an instinctive feeling for them
    • inoculate the thoughts and feelings of those who distrust theory with
    • integral part of his sentient life, then, through feeling, the Divine
    • feeling, art embodies half consciously that which man receives from
    • that penetrates into the hidden depths of feeling. If we experience
    • In feeling
    • feeling is only apparently dissonant and that we fashion into a
    • octave, if we have grasped this with our feelings and retrace our
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture One: Nature is the Great Illusion; Know Thyself
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling, practical persons, are we not prepared to
    • This feeling
    • nebulous feelings about the true self and come to a clear perception
    • feeling, as a creative artist, as healer or doctor, that he stands
    • with religious feeling, through a new art of healing and through a
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Two: The Three Worlds and their Reflected Images
    Matching lines:
    • relationships, our whole inner life of thinking, feeling and willing
    • become virtually tangible realities and feelings living
    • because he has made his feeling and thinking more lively and vigorous
    • and feeling, we reach the point when we are able to modify it again
    • happen if we have first strengthened our thinking and feeling. It
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Three: Form and Substantiality of the Mineral Kingdom in Relation to the Levels of Consciousness in Man
    Matching lines:
    • should lead to this feeling of at-one-ment with the
    • When we are aware of that divinely inspired world, this feeling of
    • us and the fear returns, the feeling that the whole process of
    • intensification of inner feeling — then he is not in a normal
    • substantiality — on the one hand, the feeling that in a
    • slight feeling of faintness overtakes us. As our consciousness
    • free of this slight subconscious feeling of faintness. And in
    • and moral pain of your victim. You live right into his feelings and
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Four: The Secret of Investigation into Other Realms through the Metamorphosis of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • the significance of thinking, feeling and willing for the human
    • earlier part of my lecture, we can only develop the right feeling
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Seven: Knowledge of the World of Stars. Differentiation of the Historical Epochs of Mankind and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • rebirth. In Initiation-knowledge we have a definite feeling that our
    • perceptions and feelings and not to invoke dead theories. And
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Eight: Potential Aberrations in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • possessed of weight floats in a fluid medium, gives a feeling, a
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Nine: Abnormal Paths into the Spiritual World and their Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • world, he immediately has the feeling that he is losing touch with
    • experiences a feeling of inner release, a feeling that he is being
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Ten: Influences of the Extra-Terrestrial Cosmos Upon the Consciousness of Man
    Matching lines:
    • experience it less externally; it creates a general feeling of
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Eleven: What is the Position in Respect of Spiritual Investigation and the Understanding of Spiritual Investigation?
    Matching lines:
    • lucid. He then shrouds this thought in feeling which is more
    • indefinite. The thought that is imbued with feeling passes down into
    • through feeling, so that a man wills in the whole of his body,
    • precipitated into the will. We then say: the thought develops feeling
    • and from feeling — it follows a downward direction in man
    • Life of feeling
    • world that was consistent with their will and feeling. Today
    • England and America there is an instinctive feeling for them
    • inoculate the thoughts and feelings of those who distrust theory with
    • integral part of his sentient life, then, through feeling, the Divine
    • feeling, art embodies half consciously that which man receives from
    • that penetrates into the hidden depths of feeling. If we experience
    • In feeling
    • feeling is only apparently dissonant and that we fashion into a
    • octave, if we have grasped this with our feelings and retrace our
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • have won through to the feeling that with respect to many a
    • thought and feeling that becomes submerged in the noise and
    • stress, during the day it is more our life of feeling and
    • lectures that this is linked with a certain feeling of
    • uncontrolled feelings get the better of us when we speak.
    • a materialistic way of thinking to a feeling for the inspired
    • exists throughout language. And a feeling, at least, for this
    • the right feeling for the beginning of the St. John's Gospel.
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • of actual experiences in feelings and ideas relating to the
    • music. This feeling was expressed in the following words.
    • At night it is principally the thinking and feeling parts
    • feeling parts which sleep. It is in this will sphere that we
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness may give him a feeling of assurance or he may
    • cast into an abyss where it cannot help feeling that it is
    • which this feeling emerges into sharing the experience of the
    • spiritual science, all personal willing and feeling is
    • personal feelings and over the weight of personal feelings
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • being in the world order equipped with thinking, feeling and
    • are also beings above the human stage of thinking, feeling
    • the right way, in what I would like to call the feeling
    • arrive at the feeling that during the materialistic age they
    • the feeling of how dried-out and empty this materialistic age
    • the necessary reverence, truly give us the feeling that they
    • feeling for the tremendous greatness of human perception that
    • feeling that infinite wisdom is speaking to us there and how,
    • it, feeling its influence, perceiving it and thinking about
    • feeling of reverence towards these revelations; and this
    • feelings we have to develop as we take up spiritual science.
    • The materialistic world conception produces chaotic feelings
    • about universal existence. These chaotic feelings about the
    • with the sort of chaotic feelings that are engendered by the
    • wonderful feeling we can have about this brotherly love
    • whole earth, we shall then have the kind of feelings we ought
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • was my task to point out to you that through a feeling
    • our feelings and is not merely rational, is bound to bring a
    • feelings that can arise from the spiritual-scientific world
    • corresponding feeling is transformed into moral experience,
    • were entirely red, we shall not be able to help feeling that
    • the judgment of God, and our moral feeling will become the
    • feeling that what is being scattered must be drawn in red.
    • is also present, a feeling can arise like Strader has when he
    • the spirits of the cosmos are feeling. That was, in fact, the
    • instead of feeling divine wrath bearing down upon us, we
    • shall have the feeling that what comes to meet us here has
    • will not depend on vague feeling of how one tone is added to
    • a long way away from this feeling of being able to go from
    • the feeling of an even greater weakness. If you enter the
    • you meet will depend on your mood and your feeling and your
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • accustomed, however, to allowing our feelings and attitude of
    • that dry science has something cold and unfeeling about it
    • wondering about anything, or having any feelings of an
    • science can kindle different feelings than these, and
    • although those feelings would be less in keeping with modern
    • broadens instead of impoverishing our life of feeling; you
    • of the living feeling we can have in looking at the sunrise
    • mysterious in a way that kindles richer feelings within us.
    • And it is a fundamental feeling of this kind our souls can
    • creeping into things and feeling the experience of weight,
    • feeling the thing pressing down all the time. With an
    • cannot happen, then real artistic feeling will not be able to
    • arise again. In order that, for instance, a true feeling for
    • inwardly, we shall become conscious of a richer feeling of
    • feeling one can have from seeing the interplay between the
    • architecture has anything to offer the feelings.
    • feeling for this if we say to ourselves, ‘The very best
    • feeling when you are involved in teaching it will add a very
    • turn the pupil into a copy of our own opinions and feelings,
    • filled with it and your impulses of feeling and will are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • is certainly a vital one for every feeling person, if his
    • feelings have been inspired by spiritual science, as we have
    • One certainly has to prepare one's feeling to be able to look
    • attitude and a certain kind of feeling, otherwise you will
    • and the opposition and bad feeling they have aroused, it is easy
    • fearful misunderstandings and bad feelings.
    • much feeling of responsibility there is for each sentence of
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • sleep with regard to our desires and the feeling impulses
    • and the feelings that are bound up with this from inside. For
    • feeling it used to have of indulging in self-enjoyment in
    • perhaps not even that, but only the feelings that accompany
    • that kind of imaginative clairvoyance. These feelings are not
    • always gives one a bitter feeling if this happens in
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • soul sensitive feeling and does not destroy it. It destroys the body,
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • related to the whole manner of Chinese thinking and feeling. Indeed,
    • unused to standing; they had the feeling they were not upright men
    • paltry thinking; we are slightly aware of our feeling but almost not
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • wrote without guiding their own hand. They spoke with the feeling
    • this feeling we must surely say: Those men accomplished great things
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • — that are supposed to have feeling. When an insect comes
    • feeling. Thereby man becomes the highest being. So we can say: In the
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • that this feeling penetrates to the tips of our fingers. What the
    • delicate feeling for the kind of weather that is coming. On a day
    • your coffee but upon the feeling in your fingertips, upon how your
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • as they feel it today. The feeling of inequality always comes to the
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 1: The Mission of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • those days and had retained certain qualities of feeling, knowing and willing
    • he did, mediaeval habits of thinking and feeling and wished to gain knowledge
    • since the appropriate forces of reason and feeling are now existent in every
    • deepest feeling: What Goethe divined and said in his youth is true, and so
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 2: The Mission of Anger
    Matching lines:
    • sense of truth; natural feeling unclouded by prejudice; natural good sense.
    • as something vague and nebulous in which feelings, thoughts and volitions are
    • antipathies, of the feelings that things arouse in us. When we call the rose
    • judgments, ideas and feelings with the external world. This principle we call
    • the feelings we experience, so that they enlighten us concerning the outer
    • world, our thoughts, judgments and feelings become knowledge of the outer
    • our emotions and impulses and of all the feelings that are aroused by direct
    • does not lapse into blind rage, its effect is to damp down Ego-feeling
    • world offends our inner feeling, we would not be selfless, but dependent and
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 3: The Mission of Truth
    Matching lines:
    • himself. His thoughts, feelings and will-impulses should spring from this
    • way. A feeling prevails that in the circle where he taught, everything is
    • with a feeling for the matter will have no doubt as to which of the two spoke
    • better and better, while our feeling of unity with the world and our interest
    • feeling for it.
    • Feelings of this
    • deficient in feeling for scenes of natural beauty.
    • thinking comes forth. Unlike Epimetheus, he is far from a dreamlike feeling
    • gained will endow him with a feeling for the right standards and for the
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 4: The Mission of Reverence
    Matching lines:
    • feelings of pleasure and pain, joy and grief, as come from these outer
    • feelings induced by thinking. In the Intellectual Soul, accordingly, we do
    • not find indefinite feelings arising from the depths, but feelings gradually
    • feelings and thoughts.
    • only from the other powers of his soul, feeling and willing. Unless his
    • is merely a feeling, but that feeling and willing must act as inner guides
    • towards its unknown realm. What qualities, then, must feeling and willing
    • then, must feeling and willing acquire in order to do this?
    • someone might object to the use of a feeling as a guide to knowledge. But a
    • simple consideration will show that in fact this is what feeling does. Anyone
    • by logic, it must be at least possible to grasp logic with our feeling.
    • feeling. Indeed, everything that constitutes logic is first proved through
    • feeling, by the infallible feeling for truth that dwells in the human soul.
    • From this classical example we can see how feeling is the foundation of logic
    • and of thinking. Feeling must give the impulse for the verification of
    • thought. What must feeling become if it is to provide an impulse not only for
    • Feeling of this
    • When the human soul seeks to encompass with feeling some other thing, we call
    • this feeling love. Love can of course be felt for something known, and there
    • are many things in the world for us to love. But as love is a feeling, and a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 5: Human Character
    Matching lines:
    • understands Goethe's feelings on this occasion will easily turn his mind to
    • and that something has gone wrong if their thinking, feeling and doing do not
    • feelings, instincts, concepts, passions and ideals, but has three distinct
    • night, when a man falls asleep, his feelings, his pleasure and pain, his joys
    • qualities and feelings in order to impress them consciously on his soul. He
    • widest sense which in later life can lead through our thoughts and feelings
    • pats his stomach with a feeling of satisfaction, we can see how his character
    • into words their personal egoistic feelings and reinforcing them with this
    • his inner feelings to the point of reaching a decision, he will lay a finger
    • into Goethe's feelings when he held Schiller's skull in his hand and said: In
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 6: Asceticism and Illness
    Matching lines:
    • feelings gives us an image of human life raised to the level of a higher
    • are drawn from the external world, is based on certain feelings and ideas
    • live only in abstract pictures, but in a world of concepts and feelings which
    • a true feeling for what is right. Lies and a proneness to error will beset a
    • real feeling for truth and reality. If we seriously practise the exercises
    • requires a person to cleanse and purify his thinking, feeling and willing, so
    • world; and especially if we tone down our thinking, feeling and willing and
    • person has this feeling about vegetarianism, it will not bring him the
    • materialist with crude ideas. And for anyone with a feeling for such things,
    • feelings on the firm ground of reality, in order that we may rise to higher
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 7: Human Egoism
    Matching lines:
    • impressions that come to him from outside and the feelings of joy and
    • said — enjoys the feeling of living in the wide expanse of a great and
    • also to human feeling and to the entire content of the Intellectual Soul,
    • privations. In this way we strengthen the life-forces in the realm of feeling
    • feeling, but fellow feeling, as far as we can. That is how the nature of
    • between dissatisfaction and joy, and these swings of feeling are evident
    • inner life. Yet this beautiful soul cannot escape from the feeling that her
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 8: Buddha and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • projection of Buddhist feeling into the West, and we must recognise that it
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 9: Something about the Moon in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • the same feelings of satisfaction as does the man who was first in his own
    • all this laughable; but among men who have a feeling for life, be it on such
    • beings in whom a feeling for their homeland is particularly strong, who have
    • and a warmth of feeling are necessary, alternate in a remarkable way with
    • its physical body, with no evident signs of life or feeling or knowledge, its
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 1: Spiritual Science and Language
    Matching lines:
    • Our innermost existence, all our thoughts, feelings and impulses of the will
    • our feelings and thoughts, those things of a special and intimate nature
    • of the imagination, feelings and perceptions, was created initially without
    • the time that he developed his present thinking, his feelings and his will,
    • what the ego developed in itself as reason, as consciousness, feeling,
    • how the child begins to transform a feeling into a sound. When the child
    • mother, for example, comes, the child notices how its inward feeling of
    • grasped with artistic feeling.
    • artist expresses by other means paint, sound, etc. Creative feeling alone can
    • comprehend the artist, and a creative feeling for language alone can
    • ourselves to make this creative feeling become active where we want to
    • express something of validity in language. But there is little feeling for
    • fostering a living feeling for language.
    • artistic feeling for language is necessary to express anything? If true
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 2: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • own feelings and ideas. When Faust, despairing of all existence, comes near
    • being. Even if we have good reason for feeling fear of a being, our ego may
    • and satisfied and in harmony with its surroundings. These feelings of
    • self-consciousness. The feeling that comes over us then is one of
    • strength of this feeling is related to the richness of its experiences in the
    • manifest in the flow of tears. The tears give the ego a subconscious feeling
    • people will allow themselves a smile, feeling that they are superior to this
    • or that. Hence you will see that laughter does not always express a feeling
    • is sometimes possible to win people over by stirring in them the feelings of
    • this feeling is rendered in Goethe's “The tears flow forth
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 3: What is Mysticism?
    Matching lines:
    • memories but its feelings of sympathy and antipathy, it still has some
    • feelings and the rich variety of thoughts, to a simplification; for the ego,
    • ideas, feelings and sensations; he excels the plant in possessing human
    • feelings and images that the teacher can evoke in the pupil's mind and
    • feelings into the whole secret symbolised by this comparison, his soul will
    • opened his soul to all the feelings and images which can make the Rose Cross
    • indulge in those feelings of rapture, exaltation and liberation which flood
    • thinking, feeling and willing and permeates our inner and outer
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 4: The Nature of Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • feelings stirred by prayer can give even the simplest person some inkling of
    • anxiety about it. Is that not a sort of feeling or perception concerned with
    • reality of its feelings that it is reckoning not only with the past but in a
    • within ourselves the legacy of our doing, feeling and thinking in the past.
    • If we transform this realisation into a feeling, we shall be able to look
    • intimation is the first awakening of a feeling of God within us; a feeling
    • feeling.
    • stream from the future say to us, again in terms of perceptive feeling? It
    • relevant events have not yet occurred; only the feelings connected with them
    • with God. For if the soul surrenders itself in innermost calm to the feelings
    • whether through a feeling, a word or an idea, we have the prayer directed to
    • to the divine light that shines in on us, and this feeling leads us to the
    • remember the feelings of fear and anxiety that gnaw at our soul-life in face
    • security in this situation? Yes, there is. It is what we may call a feeling
    • darkness of the future. But this feeling will be effective only if it has the
    • the soul comes to be more and more pervaded by this feeling of humbleness
    • This feeling,
    • again the thoughts, feelings and impulses that go with a recognition that
    • feelings that impulses to prayer must come. For they are present in the soul
    • presence. When we have come to this knowledge through our own feelings and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 5: Sickness and Healing
    Matching lines:
    • expression of the instincts, desires, passions, thoughts and feelings which
    • pleasure and pain, feelings, images, etc. We see how at night these
    • and feelings. But if the astral body is the bearer of all these things, why
    • experiences. The feeling of love for the other person has come about in such
    • essence, the feeling of love, from taking place. He would have to unravel
    • the seer is also artist. Today there is little feeling left for these things
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 6: Positive and Negative Man
    Matching lines:
    • been thinking or feeling and to take something different into his soul. In
    • showed that the soul is by no means a chaotic flux of concepts, feelings and
    • without any definite ideas or feelings; then he listens to a speaker who
    • he will have imbued his soul with positive feelings. But now suppose that he
    • merely heard of them or read them. They will lack the feelings that he evoked
    • the feelings of other people.
    • from negative feelings into the harmonious contentment bestowed on us by a
    • life which comes to meet an unavoidably negative state of feeling and
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 7: Error and Mental Disorder
    Matching lines:
    • undifferentiated intermingling of all kinds of will impulses, feelings,
    • demonstrates how we advance from the feelings and perceptions of our
    • body, to those things which affect not only pure feeling, pure perception,
    • thinking, feeling and willing and live with them between birth and death. The
    • and bad qualities is destroyed and we take with us in our thinking, feeling
    • it the errors and the chaos, our weaknesses in thinking, feeling and willing
    • on developing his feelings in such a way that they are in accord with his
    • trying to develop our feelings and emotions and our will in such a manner
    • from an inner feeling of well-being. The impulses for the exercises should
    • development of a strong logic, a regulated soul-life harmonious in feeling
    • bodily mis-formation with the light of a healthy willing, a healthy feeling
    • belief in disciplined thinking, in harmonious feeling and willing will
    • harmonious feeling which can be developed, harmonious willing which can be
    • in reason a harmonious feeling, willing and disciplined thinking, a reasoned
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 8: Human Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • question that it reflected his feeling: that is conscience.
    • harmonious human feelings and generous breadth of mind must rank with the
    • to an association of certain feelings with particular actions, or even with
    • but a feeling became ingrained in the human soul that a harmful action must
    • idea of conscience and our feeling for it were not present in the same way in
    • into ourselves and encounter the experiences of thinking, feeling and
    • behind our thinking, feeling and willing, and thus behind our ordinary inner
    • stood before his clairvoyant vision. And to experience a feeling he had no
    • need to look into himself; his feeling radiated from him and united him with
    • confronting his soul. And when a feeling concerning his evil deed arose in
    • can see how human progress has been marked by ever-increasing feelings of
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 9: The Mission of Art
    Matching lines:
    • In their presence he experienced the feeling he had hoped in vain to draw
    • soul with convincing power and permeate our feeling with a conviction of
    • its instruments were an organ for revealing the feelings that went into the
    • any human heart was there to echo those feelings. Thus in the revelations of
    • takes hold of himself as an ego. This ego-feeling, as we now have it after
    • environment, as he came to do later on. He lived in his environment, feeling
    • strong ego-feeling came to the fore while other soul-powers and faculties
    • were still relatively undeveloped. This ego-feeling emerged in the most
    • remained for a long time without an ego-feeling, in these regions of Europe
    • there were people in whom the ego-feeling was particularly strong because
    • world withdraws externally from man does his inward ego-feeling light
    • awakening ego-feeling from the West mingles in the soul of Aeschylus with
    • for what comes directly from their souls in the form of thinking, feeling and
    • remote past, when human consciousness was devoid of ego-feeling, with Dante,
    • feelings.
    • great artists can be justified in feeling that reflections of the spiritual
    • with deeper feelings who will tell you that art makes it possible for them to
  • Title: Fifth Gospel, Part 2: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • had to be prepared by such feelings of loneliness and isolation
    • carpentry. But while he was working the feelings I have just
    • year had the feeling, although they were not always conscious
    • with a feeling of shame. I was ashamed of dreaming such a
    • that soul was feeling, Jesus again was obliged to speak. He
  • Title: Fifth Gospel, Part 2: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • ascend to clairvoyance, we must develop a different feeling
    • the feeling about this perceiving is. But to use a comparison:
    • this feeling at the next stage of clairvoyance. We know in
    • From a certain moment on we connect a feeling, a sensation with
    • detail: how you have the feeling, when you continue the
    • the feeling that we are brought to various regions of the world
    • a vivid feeling of what Jesus' soul went through, to feel the
    • wanted to point out Jesus of Nazareth's feelings. His great
    • related to such things by trying to bring to mind feelings. You
    • the billowing, undulating feelings in a being such as Jesus of
    • have a different sense and feeling value when used to
    • And one can then create a feeling that the
    • The person with reverent feelings about the
    • the feeling that he was the master. Another, though, who was
    • perhaps be able to achieve the right feelings and nuance of
    • feeling that I wished to present to your souls with what I have
  • Title: On the Development of Human Culture: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • thinking and feeling. Indeed the Chinese, and the Japanese of more
    • feeling they were no longer upstanding men but crumpled up like an
    • feeling but almost nothing of our willing. The Indians felt a whole
  • Title: On the Development of Human Culture: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • wrote without guiding their own hand; they spoke with the feeling
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • there. In barium we have something connected with our feeling
    • feeling, with “sensing.”
    • that where barium platino-cyanide is affected a kind of feeling arises.
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • once — “he has the feeling he has a great deal to
    • delicate feeling and believes you would deprive it of this force
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • beside a dying man one really has the feeling that in dying, he first tries
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • soul-forces live, as you know, in thinking, feeling and
    • feeling and willing always active in our thinking, likewise
    • in our feeling, thinking and willing, and again in willing,
    • thinking and feeling.
    • will annoys everybody, then it seems that it is the feelings
    • significant cultivation of feeling must be basic for
    • What is called up in reading is transformed feeling, feeling
    • body. This feeling becomes a force. As lecturers we must be
    • in a position to bring up feeling as feeling content, even in
    • will impulses annoy everybody, and only our feelings
    • of feeling, the needed permeation with feeling — and
    • abstract rules by which one learns how to speak with feeling.
    • the rules for speaking with feeling, one will notice that his
    • feelings, for what has to do with feeling. A conscious
    • kinds of feelings which are again stirred up by the fact that
    • this comprehension go that through feeling intensified to
    • slow child, naughty, at least in feeling, with the naughty
    • the next day to succeed in feeling again as he once did! No,
    • it is enough when this feeling is brought up during the
    • which is part of one's teaching material, out of feeling.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • without this feeling — that it is difficult to make
    • make clear to ourselves that primarily it is the feeling for
    • must slowly lead to the imparting first of a feeling for this
    • fashion. For one should always evoke at least this feeling:
    • approach things from the start with these feelings, otherwise
    • further like this, where a sense and a feeling for free
    • and to develop a feeling for the historical turning point at
    • the thought and feeling content clicked into the language?
    • longer the case when, for example, one has no feeling any
    • straining oneself thereby; e is always the feeling
    • feeling that something should not only be correct, but that
    • the thought and feeling involved. To let a pronouncement or
    • meant to gain here may proceed from fundamental feelings,
    • from the feeling for the earnestness of the matter. I cannot,
    • getting the feeling of the earnestness of the situation,
    • here may proceed from fundamental feelings, from the feeling for
    • getting the feeling of the earnestness of the situation, which we
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • which, as mentioned, we shall speak further — a feeling
    • also distinct feelings, and a distinct social volition. And
    • out of the experiences of the feelings of the working class.
    • another in the life of the economy, the concepts, the feelings in
    • feeling that he is deprived of it insofar as the value of the fruits
    • successful in calling forth a feeling in the workman that this is the
    • feelings. The thoughts that you set forth or have developed in your
    • foundation. A feeling must be evoked for the fact that the spiritual
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • necessary to call forth a feeling for the special character of the
    • man has no feeling at all for a state structure that is built upon
    • feeling, this mood, that something new had to come. One spoke at that
    • feeling that one ought to know what this sensible innovation
    • feeling exists anywhere. The only concern there is how to hold on to
    • management is concerned. The feeling that things cannot continue the
    • must first call forth a feeling in the West for the fact that the
    • The Swiss population therefore has no actual feeling at all, neither
    • feeling: He only tells one what he has heard, heard on the one hand
    • democracy! In short, one really has the feeling that people in
    • there actually does not exist a true feeling, a true experience of
    • matter of trying to work out this human relationship of feelings and
    • the feelings of men. Therefore, this is virginal soil for rights,
    • Englishman might not have of such feelings, and so on. —
    • proletariat consist of and the feelings of the bourgeois. But now,
    • more realistic way into the feelings of the bourgeois. I say:
    • concepts of the proletariat, feelings of the bourgeois. The
    • evolved the feeling of class consciousness; it must appropriate what
    • conditions if we do not acquire a feeling for awareness of this
    • constraint. One must have a feeling for how this constraint of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • oneself into the thoughts and feelings. We shall perhaps
    • certain feeling, for example, that it is correct to permit
    • corresponding feelings concerning the assertions one makes.
    • designed that, in correctly feeling them regarding their
    • feeling should pervade us how the word, the sequence of
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • giving him the feeling of release, and that aids
    • Thus, by proceeding in this way, and with inner feeling, the
    • to the feeling-logic of the speech is the fact that one does
    • the course of the argument without feeling that the man spoke
    • get the feeling that he can act on something, can take it
    • the topic, especially with feeling and sensitivity, if one
    • in people the feeling for a genuine life of the spirit, it is
    • want to avoid coming to original thoughts and feelings,
  • Title: The Development of Thought from the 4th to the 19th Century - 1
    Matching lines:
    • the voice of objective truth, not that of subjective feeling, is speaking.
    • of the nineteenth century there is a feeling of despair in face of the
    • with clear consciousness, but out of dim feeling, a man engaged in the
    • bread,’ we have no feeling for what the word Hlaif denoted
  • Title: The Development of Thought from the 4th to the 19th Century - 2
    Matching lines:
    • and feeling prevailing in the masses. But one must not think that there
    • watch storms and so on, there, with a depth of feeling left to them from
    • to-day we have a feeling that we make use of a certain activity of thought.
    • When these people discussed, one of them would have the feeling
    • experience. But more and more men have a obscure ill-defined feeling
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • natural state. This feeling of certainty which one has in
    • natural world. A clear knowledge of the feeling of certainty
    • ask a very simple question for you to see that this feeling
    • gives the researcher such a feeling of extraordinary
    • state of our soul, which consists of a feeling of competence
    • feeling that this mathematical construction contained true
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • connected with our life of feeling is similar to the way our
    • inexact. Our feeling life is not directly connected to our
    • The mistaken idea that the life of feeling, as part of the
    • originates from the fact that what we experience as feeling
    • that our life of feeling is always accompanied by a mental
    • can give the appearance that the life of feeling is directly
    • correctly between feeling and the forming of mental
    • feeling, we have the metabolic system. Every function of the
    • in the organism. And, as in the case of feeling, the will
    • the way they are used freely in gestures to express feelings.
    • takes place in our life of feeling when we gesture with our
    • relation to the width dimension is connected with the feeling
    • gesture expressing how wide something is. We have a feeling
    • feeling that is mediated to us through our left and right arm
    • grasping in feeling of the width dimension is translated for
    • accompanying feelings that correspond to the symmetrical
    • feeling thus supports everything we can experience in
    • contrast to this, our life of feeling does not come into our
    • our feelings by themselves have no greater intensity in our
    • pictures in our consciousness. In the same way, our feelings
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • sense can one have such a feeling. The important question is
    • activity (and of course with feeling and will impulses also),
    • representation of this content or in his feeling. Indeed,
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • when we experience these pictures. But the feeling of being
    • this feeling in relation to the content of the imaginative
    • thoughts, feelings, or life of will, but the whole make-up of
    • realm of feeling. This leads us to something I must
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • life of feeling and our life of will. You will find this in
    • move on to the realm of feeling, he finds himself completely
    • at sea. He is not able to account for feelings at all. So he
    • tacks a “feeling coloration” onto the mental
    • feeling-tinged mental images. He comes to this because he is
    • unable to fit feeling into the brain, where it might enter
    • feeling that would permit him to make a link to mental life
    • degree every human being has a dim feeling of the
    • system. As a result of this feeling it is said that someday
    • however, while reading his memoirs, I could not help feeling:
    • the soul-spiritual. The life of feeling does in fact belong
    • the soul as feeling. Just because this is so, external
    • its association with human feeling life. When we gain the
    • find that in fact it is the feeling life that enables us to
    • knowledge led them down into the life of feeling. Cognition
    • into the feeling life, it was suffused with feeling. Modern
    • research only speaks of a coloration of feeling. What the
    • experienced, was a sinking down into the realm of feeling.
    • only was feeling not extinguished, but it appeared more
    • transformed mental images were so suffused with feeling that
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • Goethe, we acquire a certain feeling of kinship with the
    • as any outer experience is, and we have the feeling that we
    • quicken powerfully the feeling of inner freedom in us. In
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • delineated, to something more in the realm of feeling. This
    • through intuition, the human being has a similar feeling to
    • the feeling he has toward the outer world through perception.
    • The feeling of being in the spiritual world, a kind of dim
    • feeling of standing within the spiritual world, in ordinary
    • feeling that one is inwardly empty, that one is in the outer
    • you would get a feeling for the aims toward which it aspires.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • threatening. If we have a feeling for these times, we can
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • pass in review, feelings come and go, impulses of will flash through
    • of external nature upon inner sensations and feelings. One attempts
    • only as a kind of vague feeling about scientific research on the whole
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • takes up into one's feeling this turnabout of conceptions of world and
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • feeling: that which you behold as mathematical harmony, that which you
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • that Goethe was no trivial thinker, nor trivial in his feelings when
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • with an inner sensation. This inner feeling can grow to the extent that
    • feeling emerging within humanity in the present age corresponds to what
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • we reside within our thought life, our life of feeling, and our life
    • thought, feeling, and will in the act of cognition. And it is in the
    • perception, thinking, feeling, and willing in a way different from their
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • language, looking through thoughts, and feeling our way right through
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • head through thinking, feeling, and willing, because they
    • expressing only a general feeling, and they said that with
    • think nor feel. Everything that lives in the soul in feeling
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • is certainly true that a feeling can gradually be acquired
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling that one is dropping into a description of the
  • Title: Dear Children: Lecture III: Address at the Assembly at the End of the First School Year
    Matching lines:
    • incomplete, all bad thoughts and feelings that want to make us be
  • Title: Colour: Part One: Colour-Experience (Erlebnis)
    Matching lines:
    • feeling. We must try to question our feeling as to what colour is in
    • If we simply allow the colour to stimulate our feelings, we can
    • picture at rest. We must come into a very definite complex of feeling
    • certain relationship to light. At first this remains a feeling. It
    • will at once become more than a feeling if we turn to the sun, which
    • to develop this feeling, we need do no more than say to ourselves that
    • feeling, we shall find the inner connection between white and light.
    • condition of illumination. If we consider this feeling — all that
    • lives in light and colour must first be grasped as feeling — if we
    • consider this feeling we shall say: There is a distinction between
    • pure feeling; but if you try to sink yourselves deeply into the matter
  • Title: Colour: Part One: The Luminous and Pictorial Nature of Colours
    Matching lines:
    • according to feeling, and then you will see that we come to a certain
    • intolerable for someone with artistic feeling. The soul cannot bear a
    • We arrive therefore on all sides at what I might call the feeling or
    • inside these three colours with our feeling, to see how they interplay
    • shines? If you take the yellow (and you must take it with your feeling
  • Title: Colour: Part One: The Phenomenon of Colour in Material Nature
    Matching lines:
    • have to be brought into the region of feeling and must be realized
    • Our feeling is well acquainted with this cosmic interchange of
    • relations in respect of vegetation, and if we question our feeling we
    • from this world of feeling by means of an artistic appreciation of the
    • of furniture painted blue — if you have any artistic feeling, you
    • develop this inner glow. Any one who has feeling for these things will
    • follows — it can be grasped only with your feeling. If you want to
    • It is true one must develop most particularly the feeling for what
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: Thought and Will as Light and Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • world in feeling, and it was in this way that Goethe really pondered
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: The Connection of the Natural with the Moral-Psychical. Living in Light and Weight.
    Matching lines:
    • with this necessity for feeling gratitude towards our far distant
    • make up your minds to say: We must regulate our thoughts and feelings,
    • A complete philosophy leads, you see, to this world-feeling or this
    • not satisfy the complete man, for it leaves his feeling empty. The
    • morning with a certain feeling of slackness and indifferent, and leave
    • places of learning with feelings towards the world that reach out into
    • planted in their souls the feeling of gratitude towards the far-off
    • is; and a great feeling of responsibility towards the world to b e,
    • imaginative picture. You simply have the feeling it is heavy. And from
    • feeling of being possessed again by weight on awaking, as a personal
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: Dimension, Number and Weight
    Matching lines:
    • When an animal sees a plant, his first feeling is not: that is
    • of scales. But those things like colours, and sounds, the feeling even
    • side by side indifferently, and we always have the feeling that I we
    • one has no longer the feeling that it is the same as dreaming, that it
    • In Greece one still had the feeling that one cannot really make the
    • feeling, when a physiologist or anatomist of today describes man, that
    • achieved an extraordinary and mighty work. But finer feelings of the
    • all today if one has an atom of feeling for beauty. Art is overlooked
    • became what one can now see. But because the feelings of the ancient
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: The Creative World of Colour
    Matching lines:
    • physic hotch-potch, interspersed with all sorts of dark feelings, and
    • If a man in feeling the sensation of red or blue has no other reaction
    • to it than in feeling — here is red, and here is blue, he can never
    • in red, anyone with a fine feeling for the colour might inwardly
    • conceived it would mean the death of living feeling, which gives the
    • say that when one colours a form one must have the feeling: “Now
    • symbolically, instead of feeling the living breath of the spirit
    • regret, then from this mood of melancholy must proceed the feeling of
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: Artistic and Moral Experience
    Matching lines:
    • the experiences and feelings to be derived from spiritual science,
    • experience this in intensive soul-life, unless the feeling is
    • identical with red, we shall not be able to help feeling that this red
    • and our moral feelings will be like what a moral experience of our
    • the feeling: you must make that a red which is fleeing.
    • accompanied by strong desire, a feeling can arise like that in Strader
    • become one with it, we shall not have the feeling of the divine wrath
    • bearing down upon us; we shall rather have the feeling that what meets
    • feeling of inner health, but a the same time of inner
    • to meet the divine mercy. Thus one would go through the world feeling
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: Colours as Revelations of the Psychic in the World
    Matching lines:
    • lifeless, i.e. the image of the plant, we get the feeling of green as
    • effect on us from the distance. Our ego-feeling lights up in us if we
    • point of feeling oneself driven no longer to speak in words, no longer
    • abstract understanding, but to artistic feeling. What is artistic must
    • and our feeling if we realize everywhere how a world forms itself out
    • of colour itself, through our feeling.
    • before all things have a feeling for his material. For instance, if he
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: The Hierarchies and the Nature of the Rainbow
    Matching lines:
    • look at the blue-violet you have the feeling that there is the seat of
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • transform into feeling the results of
    • souls in the course of the years. Out of inner feeling we.
    • feeling, thinking, perception, willing, a different way of
    • feeling, as a fundamental impulse. He has received, in
    • order to kindle a feeling for the dynamic, let me indicate by
    • feeling it and allowing it to dominate him — who
    • feeling. A relationship must be in operation between the
    • impulses of the life of feeling and the Ego. Accordingly we
    • transforming into feeling those things that have now again
    • feeling of elation, because in what is now coming to light we
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • feeling for them. Let those who want to feel the true
    • in Solovieff's works is a certain nuance of feeling which may
    • tone of feeling which resounds as if it were unending
    • expectant; this tone of feeling has a mystical character;
    • that the East still lives in feeling, still in something that
    • I have now said when you have a right feeling for the
    • evident that the feeling of duty to put facts to the test, to
    • so earnestly, with the most earnest, deepest feelings. Occult
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • have the same expression of feeling in connection with the
    • — but the appeal is to perceptive feeling, not to
    • thing is to have an artistic feeling for such a motif. If we
    • impel us to go down into ourselves, to experience our feeling
    • actual experience of his own. How can one develop a feeling
    • feeling begins to be a middle brain experience.
    • of standing up, we have the experience of Feeling the World,
    • and we know for the first time what feeling really is. This
    • to realise what feeling is when we make the act of standing
    • heavenwards. When man standing upright, has a feeling of the
    • in the sphere of feeling.
    • to go forward. As well as the sphere of feeling he
    • sphere of feeling, but also by the man who pasees from
    • feeling into willing, into progression, going
    • progression. The direction of the impulses of feelings,
    • were to become living feeling, living knowledge. How could a
    • of the feeling-impulses (up), but something else as well. We
    • represents the will sphere, and the ascent the feeling
    • A true feeling
    • the sphere of the will into the sphere of feeling one must
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • yesterday of the way in which the impulses of Will, Feeling
    • never be able to avoid feeling that drawing in itself is
    • cloud in our life of feeling and ideation, and the cloud is
    • feeling be experienced in what unfolds in the direction from
    • your feelings are when you study the map which a Greek was
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture I: The Acanthus Leaf
    Matching lines:
    • common acanthus plant? Now anyone with true artistic feelings
    • this consciousness gave rise to such intense inner feeling in
    • feeling: ‘I have to carry something heavy; I bend my
    • And, from the feeling of the lines of
    • forces to the sun forces? By feeling it in the same way as,
    • Feeling his
    • the artistic feeling of mankind as a decorative motif in the
    • is absolutely contrary to true artistic feeling. If we find
    • for the essential thing is a true inner feeling for form in
    • feeling of form — the inner feeling that makes one live
    • grow to love it, so that we live in it with inner feeling and
    • overwhelming feeling of responsibility while we were erecting
    • the feeling life of man. In this way we shall have, in our
    • perceived in their dim, mystical life of feeling the
    • external sense, but true artistic feeling will always be
    • inner feeling for what this building ought to contain and to
    • — although it only lives as unconscious feeling in the
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture II: The House of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • permeated by the feeling that we have not as yet grown equal
    • feeling that we are, in truth, little qualified for the full
    • indefinable feeling — a presentiment that a mighty task
    • room through this door, our feeling will be that we are
    • of a feeling which I may perhaps express as follows:
    • workers may well derive strength from the comforting feeling
    • the single forms with thought and feeling, we become
    • us a feeling that can ring in such sacred tones in the soul:
    • thinking of what our feeling should be as we enter. How often
    • basis of Greek perception and feeling? It is, of course, a
    • beneath. And translating this feeling into words, we may say:
    • of the Gods all that his feeling of veneration makes him feel
    • days of Christianity the feelings of men were no longer the
    • pursuits, pervaded by this unshakable feeling: There stands
    • this with artistic feeling we realise that here is something
    • filled with the feeling of hearts striving together in
    • we need a living feeling of how the earth allows the plants
    • — this must become a living feeling within us. When
    • express the feelings of our hearts and souls to-day when this
    • carried out with the feeling: ‘Here I have to mould
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture III: The New Conception of Architecture
    Matching lines:
    • grasp it with the whole of our feeling and soul —
    • of form to a feeling in form we can acquire a perception of
    • senses the feeling of Ego-hood, Selfhood, arising in his
    • forms. And the characteristic of really living feeling is the
    • forms but in our souls we have the living, pulsating feeling
    • of true artistic feeling.
    • action. If we live in this form we have the feeling
    • feeling that the whole structure is proceeding from the West
    • the circle there is no such feeling of satisfaction, for the
    • always the same. In this inner feeling of equality the astral
    • building. It can only be understood by a living feeling of
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture IV: True Aesthetic Laws of Form
    Matching lines:
    • feeling will have been that the forms have been derived from
    • the other in space. We may then be permeated with the feeling
    • gradually into our feelings. To-day, therefore, I only want
    • quite another way — those who have real feeling and not
    • expressed in a feeling, ‘Ah, how beautiful this form
    • but as feeling, we must gradually be able to work our way to
    • will have to be done, however, before this feeling will be
    • we have perceptions and feelings in
    • or feeling in man, because he reaches out with his ego beyond
    • seldom finds this feeling for colour, even among people who
    • feeling arises that blue takes one into greater and greater
    • this feeling he used the colour blue. But if he was conscious
    • only wanted to try to deepen the feelings and perceptions
    • artistic feeling, artistic activity and experience of the
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture V: The Creative World of Colour
    Matching lines:
    • would be to deaden all living feeling, for living feeling
    • sagas allegorically and symbolically instead of feeling the
  • Title: Goethe As Founder of a New Science of Aesthetics: Steiner's First Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • especially gifted men, ‘of feeling a kind of shyness before
    • were the feelings of those who beheld the Olympian Jupiter, as
    • feeling of pleasure quite different from any other. Comparing
    • the feeling of delight in the Beautiful a feeling that is
    • feeling of pleasure in the work of Art rest? In this case it
    • feeling of pleasure; as though every feeling of pleasure were
    • feelings of pleasure could be distinguished by any other means
    • that pleasure is an aesthetic feeling when we recognise the
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • will impulses annoy everyone; only our feelings
    • soul-forces live, as you know, in thinking, feeling and
    • feeling and willing always active in our thinking, likewise
    • in our feeling, thinking and willing, and again in willing,
    • thinking and feeling.
    • will annoys everybody, then it seems that it is the feelings
    • significant cultivation of feeling must be basic for
    • What is called up in reading is transformed feeling, feeling
    • body. This feeling becomes a force. As lecturers we must be
    • in a position to bring up feeling as feeling content, even in
    • will impulses annoy everybody, and only our feelings
    • of feeling, the needed permeation with feeling — and
    • abstract rules by which one learns how to speak with feeling.
    • the rules for speaking with feeling, one will notice that his
    • feelings, for what has to do with feeling. A conscious
    • kinds of feelings which are again stirred up by the fact that
    • this comprehension go that through feeling intensified to
    • slow child, naughty, at least in feeling, with the naughty
    • the next day to succeed in feeling again as he once did! No,
    • it is enough when this feeling is brought up during the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • without this feeling — that it is difficult to make
    • make clear to ourselves that primarily it is the feeling for
    • must slowly lead to the imparting first of a feeling for this
    • fashion. For one should always evoke at least this feeling:
    • approach things from the start with these feelings, otherwise
    • further like this, where a sense and a feeling for free
    • and to develop a feeling for the historical turning point at
    • the thought and feeling content clicked into the language?
    • longer the case when, for example, one has no feeling any
    • straining oneself thereby; e is always the feeling
    • feeling that something should not only be correct, but that
    • the thought and feeling involved. To let a pronouncement or
    • meant to gain here may proceed from fundamental feelings,
    • from the feeling for the earnestness of the matter. I cannot,
    • getting the feeling of the earnestness of the situation,
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • which, as mentioned, we shall speak further — a feeling
    • also distinct feelings, and a distinct social volition. And
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • strength to comprehend it, but there was the feeling that
    • There, the feeling that things cannot continue the way they
    • way one acquires a strong feeling of distaste for one's own
    • with one's own way of thinking and feeling, but rather of
    • feeling averse toward what one would like to say on the
    • terms of feeling, when such an image is used in a hall of
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • oneself into the thoughts and feelings. We shall perhaps
    • certain feeling, for example, that it is correct to permit
    • corresponding feelings concerning the assertions one makes.
    • designed that, in correctly feeling them regarding their
    • feeling should pervade us how the word, the sequence of
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • giving him the feeling of release, and that aids
    • Thus, by proceeding in this way, and with inner feeling, the
    • to the feeling-logic of the speech is the fact that one does
    • the course of the argument without feeling that the man spoke
    • get the feeling that he can act on something, can take it
    • the topic, especially with feeling and sensitivity, if one
    • in people the feeling for a genuine life of the spirit, it is
    • want to avoid coming to original thoughts and feelings,
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 1: Introduction to the Eurythmy Performance
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, what kind of sensations stream outwards in our
    • you no longer need any words but have only feelings and can
    • experience these feelings in your soul, then you are living
    • recitation or declamation what lies in those feelings. What
    • of feeling, to what has been said so far today.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 2: The Opening of the Christmas Foundation Conference, by Rudolf Steiner
    Matching lines:
    • that we shall owe you most cordial gratitude for the feeling
    • this first morning. We may be certain of ever feeling warmly
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 3: Rudolf Steiner's Opening Lecture and Reading of the Statutes
    Matching lines:
    • today was there that could give them this feeling! Such
    • kind of thing that was involved in the feeling that the chief
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 4: The Laying of the Foundation Stone
    Matching lines:
    • Into the realm of thine own soul's feeling.
    • sure that if man learns to know in his feeling and in his
    • feeling, the human being rightly perceives what is revealed
    • even when he walks along, then, feeling himself within the
    • at most in thinking, feeling and willing. For them human
    • our feeling and our willing.
    • feeling, shooting like light from heaven, was born the divine
    • feelings of our heart be turned back towards the original
    • of our feelings back to the original consecrated night of
    • Into the realm of thine own soul's feeling.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 5: The Foundation Meeting, 25 December, 11.15 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • would like to express our feeling of deepest gratitude to Dr.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 7: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 26 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • Into the realm of thine own soul's feeling.
    • the transition to moral feeling. Feel the connection with
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 8: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 27 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • Into the realm of thine own soul's feeling.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 9: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 28 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • Into the realm of thine own soul's feeling.
    • feelings and in those of direct perception of the esoteric
    • for the other Paragraphs but with the feeling that you
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 11: Meeting of the Vorstand of the General Anthroposophical Society
    Matching lines:
    • feeling,
    • and behaved accordingly. This was what hurt the feelings of
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 12: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 29 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • Into the realm of thine own soul's feeling.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 13: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 30 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • Into the realm of thine own soul's feeling.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 14: Meeting of practising doctors, 31 December 1923 at 8.30 in the morning
    Matching lines:
    • Into the realm of thine own soul's feeling.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 16: Open Discussion of Swiss Delegates
    Matching lines:
    • decided. However, on the level of feelings I do want to avoid
    • the case. But nevertheless, a hint of a feeling could arise
    • But if anyone here does have a hint of any such feeling in
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 17: The Envy of the Gods - The Envy of Human Beings
    Matching lines:
    • a feeling for it, a memory of the temple at Ephesus.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 18: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 1 January, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • Into the realm of thine own soul's feeling.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 19: The Rebuilding of the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • speaks of personal impressions and of his feelings for what
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 20: On the Right Entry into the Spiritual World: The Responsibility Incumbent on Us
    Matching lines:
    • feeling: I cannot think; my thoughts do not grasp my brain; I
    • Terrible feelings and emotions alone, without orientation
    • Into the realm of thine own soul's